JP6789502B2 - Pachinko game machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a pachinko gaming machine.

In general, the pachinko game machine acquires a random number value for lottery when the game ball enters the starting port, and temporarily stores this as an operation holding ball up to a predetermined upper limit number. Each time such a predetermined start condition is satisfied, such an operation holding ball is sequentially digested one by one, and a hit / fail determination of whether or not it corresponds to a big hit is executed. If the result of the winning / failing judgment is a big hit, the symbol consisting of multiple rows is displayed in a variable manner, and then the symbol is stopped and displayed in a predetermined winning mode, and the large winning opening, which is normally closed, is opened. A special game (big hit game) to be played is established.

On the other hand, in recent years, before the hit / fail judgment is executed, an undigested operation-holding ball is preliminarily determined, and a predetermined advance notice information is notified to the player in advance based on the pre-determination result. It has been known. As one of them, there is a so-called hold-in-ream villa production that notifies that the operation hold ball waiting during the special game contains the next big hit (for example,). See Patent Document 1).

Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2014-33892

Since there are already many pachinko game machines that adopt such a configuration as conventional models, in order to differentiate them from the conventional models, it is necessary to improve the interest of the game by the so-called reserved inner villa production. ..

The present invention has been made in view of such a problem, and an object of the present invention is to provide a pachinko game machine capable of improving the interest of a game.

In order to achieve such an object, the pachinko game machine according to the present invention includes a game board in which a game area is formed, a first starting port provided in the game area where a game ball can enter, and the game. A random number value is acquired when the second starting port, which is provided in the area and the game ball changes into an open state where the ball is easy to enter and a closed state where the ball is difficult to enter, and when the game ball enters the first starting port. First random number acquisition means, a second random number acquisition means for acquiring a random number value triggered by the entry of a game ball into the second starting port, and a first random number value acquired by the first random number acquisition means . A first hit / fail determination means for executing the hit / fail determination, a second hit / fail determination means for executing a second hit / fail judgment based on a random number value acquired by the second random number acquisition means, and the first hit / fail determination means provided in the game area. A large winning opening that is opened according to the result of the first hit / fail judgment or the result of the second hit / miss judgment and allows a game ball to enter, and the result of the first hit / miss judgment or the result of the second hit / miss judgment. Is a big hit, the special game execution means for executing the special game in which the unit game accompanied by the opening of the big winning opening is repeated a plurality of times , the result of the first hit / fail judgment, and the result of the second hit / fail judgment are It has a low probability state in which a jackpot is achieved with a predetermined probability, and a high probability state in which the result of the first hit / fail determination and the result of the second hit / fail determination are jackpots with a higher probability than the predetermined probability. It has a lottery state control means for controlling the transition to a state or a high probability state, a normal ball entry state, and an easy ball entry state in which the ball is easier to enter the second starting port than the normal ball entry state. When a random number value is acquired by the ball entry state control means that controls the transition to the normal ball entry state or the ball entry easy state and the first random number acquisition means, until the first hit / fail determination permission condition is satisfied. Until the first hold storage means that stores the acquired random number value as hold information up to a predetermined upper limit and the second hit / fail determination permission condition are satisfied when the random value is acquired by the second random number acquisition means. a second hold storage means for storing the acquired random value as suspension information up to a predetermined upper limit number, a performance display device suggesting produce the results of the previous SL spruce determination is displayed, turbulent according to certain suspension information In a situation where the result of the hit / fail judgment based on the numerical value is a big hit, it is suggested that the specific hold information may exist in one or more hold information to be digested after the execution of the special game related to the random value is completed. Alternatively, it is provided with a look-ahead notice control means for determining whether or not to execute the hold-in consecutive villa effect to be notified, and the conclusion of the second hit / fail determination in the specific game state. When the special game is executed due to the result being a big hit, it is possible to execute the pending villa effect during the execution of the special game, and it is executed when the result of the second hit / fail judgment is a big hit. The types of special games are the first special game in which the expected value of winning a prize ball is the first expected value, and the second expected value in which the expected value of winning a prize ball is smaller than the first expected value. The special game includes the second special game, and the third special game is included as a type of the special game executed when the result of the first hit / fail judgment becomes a big hit. The execution period of the special game is the execution start of the special game. The start demo period, which is the waiting period from the start of execution of the first unit game, and the unit game execution period from the start of execution of the first unit game to the end of execution of the final unit game, and the final time. It is executed when the result of the first hit / fail judgment is a big hit in a low probability state and a normal ball entry state, including an end demo period which is a waiting period from the end of execution of the unit game to the end of execution of the special game. When shifting to the low probability state and easy entry state after the end of the third special game, the first time is set as the end demo period, and the result of the second hit / fail determination in the low probability state and easy entry state. When the player shifts to a high probability state and an easy entry state after the end of the first special game executed by becoming a big hit, a second time longer than the first time is set as the end demonstration period, and the probability is low. When the first special game is executed due to the result of the second hit / fail determination being a big hit in the state and the easy-to-enter state, it is scheduled to be digested after the execution of the first special game is completed. Alternatively, even if the specific hold information exists in the plurality of hold information, the hold inner consecutive villa effect is not executed during the execution of the first special game, while the second hit or fail in the high probability state and the easy entry state. When the first special game is executed due to the result of the determination being a big hit, the specific reserved information exists in one or more reserved information to be digested after the execution of the first special game is completed. Then, when the pending inner consecutive villa effect can be executed during the execution of the first special game, and the first special game is executed due to the result of the second hit / fail determination being a big hit, the first The production mode A and the production mode B are at least as the production modes performed during the execution of the special game, and the production mode B is performed even when the production mode A is performed during the execution of the first special game. Even in such a case, it is characterized in that it is possible to execute the pending villa production during the execution of the first special game .

According to the pachinko gaming machine according to the present invention, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

It is a front view of the pachinko game machine which concerns on this embodiment. It is a rear view of the pachinko game machine which concerns on this embodiment. It is a control block diagram of the pachinko game machine which concerns on this embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the main control board and the effect control board of a pachinko game machine which concerns on this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the special symbol winning / failing lottery table which concerns on this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the symbol table per special symbol which concerns on this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the special symbol variation pattern table which concerns on this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the consecutive villa production pattern table of the pending inner consecutive villa production which concerns on this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows an example of the production image of the hold inner consecutive villa production which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the main process of the main control side which concerns on this Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the control process which follows FIG. 10 of the main control side main process which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the timer interrupt process on the main control side which concerns on this Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the start port monitoring control processing which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special symbol change start monitoring control processing which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special symbol change start monitoring process in FIG. 14 which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special symbol control processing which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special symbol control general-purpose processing in FIG. 16 which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special symbol variation start processing in FIG. 17 which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the process during the special symbol change in FIG. 17 which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the process of displaying the special symbol stop symbol in FIG. 17 which concerns on this embodiment. FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing a control process following FIG. 20 of the process during display of the special symbol stop symbol according to the present embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special electric accessory control process which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the control process which follows FIG. 22 of the special electric accessory control process which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the control process which follows FIG. 23 of the special electric accessory control process which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the reset start processing which concerns on this Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the effect control side main processing which concerns on this Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the command analysis processing in FIG. 26 which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the effect state transition process in FIG. 27 which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the variation effect content determination process in FIG. 27 which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the pending in-house consecutive villa production A determination processing which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the big hit effect content determination process in FIG. 27 which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the pending in-house consecutive villa production B determination process in FIG. 31 which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the big hit effect replacement process in FIG. 31 which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the effect control command reception interrupt processing which concerns on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the timer interrupt process on the effect control side which concerns on this Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the image control command transmission interrupt processing which concerns on this Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the production image of the special continuous production which concerns on this embodiment. It is a time chart for explaining the relationship between the pending villa production and the special continuous production related to this embodiment. It is a time chart for explaining the relationship 1 between the hold inner consecutive villa production and the special production which concerns on the 1st modification of this embodiment. It is a time chart for explaining the relationship 2 and 3 between the hold inner consecutive villa production and the special production which concerns on the 1st modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special effect determination process which concerns on the 1st modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the hold inner consecutive villa production A determination processing which concerns on the 1st modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the hold inner consecutive villa production B determination processing which concerns on the 1st modification of this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the consecutive villa production pattern table of the pending inner consecutive villa production which concerns on the 2nd modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the big hit effect content determination process which concerns on the 2nd modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the effect button monitoring control processing which concerns on the 2nd modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the effect state transition process which concerns on the 2nd modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the hold inner consecutive villa production A determination processing which concerns on the 2nd modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the hold inner consecutive villa production B determination processing which concerns on the 2nd modification of this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the production image of the pending inner consecutive villa production B which concerns on the 3rd modification of this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the consecutive villa production pattern table of the pending inner consecutive villa production which concerns on the 3rd modification of this embodiment. It is sectional drawing of the 2nd big winning opening which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the symbol table per special symbol which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a time chart which shows the operation pattern of the big winning opening which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the big hit effect content determination process which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the hold house consecutive villa production B determination processing which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the right / wrong pre-determination table which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the special symbol winning / failing lottery table which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the symbol table per special symbol which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the special symbol variation pattern table which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the consecutive villa production pattern table of the pending inner consecutive villa production which concerns on 3rd embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the pending in-house consecutive villa production B determination process which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the pending in-house consecutive villa production A determination processing which concerns on 4th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the holding house consecutive villa production B determination processing which concerns on 4th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the operation which concerns on 4th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the content of the winning prize ball number notification effect which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the production example of the hold inner consecutive villa production which concerns on 5th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram provided for the explanation of the reserved image which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the production example of the hold inner consecutive villa production which concerns on 6th Embodiment. It is a front view of the pachinko game machine which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the symbol table per special symbol which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a time chart which shows the operation pattern of the big winning opening which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a table which shows the relationship between the jackpot type and promotion production which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the production example of the probable change promotion effect which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the probability change promotion effect pattern table which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the production example of the round promotion effect which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the round promotion effect pattern table which concerns on 7th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the symbol table per special symbol which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a time chart which shows the operation pattern of the big winning opening which concerns on 8th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the symbol table per special symbol which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a time chart which shows the operation pattern of the big winning opening which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the jackpot symbol table which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the big hit effect pattern table which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the content of the jackpot production pattern (fierce fight bonus) which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the content of the jackpot production pattern (phantom fight bonus) which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the content of the jackpot effect pattern (Musou bonus) which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the content of the jackpot effect pattern (seven star charge) which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the content of the start demonstration effect which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the end demo production table which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the content of the end demonstration effect which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a transition diagram of the effect mode which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the special symbol variation pattern table which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the variation effect pattern table which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the production example of the probable change promotion effect which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the production example of the round promotion effect which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the production example of the hold inner consecutive villa production which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the production example of the seven-star charge production which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the execution process of the character selection effect which concerns on 9th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the symbol table per special symbol which concerns on tenth embodiment. It is a time chart which shows the operation pattern of the big winning opening which concerns on 10th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the symbol table per special symbol which concerns on eleventh embodiment. It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the execution process of the special game which concerns on 11th Embodiment. It is a time chart which shows the operation pattern of the big winning opening which concerns on 12th Embodiment.

Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. The pachinko game machine according to the present embodiment is a model in which two functions corresponding to the conventional first-class pachinko game machine are mixed, and the first game (first special symbol game) and the second game (2nd special symbol game) can be developed.

[First Embodiment]
The front view and the rear view of the pachinko game machine PM according to the present embodiment are shown in FIGS. 1 and 2. First, the overall configuration of the pachinko game machine PM will be outlined with reference to this figure.

<Basic configuration of Pachinko game machine>
First, the basic structure on the front side of the Pachinko game machine PM will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko game machine PM is mounted on the front surface of the opening of the outer frame 1 which forms a vertically fixed holding frame configured in the outer square frame size, and is configured to open and close in the square frame size corresponding to the opening. The front frame 2 forming the frame is attached to each other by the upper and lower hinge mechanisms 3a and 3b arranged on the front left edge portion so as to be opened and closed and attached / detached sideways, and is called a double lock provided on the front right edge portion. It is always held in a closed state engaged and connected to the outer frame 1 by using the locking device 4.

On the front side of the front frame 2, a glass frame 5 and a ball plate unit 6 are assembled by using hinge mechanisms 7a, 7b, 7c provided on the left side of the front surface so that they can be opened and closed sideways and can be attached and detached. It is always kept in a closed state covering the front surface of the front frame 2 by using it. The game board 20 is detachably set and held on the upper part of the front frame 2 located behind the glass frame 5, and the game area PA in front of the game board 20 is passed through the double glazing of the glass frame 5 which is always closed and held. Is designed to be visible.

On the front side of the glass frame 5, a frame lamp (LED lamp) 10 that emits light according to the development status of the game and a speaker 11 that generates a sound effect according to the development status of the game are provided. The ball plate unit 6 is provided with upper and lower ball plates (upper ball plate 8 and lower ball plate 9) for storing game balls, and an effect of being pressed by a player in the center of the front of the upper ball plate 8 A button 15 is provided, and a launch handle 12 for launching a game ball is provided on the front right side of the lower ball plate 9.

The game board 20 is constructed based on a substrate formed in a rectangular flat plate shape using a synthetic resin material such as acrylic resin, polycarbonate resin, or ABS resin. On the front surface of the game board 20, an outer rail and an inner rail are fixed in an arc shape to form a substantially circular game area PA in which a game ball can roll, and a windmill or a large number of games are formed in this game area PA. Along with the nails, various winning openings such as the first starting opening 61, the second starting opening 62, the operating gate 63, the first major winning opening 64, and the second major winning opening 65, as well as the first special symbol display device 71 and the second Various display devices such as a special symbol display device 72, a first special symbol hold lamp 73, a second special symbol hold lamp 74, a normal symbol display device 75, and a normal symbol hold lamp 76 are provided. A center decoration 22 is arranged substantially in the center of the game area PA, and the screen of the effect display device 70 is visibly provided through the central opening of the center decoration 22. At the lower end of the game area PA, an out port 29 is provided to discharge the game ball that has rolled down without entering each winning port to the back side of the game board 20. Hereinafter, each component provided on the game board 20 will be described in order.

The first starting port 61 is provided as a starting winning opening corresponding to the first special symbol game, and includes a first starting opening switch 611 for detecting the entry of a game ball. The entry of the game ball into the first starting port 61 triggers the first special symbol lottery.

The second starting port 62 is provided as a starting winning opening corresponding to the second special symbol game, and includes a second starting opening switch 621 for detecting the entry of the game ball. The entry of the game ball into the second starting port 62 triggers the second special symbol lottery. Further, the second starting port 62 includes a normal electric accessory 622 and a normal electric accessory solenoid 623 for opening and closing the ordinary electric accessory 622. The ordinary electric accessory 622 is variable to a closed state in which it is difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting port 62 and an open state in which the game ball is easier to enter than in this state. Here, the second starting port 62 has a structure in which it is difficult for a game ball to enter unless the ordinary electric accessory 622 is opened. On the other hand, when the ordinary electric accessory 622 is opened, the ease of entering the ball into the second starting port 62 increases.

The actuating gate 63 is provided as a start winning opening corresponding to a normal symbol game, and includes an actuating gate switch 631 for detecting the passage of a game ball. The passage of the game ball through the operating gate 63 triggers a normal symbol lottery for determining whether or not to expand the normal electric accessory 622 of the second starting port 62.

The first large winning opening 64 is formed as a horizontal rectangular winning opening that is opened when a big hit or a small hit is obtained in the winning / failing lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol. The first large winning opening 64 includes a first large winning opening switch 641 for detecting the entry of a game ball, and a first special electric accessory 642, which is a so-called attacker device, and the first special electric motor. It is provided with a first large winning opening solenoid 643 for driving the opening and closing of the accessory 642. The first special electric accessory 642 is variable between a normal state in which a game ball cannot enter or is difficult to enter in the first large winning opening 64 and an open state in which a game ball can enter or is easily entered.

The second special winning opening 65 is formed as a horizontally rectangular winning opening that is opened when a big hit or a small hit is obtained in the winning / failing lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol. The second special winning opening 65 includes a second special winning opening switch 651 for detecting the entry of a game ball, a second special electric accessory 652 called an attacker device, and the second special electric. Character 65
It is provided with a second large winning opening solenoid 653 for driving the opening and closing of 2. The second special electric accessory 652 is variable between a normal state in which the game ball cannot enter or is difficult to enter in the second large winning opening 65 and an open state in which the game ball can enter or is easily entered.

The first grand prize opening 64 and the second grand prize opening 65 are provided in the area closer to the right side in the game area PA. Therefore, in the special game state, when launching the game ball toward the game area PA, by hitting the right side area, so-called right-handed hit, it is easy to enter any of the big winning openings 64 and 65. It has become.

The first special symbol display device 71 performs variable display and definite display of the first special symbol when the game ball enters the first starting port 61. The first special symbol display device 71 is composed of, for example, 7-segment LEDs, and the variation display of the first special symbol is expressed according to the blinking pattern of each segment, and the blinking of the segment is stopped and switched to the lighting display. 1 The special symbol is confirmed and displayed. The stop symbol of the first special symbol is formed by numbers and symbols represented by a combination of each segment.

The second special symbol display device 72 performs variable display and definite display of the first special symbol when the game ball enters the second starting port 62. The second special symbol display device 72 is composed of, for example, 7-segment LEDs, and the variation display of the second special symbol is expressed according to the blinking pattern of each segment, and the blinking of the segment is stopped and switched to the lighting display. 2 The special symbol is confirmed and displayed. The stop symbol of the second special symbol is formed by numbers and symbols represented by a combination of each segment.

The first special figure holding lamp 73 and the second special figure holding lamp 74 are composed of, for example, two LED lamps, respectively, and the number of operation holding balls of the first special symbol and the second special symbol is determined by the lighting / blinking display of the lamps. Express (up to 4). The number of balls on hold for operation of the first special symbol is a number related to a random number value acquired based on the entry of balls into the first starting port 61 while the first special symbol or the second special symbol is changing or the special game is being executed. There is, and the acquired random value is withheld, that is, the number for which the hit / fail judgment is temporarily held until the hit / fail judgment permission condition (variation start condition) is satisfied for the acquired random number value is shown. The number of balls on hold for operation of the second special symbol is the number related to the random number value acquired based on the entry of the ball into the second starting port 62 during the fluctuation of the first special symbol or the second special symbol or during the execution of the special game. There is, and the acquired random value is withheld, that is, the number for which the hit / fail judgment is temporarily held until the hit / fail judgment permission condition (variation start condition) is satisfied for the acquired random number value is shown.

The ordinary symbol display device 75 is composed of, for example, two LED lamps, and displays fluctuations and confirmations of ordinary symbols by lighting / blinking the lamps. In the present embodiment, for example, a variable display of a normal symbol is expressed in a form in which two lamps alternately turn on and off, and depending on which lamp is finally lit and stopped and displayed, the normal symbol is displayed. Notify the lottery result. The normal figure hold lamp 76 is composed of, for example, two LED lamps, and the number of operation hold balls (up to 4) of a normal symbol is expressed by the lighting / blinking display of the lamp. A round display 77 is provided on the left side of the normal symbol display device 75 to display the number of round games in the special game (number of rounds: the number of times the special electric accessory 642, 643 is continuously operated). ..

The effect display device 70 mainly displays an effect image including a decorative symbol and a notice effect that are variablely displayed / stopped in conjunction with the first special symbol or the second special symbol, and of the first special symbol and the second special symbol. Hold display. Specifically, the decorative symbol display unit 700, which executes variable display of the decorative symbol, the advance notice effect display, and the like on the screen of the effect display device 70, and the first special symbol in synchronization with the first special symbol hold lamp 73. The first special figure hold display unit 701, which executes the hold display of the second special figure, and the second special figure hold display unit 702, which executes the hold display of the second special symbol in synchronization with the second special figure hold lamp 74, It is provided. In this embodiment, a liquid crystal display device is adopted as the effect display device 70. The decorative symbol display unit 700 is provided with three rows of display areas (left display area Z1, middle display area Z2, right display area Z3) which are variable display areas of decorative symbols on a predetermined effective line (not shown). The left symbol of the decorative symbol corresponds to the left display area Z1, the middle symbol of the decorative symbol corresponds to the middle display area Z2, and the right symbol of the decorative symbol corresponds to the right display area Z3. To. In the normal display mode, the special figure hold display units 701 and 702 display the hold image marked with a white circle when the action hold ball of the special symbol is generated, and correspond to the digestion of the action hold ball. The reserved image disappears. The reserved images are displayed in order according to the order in which the operation-reserved balls of the special symbol are generated (ball entry order), and up to four can be displayed on each of the reserved display units 701 and 702.

The center decoration 22 is installed around the effect display device 70, and has functions such as a flow path for a game ball, protection of the screen of the effect display device 70, and decoration. The center decoration 22 is provided with a movable accessory 24 that executes an effect operation according to the development status of the game. The movable accessory 24 is configured to include a drive source such as a stepping motor or a solenoid. Further, the center decoration 22 is provided with a board lamp (LED lamp) 25 that emits light according to the development status of the game. In the following description, for convenience, the frame lamp 10 and the board lamp 25 are also collectively referred to as “directing lamp LP”.

Subsequently, the basic structure on the back side of the Pachinko game machine PM will be described with reference to FIG. On the back side of the front frame 2, a back set board 30 formed in a rectangular frame shape slightly smaller than the front frame 2 and having a front-rear communication window substantially in the center is detachably attached. Each part of the back set board 30 is connected to the storage tank 31 for storing a large number of game balls, the tank rail 32 extending from the storage tank 31 to the right with a gentle downward slope, and the right end of the tank rail 32, and downward. A prize for guiding the game ball paid out from the ball supply passage unit 33, the prize ball payout unit 34 for paying out the game ball guided by the ball supply passage part 33, and the game ball paid out from the prize ball payout unit 34 to the upper ball plate 6. A ball passage portion 35 and the like are provided.

On the back side of the game board 10, there is a main control board 100 that comprehensively controls the operation of the pachinko game machine PM, a production control board 200 that controls the overall production, image display according to the game development, and sound effect control. An image control board 300 or the like is attached. In this embodiment, the effect control board 200 and the image control board 300 constitute a liquid crystal unit in an assembled state integrated with the effect display device (liquid crystal display device) 70. On the other hand, on the back side of the back set board 30, the payout control board 400 that controls the launch and payout of the game ball, and the power is received from the game facility side to supply power to various control boards and electric / electronic parts. A power supply board 500 or the like is attached. In order to prevent unauthorized modification, these control boards are housed in a transparent resin board case having a caulking structure and a sealing seal structure at predetermined positions on the back surface of the game board 20 or the back surface of the back set board 30. Arranged. These control boards and the electrical and electronic components of each part of the Pachinko game machine PM are connected to each other via a harness (connector cable) so that the Pachinko game machine PM can be operated.

<Control configuration of Pachinko game machine>
Next, each control board mounted on the pachinko game machine PM according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 3 is a control block diagram showing a control configuration of the Pachinko gaming machine PM.

The main control board 100 includes a main CPU 101 that performs various arithmetic processes related to games, a ROM 102 that stores control programs, various data, and the like, a RAM 103 that functions as a work area and a buffer memory that serves as a temporary storage area, and peripheral boards and each. It is equipped with a main control microcomputer (one-chip microcomputer) 110 configured to include an I / O port circuit 104 that inputs and outputs signals to and from the device, and the main CPU 101 plays a game according to a control program stored in the ROM 102. It is configured to perform key controls over progress. In addition, although not shown, the main control board 100 is reset when the clock circuit that divides the clock signal from the crystal oscillator to generate the internal system clock and the main CPU 101 malfunctions or goes out of control. A WDT circuit that returns to a normal state, a CTC circuit that enables real-time interrupt generation and time measurement, and a system that operates as a separate system from the program processing (software random number) by the main CPU 101 to generate a predetermined random number (built-in random number). It is equipped with a random number generation circuit and the like, and these are connected to each other via an internal bus.

The main CPU 101 executes various processes related to the main control of the game by reading various control programs stored in the ROM 102 and performing arithmetic processing based on the detection information from each switch and the like. The RAM 103 is a backup RAM as a non-volatile storage means backed up by a backup power supply (VBB) generated on the power supply board 500. The backup area of the RAM 103 is an area for storing data such as stack pointers and registers held when the power is turned off when the power is turned off, and is used when the power is turned on (when the power is turned off and restored). ), The state of the gaming machine is restored to the state before the power was turned off based on the information in the backup area.

Further, the main control board 100 is electrically connected to the first starting port switch 611, the second starting port switch 621, the operating gate switch 631, the first special winning opening switch 641, the second major winning opening switch 651, and the like. The detection signals from various switches are input to the main CPU 101 via the I / O port circuit 104. Further, the main control board 100 includes a first special symbol display device 71, a second special symbol display device 72, a first special symbol hold lamp 73, a second special symbol hold lamp 74, a normal symbol display device 75, and a normal symbol hold lamp. It is electrically connected to the 76, and further electrically connected to the ordinary electric accessory solenoid 623 and the special electric accessory solenoid 643, 653, and is controlled from the main CPU 101 via the I / O port circuit 104. Signals are transmitted to various display means and various solenoids.

The main control board 100 and the effect control board 200 are connected by eight parallel signal lines and one strobe line, and communicate only in a single direction from the main control board 100 to the effect control board 200. It is possible to connect, and various effect control commands are transmitted from the main control board 100 to the effect control board 200. It is not possible to transmit data from the effect control board 200 to the main control board 100, and it is not possible to request the main control board 100 to transmit data.

The effect control board 200 includes a sub-main CPU 201 that performs various arithmetic processes related to the game effect based on the effect control command from the main control board 100, a ROM 202 that stores the effect control program and various data, a work area that serves as a temporary storage area, and the like. It is equipped with a production control microcomputer (one-chip microcomputer) 210 configured to include a RAM 203 that functions as a buffer memory and an I / O port circuit 204 that inputs and outputs signals to and from peripheral boards and devices. The sub-main CPU 201 is configured to execute the main control related to the game production according to the control program stored in the ROM 202. In addition, although not shown, the effect control board 200 is reset when the sub-main CPU 201, which is a clock circuit that divides the clock signal from the crystal oscillator to generate an internal system clock, malfunctions or goes out of control. WDT circuit that returns to the normal state, TPU circuit that outputs various signals based on the system clock, interrupt controller that activates various interrupts such as timer interrupts based on signals from the TPU circuit, for inputting / outputting serial data It is equipped with serial communication circuits and the like, and these are connected to each other via an internal bus.

The effect control board 200 is an image control command for instructing an image and sound to the image control board 300 and a lamp control signal for controlling the lamp connection board 91 in the effect control process based on the effect control command from the main control board 100. (Ramp data), a drive control signal (drive data) for controlling the motor driver 92, and the like are generated. The effect control board 200 is connected to the image control board 300 so as to be capable of bidirectional communication, and while image control commands related to images and sounds are transmitted from the effect control board 200 to the image control board 300, as a response, the effect control board 200 is transmitted. A response command (ACK command) indicating that the image control command has been normally received is transmitted from the image control board 300 to the effect control board 200.

Further, the effect control board 200 is electrically connected to a lamp connection board 91 on which a plurality of LED drivers are mounted, and a lamp control signal (lamp data) for controlling the lamp connection board 91 is transmitted via a serial communication circuit. Send. In this example, the effect control board 200 and the lamp connection board 91 adopt clock-synchronized serial communication, and are transmitted by a signal line (clock line) different from the data line for lamp data transmission. The lamp control signal is transmitted bit by bit via the data line in synchronization with the clock signal. The lamp connection board 91 has a built-in LED driver that functions by receiving a lamp control signal for driving an LED transmitted from the effect control board 200, and switches on / off the switch in the circuit based on the lamp control signal. Therefore, the drive current is supplied or cut off to the effect lamp LP to control the effect lamp LP to be turned on or off.

Further, the effect control board 200 is electrically connected to a plurality of motor drivers 92, and a drive control signal (drive data) for controlling the motor driver 92 is transmitted to the motor driver 92 via the I / O port circuit 204. Send. The motor driver 92 supplies a drive current to the stepping motor of each movable accessory 24 by switching the switch in the circuit on / off based on the drive control signal for driving the accessory transmitted from the effect control board 200. Alternatively, it is shut off to control the operation of each movable accessory 24. A parallel communication method is adopted for data transmission to the motor driver 92.

The image control board 300 includes a sub-sub CPU 301 that performs various arithmetic processes related to image production based on an image control command from the effect control board 200, a ROM 302 that stores an image control program, various data, and the like, and a work area that serves as a temporary storage area. It is equipped with an image control microcomputer (one-chip microcomputer) 310 configured to include a RAM 303 that functions as a buffer memory and an I / O port circuit 304 that inputs and outputs signals to and from peripheral boards and devices. , The sub-sub CPU 301 is configured to execute the main control related to the image production according to the control program stored in the ROM 302. In addition, although not shown, the image control board 300 has a VDP that generates image data according to the effect content based on the control signal acquired from the sub-sub CPU 301, and the effect content based on the control signal acquired from the sub-sub CPU 301. It is equipped with a sound source IC that generates acoustic data. The VDP is a so-called image processor, which reads image data stored in an image ROM in response to an instruction from a sub-sub CPU 301, processes the image data, and transmits a video signal (image data) generated by image processing to an effect display device. A high-speed VRAM used for developing and processing image data read from an image ROM is connected to this VPD. The sound source IC reads the acoustic data stored in the audio ROM in response to an instruction from the sub-sub CPU 301, and outputs the acoustic data generated by synthesizing the acoustic data to the speaker 11 via an amplifier (digital amplifier).

The payout control board 400 is mainly composed of a payout CPU 401, a ROM 402, and a RAM 403. The payout control board 400 is connected to the main control board 100 so as to be able to communicate in both directions, and controls for driving the prize ball payout unit 34 to pay out the prize balls based on the payout control command from the main control board 100. Is executed, and the ball feeding mechanism 13 and the launching mechanism 14 are synchronously driven based on the operation amount of the launching handle 12 to control the launching of the game ball.

Although not shown in detail, the power supply board 500 includes a normal power supply circuit for generating a normal power supply used in each control board and a backup power supply based on the primary power supply supplied from the power supply equipment of the game island. It is configured to include a backup power supply circuit for generating (VBB) and a power supply disconnection monitoring circuit for monitoring a power supply disconnection due to a voltage drop, and is used for electronic / electrical parts such as control boards and gaming devices. Supply the required power. A power switch for activating the power circuit is connected to the power supply board 500, and assuming that the primary power is supplied from the power supply device of the game island, when the power supply switch is turned on, the power supply board A predetermined power supply is supplied to each control board or the like from the normal power supply circuit of 500. The power supply board 500 is configured to be able to detect that the power supply from the power supply device of the game island is cut off, and when the power supply disconnection is detected, the power supply disconnection signal (NMI signal) for notifying the fact is sent to the main control board 100. , Transmission to the effect control board 200 and the payout control board 400. The backup power supply circuit is charged when power is supplied from the power supply device of the game island to the pachinko game machine PM. Further, a RAM clear switch (not shown) for temporarily erasing the temporary storage contents of the RAM 103 of the main control board 100 and setting an initial value is connected to the power supply board 500 when the power of the pachinko gaming machine PM is turned on. ing. The RAM clear switch may be connected to, for example, the main control board 100 instead of the power supply board 500.

<Basic operation of Pachinko game machine>
In the pachinko game machine PM configured as described above, the outer frame 1 is fixedly installed on the game island of the game facility, and the front frame 2, the glass frame 5, the ball plate unit 6, etc. are closed and locked for the game. The game is started by storing the game ball in the upper ball plate 8 and rotating the firing handle 12. When the firing handle 12 is rotated, the game balls stored in the upper ball plate 8 are launched one by one by the ball feeding mechanism 13 (see FIG. 3) arranged on the back side of the glass frame 5. It is sent out to 14 (see FIG. 3), and is launched into the game area PA by the launch mechanism 14.

When a game ball rolling down the game area PA enters any of the first starting port 61, the second starting port 62, the first large winning opening 64, and the second large winning opening 65, the type of the winning opening The prize balls corresponding to the above are paid out to the upper ball plate 8 or the lower ball plate 9 by the prize ball payout unit 33. Further, when the game ball enters the first starting port 61 or the second starting port 62, a lottery random number value of the special symbol is acquired, and the random number value is temporarily stored as a reserved ball of the special symbol up to a predetermined upper limit number. Then, when a predetermined start condition is satisfied, the winning / failing judgment, the symbol judgment, and the fluctuation pattern judgment of the special symbol are performed on the lottery random number value related to the earliest reserved ball, and the first is in an manner corresponding to the judgment result. The special symbol is variably displayed on the 1 special symbol display device 71 or the second special symbol display device 72, and the decorative symbol is variably displayed on the effect display device 70. The variable display of the special symbol and the decorative symbol is synchronously stopped and displayed after the lapse of the variable time according to the selected variable pattern.

When the first special symbol or the second special symbol is confirmed and displayed in a stop mode indicating a big hit, the game shifts to a special game in which the player is more advantageous than the normal game, and the first big winning opening 64 or the second The opening and closing operation of the grand prize opening 65 is started. The mode of stopping the decorative symbol indicating the jackpot is, for example, an embodiment in which the types of the three symbols match. In the present embodiment, as special games, a 16R special game in which a round game is set to 16 times (16 rounds), an 8R special game in which a round game is set to 8 times (8 rounds), and a round game are performed twice. A 2R special game set to (2 rounds) is provided.

In the present embodiment, regardless of whether the game is shifted to the 16R special game, the 8R special game, or the 2R special game, the probability variation of the special symbol changes from the end of the special game until the number of changes of the special symbol reaches a predetermined final number. The function (also called "probability change") works uniformly. That is, the pachinko game machine PM according to the present embodiment is a so-called "ST", which is a number-cut probability change machine having a probability change inrush rate of 100%.
It is a game machine called "machine". Therefore, in the present embodiment, the probability fluctuation function of the special symbol does not continue until the next big hit occurs, but the period until the predetermined final number of times (also referred to as "ST number of times") is reached (also referred to as "ST period"). ) Is limited. When the probability fluctuation function of the special symbol is activated, the jackpot probability of the special symbol lottery shifts from the normal low probability state to the high probability state, so that a new jackpot (special game) will occur relatively early. Become.

On the other hand, after the special game is completed, the function for shortening the fluctuation time of the special symbol (hereinafter, also referred to as "time reduction") may be activated in association with or independently of the probability fluctuation function of the special symbol. When the special symbol variation time shortening function is activated, the average variation time of the special symbol and the decorative symbol tends to be shorter than usual, and the number of special symbol lottery per unit time is improved (big hit per unit time). Ease of acquisition can be increased).

Further, when the fluctuation time shortening function of the special symbol is activated, the electric chew support function is activated accordingly. The electric chew support function enhances the ease of entering the second starting port 62 by operating the probability fluctuation function of the normal symbol, the fluctuation time shortening function of the normal symbol, and the opening extension function of the normal electric accessory 622. It is a state (also referred to as a "easy-to-enter state"). When the probability fluctuation function of the normal symbol is activated, the winning probability of the normal symbol becomes higher than the normal state. When the function for shortening the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is activated, the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is shortened. When the opening time extension function of the ordinary electric accessory 622 is activated, the opening time of the ordinary electric accessory 622 is extended from the normal state. In this easy-to-enter state, the number of fluctuations of the normal symbol per fixed time is more likely to increase than usual, and the ease of entering the second starting port 62 is also increased. Therefore, the player goes to the second starting port 62. It also increases the possibility that the number of balls entered will increase. Therefore, due to the activation of the special symbol variation time shortening function and the electric chew support function, the chances of obtaining a prize ball by entering the second starting port 62 during that period are increased, and as a result, the number of balls held is hardly reduced. It becomes possible to continue the game.

<Main functional configuration of Pachinko game machine>
Next, various functions of the pachinko game machine PM (mainly the main control board 100 / effect control board 200) according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to the functional block diagram of FIG.

As shown in FIG. 4, the main control board 100 includes a ball entry determination means 110, a game lottery random number generation means 120, a hold control means 130, a preliminary determination means 135, a special symbol lottery processing means 140, and a normal symbol lottery processing means 145. Includes special game control means 150, symbol display control means 155, electric accessory control means 160, game state control means 165, error monitoring control means 170, main information storage means 180, and command transmission / reception means 190. Each of the above-mentioned means on the main control board 100 is composed of hardware such as a main CPU 101, ROM 102, RAM 103, and an electronic circuit provided on the main control board 100, and software such as a control program stored in the ROM 102 and the like. It is a functional representation of something.

Each of the ball entry determination means 110 is based on detection signals from the first start port switch 611, the second start port switch 621, the operation gate switch 631, the first major winning opening switch 641, the second major winning opening switch 651, and the like. Judge the entry of the game ball into the winning opening.

The game lottery random number generating means 120 is used for a winning / losing lottery of a special symbol by taking in a built-in random number generated by a random number generation circuit of the main control microcomputer 110 by software and adding a soft random number per special symbol described later to the built-in random number. Generate a random number per special symbol. Further, the game lottery random number generation means 120 includes a random number counter for generating various software random numbers by the program processing of the main CPU 101. These random number counters play a role as random number generation means for generating random numbers by software. As this software random number, a soft random number per special symbol that is added to the above-mentioned built-in random number to form a random number per special symbol, a soft initial value random number per special symbol for determining the initial value and the end value of the soft random number per special symbol, Special symbol per symbol random number used to determine the hit symbol (combination of symbols that activates the condition device) as the stop symbol of the special symbol, special symbol for determining the initial value and end value of the special symbol per symbol random number The initial value random number of the winning symbol, the special symbol variation pattern random number used for selecting the variation pattern of the special symbol, the random number per ordinary symbol used for the winning / failing lottery of the ordinary symbol, the initial value and the end value of the random number per ordinary symbol The initial value random number per ordinary symbol for determining, the ordinary symbol variation pattern random number for use in selecting the variation pattern of the ordinary symbol, and the like are included. These software random numbers are updated once each time a timer interrupt process occurs, and the initial value random numbers are the remaining time of the interrupt cycle even while the timer interrupt process is not being executed (during loop processing). Update using.

The hold control means 130 includes a special symbol hold control means 131 and a normal symbol hold control means 132.

The special symbol holding control means 131 is a lottery random number value related to the special symbol game, triggered by the entry of the game ball into the first start port 61 or the second start port 62, and is a random value per special symbol or per special symbol. The symbol random value and the special symbol fluctuation pattern random value are acquired, and the random value is managed as the operation holding ball information of the first special symbol or the second special symbol. The special symbol holding control means 131 is a main information storage means in which the operation holding ball information of the first special symbol or the second special symbol is combined with the entry order of the holding balls up to a predetermined upper limit number (4 pieces). Temporarily stored in the first special symbol holding storage area or the second special symbol holding storage area of 180.

In the first special symbol hold storage area and the second special symbol hold storage area, the hold 1 storage area (first hold storage area) and the hold 2 storage area (2) are in the order of entry into the starting ports 61 and 62. A hold storage area), a hold 3 storage area (third hold storage area), and a hold 4 storage area (fourth hold storage area) are provided. Each hold storage area can store a random number per special symbol, a random number per special symbol, and a random number of special symbol variation patterns as a set of operation hold ball information. The operation hold ball information is stored in the order of hold 1 storage area, hold 2 storage area, hold 3 storage area, hold 4 storage area, while hold 1 storage area, hold 2 storage area, hold 3 storage area, hold 4 storage. It is digested in the order of areas (first-in, first-out principle). When the reserved ball information in the reserved 1 storage area is digested, the reserved ball information stored in the reserved 2 storage area, the reserved 3 storage area, and the reserved 4 storage area is shifted to the lower numbered storage area, respectively. Hold 4 Clear the contents of the storage area to zero.

Further, the special symbol holding control means 131 includes a first special symbol holding ball number counter for counting the number of operating holding balls of the first special symbol, and a second special for counting the number of operating holding balls of the second special symbol. It has a symbol holding ball number counter. The special symbol holding control means 131 adds 1 to the corresponding counter every time one of the special symbol's operation-holding balls is acquired as an update process of the number of operation-holding balls of the special symbol, and one operation-holding ball is digested. The corresponding counter is subtracted by 1 for each.

Further, when the special symbol hold control means 131 updates (adds or subtracts) the number of operation hold balls of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the effect control command (“symbol memory”) including the update information of the hold ball number A number command) is generated and temporarily stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180. This one command includes information on both the number of balls on hold for operation of the first special symbol and the number of balls on hold for operation of the second special symbol. As a general rule, the operation-holding balls of each special symbol are digested in the order in which they are entered, but in the present embodiment, the variable display of the second special symbol is preferentially executed over the first special symbol. , So-called priority digestion is adopted, so that while the operation holding ball related to the second special symbol game exists, the operation holding related to the second special symbol game is held regardless of the existence of the operation holding ball related to the first special symbol game. It is configured to preferentially digest the sphere. In addition, under this priority digestion, when the operation holding ball of the second special symbol exists, even if the operation holding ball of the first special symbol exists, the operation holding ball of the first special symbol is digested. It will be put on hold.

The normal symbol hold control means 132 is a lottery random number value related to the normal symbol game, triggered by the entry of the game ball into the operating gate 63, a random value per normal symbol, a symbol random value per normal symbol, and a normal symbol variation pattern. A random number value is acquired, and the random number value is managed as operation holding ball information of a normal symbol. The normal symbol hold control means 132 stores the normal symbol operation hold ball information up to a predetermined upper limit number (4 pieces) in the normal symbol hold storage area of the main information storage means 180 in the form of being combined with the ball entry order of the hold balls. Temporarily memorize. Further, the normal symbol holding control means 132 has a normal symbol holding ball number counter for counting the number of operating holding balls of the normal symbol. The normal symbol hold control means 132 adds 1 to the corresponding counter every time one of the normal symbol is acquired as the process of updating the number of hold balls of the normal symbol, and one operation hold ball is consumed. The corresponding counter is subtracted by 1 for each.

When the pre-determination means 135 acquires an operation-holding ball with a special symbol at a predetermined pre-determination timing, the pre-determination means 135 executes a pre-determination for pre-reading notice for the operation-holding ball. As an example of the pre-judgment timing, when (1) waiting for a hit and when the operation holding ball of the first special symbol is acquired while the electric chew support function is not operating, (2) waiting for a hit and electric chew If the support function acquires the operation holding ball of the second special symbol while the support function is operating, or (3) the operation holding ball of the second special symbol is acquired during the big hit or the small hit, one of the conditions is satisfied. It's time to be satisfied. Specifically, the pre-determination means 135 reads the random number value corresponding to the operation hold ball acquired this time from the first special symbol hold storage area or the second special symbol hold storage area of the main information storage means 180, and draws a winning / failing. Pre-judgment (pre-judgment of winning / failing), pre-judgment of symbol lottery (pre-decision of symbol), and pre-judgment of variation pattern lottery (pre-determination of variation pattern) are sequentially executed. Although not shown, the pre-judgment table used in each pre-judgment corresponds to the total number of random numbers in the same way as the lottery table (special symbol winning / failing lottery table, special symbol per symbol table, variable pattern table) described later. The area is divided into a plurality of areas, and a lottery ID is assigned to each area (number of determination values). As the lottery ID, a number indicating the result of the preliminary determination (also referred to as a “predetermined number”) is set. Then, the pre-determination means 135 sequentially generates an effect control command (referred to as a "pre-determination command") including information on the pre-determination result (pre-determination number), and stores this in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180. Store.

The special symbol lottery processing means 140 includes a special symbol winning / failing determination means 141, a special symbol stop symbol determining means 412, and a special symbol variation pattern determining means 143. When the change start condition of the special symbol is satisfied, the special symbol lottery processing means 140 is stored in the earliest storage area (hold 1 storage area) of the special symbol hold storage area in the main information storage means 180. The numerical value, the symbol random value per special symbol, and the special symbol variation pattern random value are read out and stored in the special symbol hit / fail determination area, the special symbol symbol determination area, and the special symbol variation pattern determination area of the main information storage means 180, respectively. Here, "the condition for starting the fluctuation of the special symbol is satisfied" means, for example, (1) that the player is not in a big hit or a small hit, and (2) both the first special symbol and the second special symbol are on standby for fluctuation. It is when all the conditions of being inside, (3) the presence of the operation holding ball in at least one of the first special symbol and the second special symbol are satisfied, and as a result, the special symbol can start to fluctuate. It is judged that it is in such a state.

The special symbol winning / failing determination means 141 reads a random number value per special symbol from the special symbol winning / failing determination area of the main information storage means 180, executes a winning / failing determination, and the determination result corresponds to any of big hit, small hit, and miss. Decide if you want to. The result of this hit / fail judgment is temporarily stored in the special symbol judgment flag of the main information storage means 180 (for example, big hit data "55H", small hit data "33H", miss data "00H"), and is used in the subsequent processing. After that, it is cleared when the fluctuation of the special symbol stops. The special symbol winning / failing determination means 141 holds a special symbol winning / failing lottery table referred to at the time of this winning / failing determination.

Here, FIG. 5 is a diagram schematically showing a special symbol winning / failing lottery table, in which (A) is referred to in a normal state (low probability state) and (B) is referred to in a probability variation state (high probability state). To. In this special symbol winning / failing lottery table, a random number value per special symbol and a judgment result of big hit, small hit, and loss are associated with each other, and the winning probability of big hit and small hit according to the associated random number range. Is decided. As can be seen from FIG. 5, in the winning / failing lottery of the special symbol game, in the normal state (low probability state), the big hit is obtained only when the random number value falls in the range of "0 to 163". On the other hand, in the probability variation state (high probability state), the jackpot range is expanded, and the jackpot is not only when the random number value corresponds to the range of "0 to 163" but also when it corresponds to the range of "164 to 1639". Become. That is, when the probability fluctuation function of the special symbol is activated, the jackpot lottery probability changes from the low probability state (1 / 399.6) to the high probability state (1 / 39.96). In this way, the range corresponding to the big hit changes according to the game state, but the winning probability of the big hit is the same between the winning / failing lottery of the first special symbol and the winning / failing lottery of the second special symbol. Here, even if the random number value per special symbol does not fall within the range of the big hit, if it falls within the predetermined range, it becomes a small hit. In this example, a small hit exists only in the winning / failing lottery of the first special symbol. For example, a small winning is also provided in the winning / failing lottery of the second special symbol, and the winning / failing lottery of the second special symbol is performed. Also, the winning / failing lottery of the first special symbol may be configured to be a small hit with a higher probability.

The special symbol stop symbol determining means 142 determines the stop symbol of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, and the symbol group to which the stop symbol belongs, based on the result of the winning / failing lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol. To do. When the result of the winning / failing lottery is a big hit, the special symbol stop symbol determining means 142 is referred to when determining the stop symbol and the symbol group of the first special symbol and the second special symbol, and the first special symbol per symbol table and It has a symbol table per second special symbol.

FIG. 6A is a diagram schematically showing an example of a symbol table per first special symbol. In this first special symbol per symbol table, for the special symbol per symbol random value, the stop symbol, the symbol group, the contents of the jackpot (the number of operations of the probability fluctuation function and the fluctuation time shortening function of the special symbol, the first big prize The operation pattern of the port 64) is associated with each other. The numerical value "100" in parentheses means the number of operations of the probability fluctuation function and the fluctuation time shortening function of the special symbol, that is, the number of STs. In this table, the stop symbols "1" to "8" of the first special symbol are classified into two types of symbol groups A and B according to the type of jackpot.

Specifically, the symbol group A (16R specific time-saving symbol) is for the symbols "1", "2", "3", and "4", and the symbol group B is for the symbols "5" and "6". (8R specific time saving symbol), and symbol group C (2R specific time saving symbol) is associated with the symbols "7" and "8", respectively. In the present embodiment, the "specific symbol" is a symbol that activates the probability variation function after the end of the special game, and the "normal symbol" is the symbol that activates the probability variation function after the end of the special game. There is no symbol (the same applies to the second special symbol described later).

The symbol groups A and B are specific symbols indicating a so-called "probability variation hit" that shifts the gaming state after the end of the special game to the probability variation state (high probability state), and the number of fluctuations of the special symbol is a big hit within the number of STs. The probability fluctuation function and fluctuation time shortening function of the special symbol, and the electric chew support function are given only until the end without generating the above, or until the next big hit occurs within the number of STs. Will be done. For the symbol group A, the specified number of rounds of the special game is 16 rounds, and the maximum opening time of the first large winning opening 64 in one round game is about 30 seconds. For the symbol group B, the specified number of rounds of the special game is eight rounds, and the maximum opening time of the first large winning opening 64 in one round game is about 30 seconds.

In the symbol group C, although the number of times the first large winning opening 64 is opened and the opening time are different from the above-mentioned "probability change hit", the game state after the end of the special game is changed to the probability change state (high probability state) of the special symbol. It is a specific symbol that indicates a so-called "sudden probability change hit" to be shifted, and the next big hit occurs until the number of fluctuations of the special symbol ends without generating a big hit within the ST number of times, or within the ST number of times. The probability fluctuation function, the fluctuation time shortening function, and the electric chew support function of the special symbol will be provided only in the meantime. The specified number of rounds of the special game is two rounds, and the maximum opening time of the first large winning opening 64 in one round game is about 0.05 seconds.

On the other hand, when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a small hit, the symbol "9" is uniquely assigned as the stop symbol by omitting the symbol determination by the random number per special symbol. A symbol group F (special electric operation symbol 1) is associated with the symbol "9". In the case of a small hit, it does not trigger a change in the game state (probability fluctuation function, fluctuation time shortening function, electric chew support function) and fluctuation pattern selection state, and the game state is maintained before and after the winning / losing lottery. Will be done. In addition, if the result of the winning / failing lottery is incorrect, the symbol "0" is uniquely assigned as the stop symbol.

Subsequently, FIG. 6B is a diagram schematically showing an example of a symbol table per second special symbol. In this second special symbol per symbol table, for the special symbol per symbol random value, the stop symbol, the symbol group, the contents of the jackpot (the number of operations of the probability fluctuation function and the fluctuation time shortening function of the special symbol, the second big prize The operation pattern of the mouth 65) is associated with each other. In this table, the stop symbols "11" to "18" of the second special symbol are classified into two types of symbol groups D and E according to the type of jackpot. Specifically, in the symbols "11", "12", "13", and "14", the symbol group D (16R specific time-saving symbol) is the symbol "15", "16", "17", " A symbol group E (8R specific time-saving symbol) is associated with each of "18".

The symbol groups D and E are specific symbols indicating a so-called "probability variation hit" that shifts the gaming state after the end of the special game to the probability variation state (high probability state), and the number of fluctuations of the special symbol is a big hit within the number of STs. The probability fluctuation function and fluctuation time shortening function of the special symbol, and the electric chew support function are given only until the end without generating the above, or until the next big hit occurs within the number of STs. Will be done. For the symbol group D, the specified number of rounds of the special game is 16 rounds, and the maximum opening time of the second large winning opening 65 in one round game is about 30 seconds. For the symbol group E, the specified number of rounds of the special game is eight rounds, and the maximum opening time of the second large winning opening 65 in one round game is about 30 seconds.

On the other hand, when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a small hit, the symbol "19" is uniquely assigned as the stop symbol by omitting the symbol determination by the random number per special symbol. A symbol group G (special electric operation symbol 2) is associated with the symbol "19". In the case of a small hit, it does not trigger a change in the game state (probability fluctuation function, fluctuation time shortening function, electric chew support function) and fluctuation pattern selection state, and the game state is maintained before and after the winning / losing lottery. Will be done. In addition, if the result of the winning / failing lottery is incorrect, the symbol "0" is uniquely assigned as the stop symbol.

In the present embodiment, as described above, three types of jackpots are provided: 16R jackpot (16R specific time saving symbol), 8R jackpot (8R specific time saving symbol), and 2R jackpot (2R specific time saving symbol). ing. The expected value of winning the prize ball in the special game (expected value of winning the prize ball) is 16R jackpot> 8R jackpot> 2R jackpot. Therefore, in the following, the 16R jackpot is also referred to as a "high profit jackpot" having the highest expected value of winning a prize ball, and the 2R jackpot is also referred to as a "low profit jackpot" having the lowest expected value of winning a prize ball. In addition, even if the number of execution rounds is the same, when the long opening unit game (30 seconds) and the short opening unit game (0.05 seconds) are mixed, the big hit in which many long opening unit games exist is "high". It becomes a profit jackpot. Specifically, the special game may include a special game that has a common number of execution rounds, such as unifying the number of execution rounds to 16 rounds, but changes in a predetermined round so that the mode of the unit game is different. In that case, the opening time of the large winning openings 64 and 65 is relative to the special game consisting only of the short opening unit games in which the opening time of the large winning openings 64 and 65 is relatively short and the opening time of the large winning openings 64 and 65 after the predetermined number of execution rounds. It may include a type of special game that switches to a long open unit game, and the latter constitutes a "high profit jackpot". Further, even if the jackpot has the same number of execution rounds, the substantial profit, that is, the expected value of winning the prize ball may be different depending on the difference in the opening pattern of the big winning opening.

Here, as can be seen from the above explanation, when a big hit is obtained in the winning / failing lottery of the first special symbol, the 16R jackpot is selected with a 50% probability, whereas the winning / failing of the second special symbol is selected. If a big hit is made in the lottery, there is a 75% chance that the 16R big hit will be selected, so that winning the second starting port 62 will produce more balls than winning the first starting port 61. It is advantageous for the player in that it can be acquired. In this example, a special game of opening and closing the first big winning opening 64 is executed when a big hit is made in the hit / fail judgment of the first special symbol, and a big hit is made in the hit / fail judgment of the second special symbol. A special game that opens and closes the two major winning openings 65 is to be executed, but it is not limited to this, and the second major winning opening 65 is not limited to this, and when a big hit is made in the winning / failing judgment of the first special symbol. A special game of opening and closing the first big winning opening 64 may be executed when a big hit is made in the winning / failing determination of the second special symbol. Further, in this case, a special game for opening and closing the second big winning opening 65 is executed when the hit / fail judgment of the second special symbol is a big hit than when the hit / fail judgment of the first special symbol is a big hit. The percentage to be done may be increased. Further, at this time, it may be set so that it is more advantageous for the player to enter the second prize opening 65 than to enter the first prize 64, for example, per round. The number of prize balls is large, the expected value of winning a prize ball is high, the number of prize balls per ball is large, and the ease of entering a ball may be set to be high. Further, even when there are a plurality of big hits with the same number of rounds of special games, the actual profit (expected value of winning the prize ball) may be different due to the difference in the opening pattern of the big winning opening. The number of counts (specified count number) is the maximum number of game balls that can be entered into the large winning openings 64 and 65 in a unit game.

The special symbol variation pattern determining means 143 determines the variation pattern of the special symbol based on the special symbol variation pattern random value. Here, as shown in FIGS. 7 and 8, the special symbol variation pattern determining means 143 holds a plurality of types of variation pattern tables that are referred to when selecting a variation pattern of the special symbol. The special symbol variation pattern determining means 143 selects any variation pattern table from a plurality of types of variation pattern tables based on the current variation pattern selection state and the result of the winning / failing lottery. The relationship between the fluctuation pattern selection state and the fluctuation pattern table will be described later. A plurality of types of fluctuation patterns are defined in each fluctuation pattern table. In each figure, "selectivity" is shown for convenience of explanation, but in reality, a judgment value (range of random values) for determining the fluctuation pattern is set according to the special symbol fluctuation pattern random value. The fluctuation pattern is determined based on which determination value the fluctuation pattern random value belongs to. For each variation pattern, the variation time is set for each variation pattern as the end condition of the symbol variation, and it is premised that the symbol variation by the decorative symbol composed of a plurality of symbols is also executed at the variation time. Is defined as. In this example, for convenience of explanation, only a plurality of types of fluctuation patterns will be described as an example, but there are actually 100 or more types of fluctuation patterns.

FIG. 7A is a diagram schematically showing an example of a variation pattern table for big hits and small hits. The upper (A1) is a normal fluctuation pattern table, the middle (A2) is a probability variation fluctuation pattern table, and the lower (A3) is a special fluctuation pattern table. In this example, the selected fluctuation pattern is set to be different depending on the fluctuation pattern selection state, or even in the same fluctuation pattern selection state, depending on the jackpot type.

In the normal fluctuation pattern table (A1), when the jackpot type is 16R jackpot, either the fluctuation pattern PX2 (normal reach A) or the fluctuation pattern PX3 (super reach A) is selected, and when the jackpot is 8R jackpot, the fluctuation occurs. Either the pattern PY2 (normal reach A) or the variable pattern PY3 (super reach A) is selected. On the other hand, in the case of a 2R big hit or a small hit, either the fluctuation pattern PZ2 (normal reach A) or the fluctuation pattern PZ4 (super reach D) is selected. In this normal fluctuation pattern table for big hits and small hits, the fluctuation pattern of the non-reach mode is not selected, and when a big hit or a small hit occurs in the normal state, only the fluctuation pattern of the reach mode is selected. obtain.

In the probability variation variation pattern table (A2), only the variation pattern PX7 (super reach B) is selected when the jackpot type is 16R jackpot or 8R jackpot. On the other hand, in the case of a 2R big hit or a small hit, either the fluctuation pattern PZ6 (normal reach B) or the fluctuation pattern PZ8 (super reach D) is selected. In this probability variation variation pattern table for big hits and small hits, the variation pattern of the non-reach mode is not selected, and when a jackpot or a small hit occurs in the probability variation state of the special symbol, only the variation pattern of the reach mode is selected. Can be selected.

In the special variation pattern table (A3), only the variation pattern PX9 (non-reach C) is selected when the jackpot type is 16R jackpot, and only the variation pattern PY10 (super reach C) is selected when the jackpot type is 8R jackpot. Will be done. On the other hand, in the case of a 2R big hit or a small hit, only the fluctuation pattern PZ10 (super reach C) is selected. Here, the variation pattern PX9 of the non-reach C aspect is configured as an ultra-short variation time (2 seconds), while the variation patterns PY10 and PZ10 of the super reach C aspect are configured as a relatively long variation time (120 seconds). Will be done.

FIG. 7B is a diagram schematically showing an example of a variation pattern table for detachment. The upper (B1) is a normal fluctuation pattern table, the middle (B2) is a probability variation fluctuation pattern table, and the lower (B3) is a special fluctuation pattern table. In this example, the selected variation pattern is set to be different depending on the variation pattern selection state.

In the normal fluctuation pattern table (B1), one of the fluctuation pattern PH1 (non-reach A), the fluctuation pattern PH2 (normal reach A), the fluctuation pattern PH3 (super reach A), and the fluctuation pattern PH4 (super reach D) is selected. .. In the probability variation variation pattern table (B2), any one of variation pattern PH5 (non-reach B), variation pattern PH6 (normal reach B), variation pattern PH7 (super reach B), and variation pattern PH8 (super reach D) is selected. .. In the special variation pattern table (B3), only the variation pattern PH9 (non-reach C) is selected. Here, the variation pattern PH9 of the non-reach C aspect is configured as an ultra-short variation time (2 seconds).

In the above explanation, the variation pattern table for losing is expressed by a single table in each case, but when the result of the winning / losing lottery is lost, the number of balls on hold for operation of the special symbol ( Different variation pattern tables may be selected depending on 0 to 4). That is, by using a fluctuation pattern table according to the number of operation-holding balls of the special symbol, the ratio of selecting a relatively short fluctuation time increases as the number of operation-holding balls increases, and conversely, the number of operation-holding balls decreases. The proportion of relatively long fluctuation times selected can be increased.

Further, the special symbol variation pattern determining means 143 instructs the effect control board 200 to start the variation of the decorative symbol after selecting the variation pattern of the special symbol, so that the effect control command including the variation pattern information of the special symbol ( Generate production control commands (referred to as "symbol specification commands") that include information on special symbols (symbols) and game states (referred to as "variable pattern designation commands"), etc. This is referred to as a "variation start command"), and this is stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180.

The normal symbol lottery processing means 145 includes a normal symbol winning / failing determination means 146, a normal symbol stop symbol determination means 147, and a normal symbol variation pattern determination means 148. When the change start condition of the normal symbol is satisfied, the normal symbol lottery processing means 145 reads out the random value per normal symbol and the normal symbol fluctuation pattern random value stored in the earliest storage area in the normal symbol hold storage area. It is stored in the normal symbol hit / miss determination area and the normal symbol variation pattern determination area of the main information storage means 180, respectively.

The normal symbol hit / fail determination means 146 reads a random value per normal symbol from the normal symbol hit / fail determination area of the main information storage means 180, executes a hit / fail judgment, and determines whether the determination result corresponds to hit or miss. decide. The result of this winning / failing lottery is temporarily stored in the normal symbol determination flag of the main information storage means 180, used in the subsequent processing, and then cleared when the fluctuation of the normal symbol is stopped. The ordinary symbol winning / failing determination means 146 holds the ordinary symbol winning / failing lottery table referred to at the time of this winning / failing lottery, and in the normal state (low probability state), for example, the normal symbol winning / failing determination means has a probability of "160/283". Refer to the symbol winning / failing lottery table, and in the probability variation state (high probability state) of the normal symbol, for example, refer to the normal symbol winning / failing lottery table that wins with a probability of "282/283" and execute the winning / failing lottery of the ordinary symbol. To do.

The normal symbol stop symbol determining means 147 refers to the symbol lottery table and assigns a predetermined winning symbol when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a hit, while assigning a predetermined missing symbol when the result is a miss. It has become.

The normal symbol variation pattern determining means 148 reads the ordinary symbol variation pattern random value from the ordinary symbol variation pattern determination area of the main information storage means 180, and also refers to the ordinary symbol variation pattern table to display the variation of the ordinary symbol in the normal state. In, a relatively long fluctuation time is selected (for example, seven types of "4 seconds, 5 seconds, 6 seconds, 7 seconds, 8 seconds, 9 seconds, and 10 seconds" are uniformly selected). On the other hand, in the time saving state (easy ball entry state) of the normal symbol, a relatively short fluctuation time (for example, "0.5 seconds") is selected.

When the result of the winning / losing lottery is a big hit, the special game control means 150 relates to a start demo effect and an end demo effect displayed on the effect display device 70 or the like during the special game according to the type of the determined big hit. Determine the demo production time. Further, the special game control means 150 directs the effect control board 200 side to execute the effect control command (referred to as "big hit start demo command") and the end demo effect. A control command (referred to as a "big hit end demo command") is generated and stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180. The jackpot start demo command also serves as an opportunity for the effect control board 200 side to determine the content of a series of jackpot effects (start demo effect, round effect, end demo effect) developed during the special game. Further, the special game control means 150 generates an effect control command (referred to as a “round effect designation command”) for instructing the start of the round effect corresponding to each round game in each round game during the special game. , This is stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180. This round effect designation command includes information on the current number of rounds and information on the detection of the grand prize opening switches 641 and 651.

Further, when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a small hit, the special game control means 150 sets the demonstration effect time related to the small hit start demo effect and the small hit end demo effect displayed on the effect display device 70 or the like during the small hit game. decide. Further, the special game control means 150 includes an effect control command (“small hit start demo command”) for instructing the execution of the small hit start demo effect and an effect control command (“small hit start demo command”) for instructing the execution of the small hit end demo effect. The end demo command ") is generated and stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180.

The symbol display control means 155 includes a special symbol display control means 156 and a normal symbol display control means 157. The special symbol display control means 156 causes the first special symbol display device 71 to variably display the first special symbol according to the fluctuation pattern (variation time) of the first special symbol, and confirms and displays the first special symbol after the fluctuation display. Let me. Further, the special symbol display control means 156 causes the second special symbol display device 72 to variably display the second special symbol according to the fluctuation pattern (variation time) of the second special symbol, and displays the second special symbol after the fluctuation display. Confirm display. The special symbol display control means 156 has a special symbol game timer for managing the time (variable time, fixed display time) related to the display of the first special symbol and the second special symbol. The operating states of the first special symbol display device 71 and the second special symbol display device 72 are monitored based on the special symbol game status of the main information storage means 180. The special symbol display control means 156 requests the effect control board 200 to confirm the decorative symbol when the fluctuation of the special symbol is stopped (that is, at the timing when the value of the special symbol game timer becomes “0”). Generates an effect control command (referred to as "fluctuation stop command"). The normal symbol display control means 157 causes the normal symbol display device 75 to variably display the normal symbol according to the fluctuation pattern (variation time) of the normal symbol, and confirms and displays the normal symbol after the fluctuation display. The normal symbol display control means 157 has a normal symbol game timer for managing the time (variable time, fixed display time) related to the display of the normal symbol. The operating state of the normal symbol display device 75 is monitored based on the normal symbol game status of the main information storage means 180.

When the result of the winning / failing lottery of the special symbol is a big hit, the electric accessory control means 160 outputs a control signal to the special electric accessory solenoids 643, 653 as a special game process after the confirmation display of the special symbol is performed. The electric accessory 642,652 is opened according to a predetermined operation pattern. In the special game, one opening / closing operation of the special electric accessory 642,652 is regarded as one round game, and the round game is continuously executed for a specified number of rounds (16R, 8R, 2R in this example). Is. The electric accessory control means 160 holds a large winning opening opening counter for storing the number of operations of the special electric accessory 642,652 (that is, the number of running rounds). Here, when the jackpot type is a so-called 16R jackpot (symbol group A, D) or 8R jackpot (symbol group B, E), the first jackpot 64 or the second jackpot 64 or the second jackpot in one round game. Let 65 open for up to about 30 seconds. On the other hand, when the jackpot type is a so-called 2R jackpot (symbol group C), the first jackpot 64 is opened for a maximum of about 0.05 seconds in one round game. Here, the closing condition (condition for ending the unit game) of the large winning openings 64 and 65 in the special game is the elapse of the winning of the game ball of the specified count number or the opening period of the specified number of seconds.

Further, when the result of the winning / failing lottery of the special symbol is a small hit, the electric accessory control means 160 sends a control signal to the special electric accessory solenoids 643, 653 as a small hit game process after the confirmation display of the special symbol. It outputs and opens the special electric accessory 642,652 for a short period of time. The small hit game is distinguished from the special game consisting of a plurality of round games in that it is composed of one round game. Here, comparing the above-mentioned 2R special game and the small hit game, although they are internally different, the point that one opening / closing time (0.05 seconds) is the same and the number of opening / closing times are the same (the former is). Since one opening and closing per round is common to two rounds of two rounds, and the latter is common to two opening and closing times per round (two times of one round), a game with an apparently similar opening time and opening pattern is developed.

Further, when the electric accessory control means 160 wins the winning / losing lottery of the ordinary symbol, the electric accessory control means 160 outputs a control signal to the ordinary electric accessory solenoid 623 to open the ordinary electric accessory 622 for a predetermined opening time. Here, the electric accessory control means 160 opens the normal electric accessory 622 for a very short time (for example, 0.2 seconds) in the normal state, whereas the electric accessory control means 160 is normally electric in the easy entry state (electric chew support state). The accessory 622 is opened for a relatively long time (for example, 4 seconds) as compared with the normal state.

When the result of the winning / failing lottery of the special symbol is a big hit, the game state control means 165 determines the game state after the end of the special game based on the type of the symbol group related to the big hit, and after the end of the special game. Switch the game state of. In the following, among the various functions related to the special symbol and the normal symbol described above, the gaming state in which 1) the probability fluctuation function of the special symbol, the fluctuation time shortening function of the special symbol, and the electric chew support function are activated is referred to as a "probability change state". 2) The gaming state in which only the special symbol variation time shortening function and the electric chew support function are activated is called the "time saving state", and 3) the gaming state in which only the special symbol probability variation function is activated is called the "latent probability variation state". 4) A state in which all functions are not operating is referred to as a "normal state". It can be said that the "probability change state", the "time saving state", and the "latent probability change state" are all advantageous game states for the player as compared with the "normal state". In the following, each game state is changed to (1) probabilistic state by combining the operating state of the special symbol game (high probability / low probability) and the operating state of the normal symbol game (with open extension / without open extension). "High probability / open extension", (2) Time saving state is "low probability / open extension", (3) Latent probability variation state is "high probability / non-open extension", (4) Normal state is "low probability / non-open extension" It is also called "extension". Further, in the present embodiment, as described above, since it is a so-called ST machine that cuts the number of times, the game state after the end of the special game is a predetermined number of final times when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol is counted from the end of the special game. That is, the probabilistic state continues until the number of STs is reached (however, if the next big hit occurs within the number of STs, the probable change state ends with the fluctuation). If a small hit occurs during the ST period, the number of STs is not reset (revived) to 0, and the number of STs is continuously counted before and after the occurrence of the small hit. In the present embodiment, the number of STs is set to 100, but it goes without saying that the number of STs may be set to another number. In addition, when shifting to the probabilistic state, the probability fluctuation function of the special symbol, the fluctuation time shortening function of the special symbol, and the electric chew support function are activated at the same time, and as long as the probabilistic state continues, each function will continue. Become. If the result of the winning / failing lottery of the special symbol is a big hit, it is in the normal state during the special game and ST after the special game regardless of whether the game state before the big hit is the normal state or the probabilistic state. The probability changes uniformly up to the number of times. On the other hand, if the result of the winning / failing lottery of the special symbol is a small hit, if the gaming state before the small hit is the normal state, the gaming state during the small hit game and after the small hit game is also in the normal state. Further, when the gaming state before the small hit is the probabilistic state of the special symbol, the gaming state during the small hit game and after the small hit game is also the probabilistic state of the special symbol.

Further, when the result of the winning / losing lottery is a big hit, the game state control means 165 determines the variable pattern selection state after the special game based on the type of the big hit (types A to E of the symbol groups), and also special Switch the variable pattern selection state after the game. The variation pattern selection state is one of the conditions referred to when selecting the variation pattern table described above. The switching time of the variable pattern selection state is the end of the special game or the end of the variable pattern selection state. In the present embodiment, there are three types of fluctuation pattern selection states, such as "low probability normal fluctuation state α", "high probability shortened fluctuation state β", and "high probability special fluctuation state γ". Here, the low-probability normal fluctuation state α refers to the fluctuation pattern of the special symbol with reference to the normal fluctuation pattern table (A1, B1 in FIG. 7) selected when the gaming state is the normal state (low-probability state). It is a state to decide. The high-probability shortened fluctuation state β is a special symbol with reference to the probability variation fluctuation pattern table (A2, B2 in FIG. 7) selected when the game state is the probability variation state of the special symbol (excluding the limited period described later). This is the state in which the fluctuation pattern is determined. The high-probability special fluctuation state γ is the probability variation state of the special symbol, and the number of symbol fluctuations corresponding to the maximum number (4) of the operation holding balls of the second special symbol for a certain period immediately after the end of the special game. A special variation pattern table (A in FIG. 7) in which selection is permitted only for the period (4 times) over the variation display: referred to as "limited period".
It is a state in which the fluctuation pattern of the special symbol is determined with reference to 3 and B3). In the present embodiment, regardless of which of the symbol groups A to D is selected, the fluctuation pattern selection state is (1) immediately after the end of the special game, and the high probability special fluctuation state γ is set only for a limited period of 4 symbol fluctuations. Stay, (2) after the end of the limited period, and when the number of executions is within the ST number (100 times), stay in the high probability shortening fluctuation state β, and (3) after the end of the ST number, that is, After the 101st execution, it stays in the low-probability normal fluctuation state γ. Of course, the period until the first hit occurs will stay in the low-probability normal fluctuation state α. The game state control means 165 generates an effect control command (referred to as a “game state designation command”) including the current game state information and the variation pattern selection state information, and stores the command in the main information storage means 180. Store in the area.

The error monitoring control means 170 monitors the input information of the I / O port circuit 104, and inspects the magnetic detection signal by the magnetic sensor, the disconnection short circuit power supply abnormality signal, the radio wave detection signal by the radio wave sensor, the door / frame opening signal, and the like. , Determine whether the gaming machine is in an error state. In the case of an error state, an effect control command (“error effect designation command”) including the error information is requested to the effect control board 200 in order to indicate the error state effect. Although the description is omitted in FIG. 3, the door opening switch is a means for detecting whether or not the glass frame 5 is open, and the frame opening switch is a means for detecting whether or not the front frame 2 is open. The back set release switch is a means for detecting whether or not the back set board 30 is open. Further, the magnetic sensor and the radio wave sensor are detection means for detecting so-called goto behavior.

The main information storage means 180 includes random number value information acquired in the special symbol game and the normal symbol game, operation holding ball information of the special symbol and the normal symbol, and a game state (probability change state, time saving state,) related to the special symbol game and the normal symbol game. Information on easy entry status), information on variable pattern selection status, information on winning / failing lottery results (hits, small hits, misses), information on stop symbols and fluctuation patterns related to special symbols and ordinary symbols, information on special games (round) Number, opening time, opening mode (number of opening per round game, etc.), status information indicating the operating status of the special symbol display devices 71 and 72, status information indicating the operating status of the special electric accessory 642, effect control command It is configured to temporarily store data information and the like, and has a predetermined storage area for storing each information.

The command transmission / reception means 190 is configured to transmit various effect control command data stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180 to the effect control board 200 by a parallel transmission method when a command transmission request is made. Has been done. Each effect control command has a 2-byte configuration including 1-byte MODE data and 1-byte EVENT data. In order to distinguish MODE and EVENT, Bit7 of the MOD data is "1". Bit7 of EVENT data is set to "0". When transmitting this information as valid, a strobe signal is output for each of MODE and EVENT. As a general rule, the effect control command generated in each process is transmitted as one command for each interrupt cycle according to the order set in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180.

As shown in FIG. 4, the effect control board 200 includes the effect lottery random number generation means 210, the effect control means 220, the lamp effect control means 230, the accessory effect control means 240, the error effect control means 250, and the sub-main information storage means 260. , Command transmission / reception means 270, and so on. Each of the above-mentioned means on the effect control board 200 is composed of hardware such as a sub-main CPU 201, ROM 202, RAM 203, and an electronic circuit arranged on the effect control board 200, and software such as a control program stored in the ROM 202. It is a functional representation of something.

The effect lottery random number generation means 210 includes a random number counter for generating various software random numbers (effect lottery random numbers) by the program processing of the sub-main CPU 201. These random number counters play a role as random number generation means for generating random numbers by software. The software random numbers include a look-ahead notice lottery random number used for drawing whether or not the look-ahead notice effect can be executed, a look-ahead notice pattern random number used for selecting a look-ahead notice pattern, a decorative symbol random number used for selecting a decorative symbol stop symbol, and decoration. Fluctuation effect pattern random number used for selecting the variation effect pattern of the pattern, notice effect pattern random number used for selecting the advance notice effect pattern, jackpot effect pattern random number used for selecting the jackpot effect pattern, and whether or not the pending Uchirenso effect can be executed. Includes a lottery random number for the consecutive villa production used for the lottery, a random number for the consecutive villa production pattern used for selecting the consecutive villa production pattern for the pending villa production, and the like. As the update timing of these random numbers, the remaining time when the command analysis is not performed in the main process on the effect control side, which will be described later, is used for the update.

The effect controlling means 220 includes an effect mode control means 221, a hold information display control means 222, a look-ahead notice control means 223, a decorative symbol determination means 224, a variable effect determination means 225, a notice effect determination means 226, and a jackpot effect determination means 227. Including.

The hold information display control means 222 provides a first hold ball number counter for counting the number of operation hold balls of the first special symbol, and a second hold ball number counter for counting the number of operation hold balls of the second special symbol. Have. When the hold information display control means 222 receives the symbol storage number command from the main control board 100, the hold information display control means 222 receives the symbol storage number command, and based on the operation hold ball number information included in the symbol storage number command, the first hold ball number counter and the second hold ball number counter Update the value of the number counter. Further, the hold information display control means 222 causes the hold display units 701 and 702 of the effect display device 70 to display the hold display unit 701 and 702 of the first special symbol based on the values of the first hold ball number counter and the second hold ball number counter. Control is performed to display the number of hold images corresponding to the number and the number of hold images corresponding to the number of operation hold balls of the second special symbol. In the normal display mode, a white display of the hold image is displayed when the operation hold ball of the special symbol is generated, while the hold change look-ahead notice effect described below is subject to the look-ahead notice. The reserved image can take any of "blue", "green", "red", and "rainbow color" as a special display mode (display color) from "white" of the normal display mode (display color). .. The above four types of special display modes are related to the reliability (referred to as "big hit reliability") at which the lottery result is a big hit, and are "blue", "green", "red", and "rainbow color". The jackpot reliability is set to increase one step at a time in order. In this example, when the reserved image changes to "rainbow color", the jackpot is definite in the operation holding ball to be read ahead. In the hold change look-ahead notice effect, the change in the display mode of the hold image may be expressed by a shape, a pattern, or the like instead of the display color.

The look-ahead notice control means 223 determines whether or not to execute the look-ahead notice by lottery, triggered by receiving the pre-determination command from the main control board 100. The look-ahead notice control means 223 distinguishes between the information on the pre-judgment result of the first special symbol and the information on the pre-determination result of the second special symbol, and allows the operation-holding balls to enter up to a predetermined upper limit number (4 pieces). It is temporarily stored in the look-ahead information storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 in a form combined with the order. This look-ahead information storage area has the same configuration as the hold storage area of the main control board 100, and the hold 1 storage area (the first hold storage area), in the order of entry into the starting ports 61 and 62, A hold 2 storage area (second hold storage area), a hold 3 storage area (third hold storage area), and a hold 4 storage area (fourth hold storage area) are provided, respectively. Each reserved storage area can store information on the result of pre-determination of success / failure, information on the result of pre-determination of symbols, and information on the result of pre-determination of fluctuation patterns as a set.

When the pre-reading notice control means 223 determines whether or not the pre-reading notice can be executed, the pre-reading notice control means 223 makes a pre-reading determination (“look-ahead determination”) for the operation holding ball that is the target of the pre-reading notice based on the pre-determination result by the main control board 100. Also called). In the present embodiment, the pre-reading notice is
There are normal pre-reading notices and special pre-reading notices (directed by the pending villas described later). Usually, the look-ahead notice is generated as an aspect of a so-called continuous notice effect that announces the possibility of winning a big hit or generating a reach effect over a continuous plurality of variable displays of the decorative symbol. When it is determined that the pre-reading notice effect (continuous notice effect) can be executed, the information of the pre-judgment command from the main control board 100 (result of the pre-judgment) and the information of the symbol storage number command (the number of existing operation hold balls) are displayed. After analysis, a look-ahead notice effect pattern over a continuous plurality of variable displays is determined by lottery for the operation hold ball (referred to as "trigger hold") that triggers the occurrence of the look-ahead notice effect this time. There are various variations of the normal look-ahead notice, such as a hold change look-ahead notice effect, a chance look-ahead notice effect, and a background change look-ahead notice effect. On the other hand, the special look-ahead notice corresponds to the hold-in-ream villa production that suggests or notifies the possibility that there is an operation hold ball that becomes a big hit when the big hit is won. The outline of the "Holding Inner Renso Production" will be described below.

First of all, "Holding Uchirenso" means that when a certain preceding operation-holding ball is digested and a big hit is obtained as a result of the hit / fail judgment, the hit / fail judgment related to the operation-holding ball is permitted until the end of the special game. It means that there is an operation-holding ball (also referred to as "specific hold") that is scheduled to be a big hit in one or more subsequent operation-holding balls that exist at a predetermined timing within a specific period of. In the following, among the subsequent operation-holding balls, the operation-holding ball that is scheduled to be off is also referred to as "out-of-hold", and the operation-holding ball that is scheduled to be a small hit is also referred to as "small hit hold". ..

In the present embodiment, so-called priority digestion is adopted in which the operation-holding ball of the second special symbol is preferentially digested over the operation-holding ball of the first special symbol, and the subsequent operation that is the target of the holding inner consecutive villa is adopted. As the holding ball (specific holding), the operation holding ball of the second special symbol is targeted. As described above, in the present embodiment, priority digestion is adopted in which the operation-holding ball of the second special symbol is preferentially digested. Therefore, the holding inner consecutive villa is used when the preceding operation-holding ball is won by a big hit. It occurs on the premise that the game state is a specific game state. The "specific game state" is a state in which the probability of transition to the special game is higher than that in the normal state, and at least one of the probability fluctuation function of the special symbol, the fluctuation time shortening function of the special symbol, and the electric chew support function. It is the state in which the function of is activated. In this example, it is a condition that at least the electric chew support function (easy entry state) is activated as the specific game state. Here, in the present embodiment, the probability fluctuation function, the fluctuation time shortening function, and the electric chew support function are activated during the ST period after the end of the special game (the operation is started at the same time and the operation is terminated at the same time). Since it is configured, it can be said that it is always in a specific gaming state during the ST period. In the present embodiment, when the game state is the normal state and the result of the winning / failing determination is a probabilistic jackpot (when the game state is changed to the specific game state after the end of the special game), the subsequent game state is followed. Even if there is a specific hold in the operation hold ball, it is configured so that the hold inner consecutive villa effect does not occur during the special game.

Subsequently, the "reserved inner consecutive villa production" is an production for suggesting or notifying that the pending inner consecutive villa is. The hold inner villa production includes the first hold inner villa effect (referred to as "hold inner renso effect A") that occurs during the symbol change and the second hold inner villa effect that occurs during the special game. The production (referred to as "Holding Inner Renso Production B") is included. In the present embodiment, both the first reserved inner consecutive villa effect and the second reserved inner consecutive villa effect are provided, but one of the reserved inner consecutive villa effects may be provided. ..

Whether or not the pending inner consecutive villa effect A can be executed is determined by lottery when the first execution condition is satisfied at the timing when the preceding operation pending ball is digested. In the present embodiment, it is premised that the preceding operation hold ball becomes a high profit jackpot (16R jackpot), and the specific hold that becomes a high profit jackpot (16R jackpot) in the subsequent operation hold ball is the first specific hold. If it is included, the first execution condition is satisfied. In other words, even if there is a specific hold (= hold scheduled to be a big hit) in the subsequent operation hold, if the big hit type related to the specific hold is not a high profit big hit, the hold inner consecutive villa production A Not executed. Furthermore, "In a situation where there are multiple specific holds in the subsequent operation hold, the jackpot type related to the first specific hold is not a high-profit jackpot, and the jackpot type related to the next specific hold is a high-profit jackpot. Even in the case of "case", the pending villa production A is not executed. Therefore, in this example, when the pending villa production A occurs, it is definite that the reserved villa is held with a high profit jackpot (16R jackpot). Even if a specific hold that is a high-profit jackpot (16R jackpot) is included as the earliest specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball, the hold scheduled to be digested before the specific hold is "missing". However, if a specific fluctuation pattern (when the fluctuation pattern is longer than a predetermined time, for example, a fluctuation pattern other than the shortest fluctuation time or a fluctuation pattern related to reach) is planned to be selected, the pending villa It may be configured not to execute A.

Whether or not the pending Uchirenso effect B can be executed is determined by lottery when the second execution condition is satisfied at the timing before the start of the special game. In the present embodiment, it is premised that the preceding operation hold ball becomes a high profit jackpot (16R jackpot), and in addition to the case where the subsequent action hold ball includes a specific hold, all the subsequent action hold balls are released and held. Even in the case of, it is assumed that the second execution condition is satisfied. Therefore, even if the pending villa production B occurs, it is not determined that the villa is on hold, and it may be a so-called ghost effect. As in the case of the holding inner consecutive villa production A, when the holding inner consecutive villa production B occurs, a configuration in which the holding inner consecutive villa is definite may be adopted. As in the case of the holding inner consecutive villa production A, when the holding inner consecutive villa production B occurs, a configuration in which the holding inner consecutive villa is definite may be adopted. Further, in the hold inner consecutive villa production B, as in the hold inner consecutive villa production A, it is assumed that the preceding operation hold ball becomes a high profit jackpot (16R jackpot), and the subsequent operation hold ball has a high profit. The second execution condition may be satisfied when the specific hold that becomes the big hit (16R big hit) is included as the earliest specific hold. In other words, even if there is a specific hold (= hold scheduled to be a big hit) in the subsequent operation hold, if the big hit type related to the specific hold is not a high profit big hit, the hold inner consecutive villa production B will be displayed. Not executed. Furthermore, "In a situation where there are multiple specific holds in the subsequent operation hold, the jackpot type related to the first specific hold is not a high-profit jackpot, and the jackpot type related to the next specific hold is a high-profit jackpot. Even in the case of "case", the pending villa production B is not executed. Therefore, in this case, when the pending in-house consecutive villa production B occurs, it is definite to make the pending in-house consecutive villa with a high profit jackpot (16R jackpot). Even if a specific hold that is a high-profit jackpot (16R jackpot) is included as the earliest specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball, the hold scheduled to be consumed before the specific hold is "missing". However, if a specific fluctuation pattern (when the fluctuation pattern is longer than a predetermined time, for example, a fluctuation pattern other than the shortest fluctuation time or a fluctuation pattern related to reach) is planned to be selected, the pending villa The configuration may be such that B is not executed.

The look-ahead notice control means 223 refers to the information of the pre-determination result stored in the look-ahead information storage area (hold 1 storage area, hold 2 storage area, hold 3 storage area, hold 4 storage area) of the sub-main information storage means 260. Then, the look-ahead determination is performed in the order of hold 1 storage area → hold 2 storage area → hold 3 storage area → hold 4 storage area, that is, in order from the earliest one of the subsequent operation hold balls. When a plurality of specific holds are included in the operation hold ball, the look-ahead judgment of the hold inner consecutive villa effect A targets only the earliest specific hold, while the look-ahead judgment of the hold inner consecutive villa effect B. Now, we will target multiple specific holds. That is, while the number of specific holds notified by the hold inner consecutive villa production is always one, the number of specific holds notified by the hold inner consecutive villa production B is not limited to one. It can be individual.

Subsequently, the production content of the pending villa production (referred to as the "ream production pattern") is determined based on the villa production pattern table. In this example, a plurality of types of consecutive villa production pattern tables that are referred to when determining the consecutive villa production pattern are held.

FIG. 8 (A) shows the consecutive villa effect pattern table referred to when selecting the consecutive villa production pattern of the reserved inner consecutive villa production A, and FIG. 8 (B) selects the consecutive villa production pattern of the reserved inner consecutive villa production B. It is a consecutive villa production pattern table that is referred to when doing. A plurality of types of consecutive villa production patterns are defined in each consecutive villa production pattern table, and the production content and execution timing are determined corresponding to each consecutive villa production pattern. In each figure, for convenience of explanation, "selection rate" is shown, but in reality, a judgment value (range of random number values) for determining the consecutive villa production pattern according to the consecutive villa production pattern random value. Is set, and the consecutive villa production pattern is determined based on which determination value the random number value belongs to. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8, the production images AX and BX are prepared as specific production modes of the pending villa production, but the "effect image" is composed of a still image. Examples thereof include a production image, a production image composed of moving images, and a production image composed of both still images and moving images.

As shown in FIG. 8A, a plurality of types of effect patterns PA1 and PA2 are defined in the effect pattern table of the hold inner consecutive villa effect A. When the consecutive villa effect pattern PA1 is selected, a special effect image "AX1" that does not appear in any scene other than the pending villa effect is displayed during the change of the decorative pattern. As shown in FIG. 9A, the effect image AX1 corresponds to, for example, an effect in which a shooting star crosses the screen while the decorative pattern fluctuates. When the consecutive villa production pattern P2 is selected, as the final stop symbol of the decorative symbol, as shown in FIG. 9 (B), a special jackpot symbol “S ・ ・” that does not appear in any other scenes. The effect in which "SS" is confirmed and displayed is applicable.

In addition, in this example, in the hold inner consecutive villa production A, the preceding operation hold ball becomes a high profit big hit (16R specific big hit), and the subsequent operation hold ball becomes a high profit big hit (16R specific big hit). Occurs only if there is a specific hold scheduled for. Therefore, it is confirmed that the high-profit jackpot will continue at the time when the pending villa production A occurs.

As shown in FIG. 8B, a plurality of types of effect patterns PB1 to PB9 are defined in the effect pattern table of the hold inner consecutive villa effect B. When the effect pattern PB1 is selected, a special effect image "BX1" that does not appear in any scene other than the hold-in-house consecutive villa effect is displayed during the start demo effect. As shown in FIG. 9C, in the start demo production, the character information "bonus" is displayed as the production image BX1. Further, when the effect patterns PB2 to PB7 are selected, a special effect image "BX2" that does not appear in any scene other than the hold-in villa effect is displayed during the round effect. As shown in FIG. 9D, the effect image BX2 corresponds to, for example, an effect in which one image imitating a mystery book appears on the screen. When the effect pattern PB8 is selected, a special effect image "BX3" that does not appear in any scene other than the hold inner consecutive villa effect is displayed during the round effect. As shown in FIG. 9 (E), the effect image BX3 corresponds to, for example, an effect in which two images imitating a mystery book appear on the screen. The effect pattern PB8 may be selected when a plurality of specific holds are present in the subsequent operation hold balls. Further, when the effect pattern PB9 is selected, a special effect image "BX4" that does not appear in any scene other than the hold inner consecutive villa effect is displayed during the end demo effect. As shown in FIG. 9F, in the final demo production, the character information "mystery tradition" is displayed as the production image BX4.

In this way, the pending Uchirenso production B occurs in any one of the start demo production, the round production, and the demo end production in the series of processes of the jackpot production. In addition, the pending villa effect B may occur only once (single round) or a plurality of times (plurality of rounds) in a plurality of rounds. In this example, the holding inner consecutive villa production B is based on the premise that the preceding operation hold ball is a high profit jackpot (16R specific jackpot), and the subsequent action hold ball includes a specific hold. Not only that, it may occur even if the specific hold is not included in the subsequent operation hold ball (that is, only the off hold). That is, the effect patterns PB1 and PB9 selected as the hold in-house consecutive villa effect B that occur during the start demo effect and the end demo effect can be selected only when the specific hold (1 piece) is included. Therefore, while the effect corresponds to the effect of notifying the confirmation of the reserved inner villa, the effect patterns PB2 to PB8 selected as the reserved inner villa effect B generated during the round effect are specified hold (1 piece, Since it can be selected not only when 2) are included but also when a specific hold is not included, it corresponds to a production suggesting the possibility of a holding villa. Therefore, even if a mystery book (1 or 2) appears as a hold inner villa production B, the hold inner villa is not always fixed, and when the hold inner villa production B related to the mystery book occurs. , When there is a specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball (when the notification of the hold inner villa is true), and when there is no specific hold (when the notice of the hold inner villa is false) It can occur alternatives. In addition, the effect patterns PB2 to PB7 selected as the hold in-house consecutive villa effect B generated during the round effect can be selected when one specific hold is included or when the specific hold is not included. Therefore, the effect image BX2 corresponding to this can notify only the possibility that one specific hold is included in the subsequent operation hold ball, whereas the effect pattern PB8 has a plurality of specific holds. Since it can be selected when it is included or when the specific hold is not included, the effect image "BX3" corresponding to this may include a plurality of specific holds in the subsequent operation hold ball. It can be notified. That is, the number of specific holds included in the subsequent operation hold balls is suggested to the player in a form corresponding to the number of mysteries.

In addition, when a continuous villa effect in the hold occurs, that is, a big hit occurs in each of the preceding operation hold ball and the subsequent operation hold ball, a plurality of special games may occur in a short period of time. When it is planned, a special continuous effect is generated to make these plurality of special gaming states appear as one special gaming state in appearance. In other words, the special continuous effect is an effect that makes it appear as if the special game is continuing even during this symbol variation effect, even though the special game has actually ended once and has shifted to the symbol variation effect. Is. In this example, for convenience of explanation, two jackpots are assumed as a plurality of jackpots. Here, the big hit and the special game based on the preceding operation holding ball are also referred to as "the first big hit" and "the first special game", and the big hit and the special game based on the succeeding operation holding ball are referred to as "the later big hit" and "after". Also called "special game".

The special continuous effect is at least the end demo effect ("special end demo effect") in the previous special game and the symbol variation effect ("special symbol variation effect") that occurs between the previous special game and the later special game. ) And the start demo effect (“special start demo effect”) in the later special game are continuously connected. Specifically, the special end demo production, the special symbol variation production, and the special start demo production are executed as a series of continuous productions, and the production has a consistent story in the production from the previous special game to the later special game. By displaying the content, the related production content, or a series of moving images, it is possible to show the previous special game and the subsequent special game as one continuous special game. For this reason, unlike the normal end demo production, the message notifying the end of the special game is not displayed in the special end demo production in the previous jackpot, and similarly, the special start demo production in the later jackpot Then, unlike the normal start demo production, the message notifying the start of the special game is not displayed. As a modified example described above, the special continuous effect is configured by continuously connecting one or more symbol variation effects up to the end demo effect in the previous special game and the symbol variation effect related to the subsequent jackpot. It may be.

In this example, the execution condition of the special continuous effect is that the first jackpot is a high profit jackpot (16R specific jackpot) and the latter jackpot is a high profit jackpot (16R specific jackpot), that is, the preceding operation pending ball. Is to be included in the subsequent operation hold ball as the first specific hold on the premise that the player wins the 16R big hit. In addition, when all the subsequent operation hold balls are only on hold, or when the 8R jackpot is included as the first specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball, a special continuous effect is performed as a so-called ghost effect. It ends in the middle.

The special symbol variation effect that forms part of the special continuous effect occurs within a limited period immediately after the end of the previous special game. Therefore, the content of the special symbol variation effect is based on the variation effect pattern (referred to as "special variation effect pattern") selected while staying in the special effect mode. In this example, the special variation effect pattern is selected only when the lottery result is a 16R jackpot or a miss. That is, in this limited period, a special fluctuation effect is generated in which the fluctuation time is set to 2 seconds (the shortest fluctuation time in this example) shorter than the average fluctuation time when the 16R jackpot or the miss is reached. The special variation effect pattern is selected even in the case of a miss, when the first specific hold (16R jackpot) is not necessarily the first in the subsequent operation hold ball, and the miss hold intervenes between them. However, that is, it is necessary to connect with a special variation effect until the first specific hold (16R jackpot) is digested. Specifically, the main control board 100 side has transitioned to the high-probability special fluctuation state γ within the limited period after the special game, and the special fluctuation pattern table is referred to in the selection of the fluctuation pattern of the special symbol. In the special fluctuation pattern table, special fluctuation patterns PX9 and PH9 having an ultra-short fluctuation time (2 seconds) are selected in the case of a 16R jackpot or a miss. On the effect control board 200 side, while staying in the special effect mode, the above-mentioned special variation effect pattern is selected in association with the variation patterns PX9 and PH9, and the special variation effect is executed. The reason why the special variation effect is composed of the ultra-short variation time (2 seconds) is that the variation effect generated between the previous special game and the later special game is shortened to shorten the variation effect. This is to seamlessly connect the game with the later special game.

If all the subsequent operation hold balls are off, a special variation effect will occur during the limited period, but a subsequent big hit (16R big hit) will not occur, and the special continuous effect will be interrupted by the end of the limited period. It ends with (it becomes a so-called ghost production). On the other hand, if the later jackpot is an 8R jackpot, a super reach effect will appear during the limited period, and this will end the special continuous effect in the middle (so-called ghost effect), and a high-profit jackpot will occur. Is also denied. Therefore, within the limited period, as the variation effect pattern, only the ultra-shortened variation mode (special variation effect: 2 seconds) is selected when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a 16R jackpot, while the variation effect pattern is 8R jackpot. Is selected only for a long-time variation mode (super reach effect: 90 seconds), so when the variation mode of the decorative pattern develops into a reach effect, it is denied that the villa is on hold with a high profit jackpot. In addition, when all the subsequent operation hold balls are only on hold, or when the 8R jackpot is included as the first specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball, the special continuous effect should not be executed. It may be configured (that is, a special continuous effect is generated only when the first specific hold is a 16R jackpot). In that case, it is preferable that the hold inner villa production B does not include the ghost effect, and the hold inner villa effect B is determined by the occurrence of the hold inner villa effect B.

Further, in the present embodiment, the special continuous effect includes a pseudo count effect generated in the round effect in the later special game. In this pseudo-count effect, the number of rounds and the number of prize balls won in the later special game are added to the number of rounds and the number of prize balls won in the previous special game (details will be described later).

Further, in the present embodiment, there are the following restrictions in executing the pending villa production and the special continuous production (details will be described later with reference to FIG. 38).

1-1) If the hold inner consecutive villa effect A occurs during the symbol change display based on the digestion of the preceding operation hold ball, the hold inner consecutive villa effect B does not occur during the special game after the change display. The reason is that if the hold inner consecutive villa production B is generated again during the special game, the number of hold inner consecutive villas (the number of specific holds existing in the subsequent operation hold ball) is one. Regardless, there is a risk that the player will misunderstand if there are multiple times, and in this example, because it is the hold inner villa production B that is not a definite notification production, the player is worried that the hold inner villa will really occur This is because there is a risk of making them remember. Even if the hold inner consecutive villa effect A occurs during the symbol change display based on the digestion of the preceding operation hold ball, the hold inner consecutive villa effect B is generated during the special game after the change display. In that case, it is preferable to configure the reserved inner consecutive villa production B as the final notification effect of the reserved inner consecutive villa.

1-2) If the hold inner consecutive villa effect A occurs during the symbol change display based on the digestion of the preceding operation hold ball, the hold inner consecutive villa is displayed during the symbol change display when the subsequent operation hold ball is digested. The effect A does not occur again. This is because even if two special game states are shown as one special game state due to the occurrence of the special continuous effect, the pending Uchirenso effect A as a symbol variation effect occurs during the execution of this special continuous effect. This is because there is a risk that the purpose of concealing the fact that the pattern change is being produced may be lost. In addition, when the special continuous effect is started with the occurrence of the pending in-house continuous effect A, the fluctuation time when the subsequent operation hold ball is digested during this special continuous effect (within a limited period) is extremely short. Since it is set to (2 seconds), the effect of the effect is low even if the pending villa effect A is generated within this short time, and both effects are produced due to the competition between the reserved villa effect and the special continuous effect. This is because the effect may be diluted.

1-3) If the pending Uchirenso effect A occurs during the variable display based on the digestion of the preceding operation holding ball, the pending Uchirenso effect A occurs during the big hit effect when the subsequent operation holding ball becomes a big hit. Production B can occur. This is because, even during the special continuous production, if it occurs during the big hit production, the player feels that the normal hold inner consecutive villa production B has occurred, and no discomfort can occur. In addition, since the special continuous production connects at least a series of productions from the end demo production during the previous jackpot production to the start demo production during the later jackpot production, after the end of the special continuous production (that is, after). This is because if the hold inner consecutive villa effect is generated at the timing after the round effect in the special game), there will be no problem that the hold inner consecutive villa effect and the special continuous effect compete with each other.

The effect mode control means 221 controls the transition of the effect mode based on the game state designation command from the main control board 100 so as to be consistent with the game state and the variation pattern selection state managed on the main control board 100 side. To execute. In the present embodiment, the normal effect mode α, the probability variation effect mode β, and the special effect mode γ are included as the three types of effect modes, and the variation pattern of the special symbol instructed from the main control board 100 is the same. However, the variation effect pattern (detailed later) that specifies the specific content of the symbol variation effect is set to be different for each effect mode. The effect display device 70 displays an effect mode notification image (in this example, a background image that is a back display of a decorative pattern) corresponding to the effect mode during the current stay, and the background images are different from each other for each effect mode. Since it is set, the player can recognize which production mode is currently staying from the type of background image.

Each production mode will be outlined. First, the normal effect mode α is set when the low-probability normal fluctuation state α is selected as the fluctuation pattern selection state on the main control board 100 side, and the “normal background” is displayed as the background image thereof. The probability variation effect mode β is set when the high probability shortening variation state β is selected as the variation pattern selection state on the main control board 100 side, and the “probability variation background” is displayed as the background image thereof. The special effect mode γ is set when the high-probability special fluctuation state γ is selected as the fluctuation pattern selection state on the main control board 100 side. This special effect mode stays for a limited period of four times (limited period) immediately after the end of the special game, and when this limited period is exceeded, the mode shifts to the probability variation effect mode β. When the pending in-house consecutive villa effect B occurs during the special game, that is, when the continuous variation effect is executed, the "special background" is displayed as the background image. This special background is common to the background display in the special start demo production and the special end demo production, and as a common background display is performed as a series of processes during the special continuous production, as an element of the special continuous production. Also works. On the other hand, when the pending in-house consecutive villa effect B does not occur during the special game, that is, when the continuous variation effect is not executed, the "probability variation background" common to the probability variation effect mode is displayed as the background image.

The decorative symbol determining means 224 is based on the information (variation pattern information, character effect number information) included in the variation start command from the main control board 100, and is a combination of the final stop symbols of the decorative symbols (left symbol, middle symbol, and so on). The design on the left) will be decided by lottery. In this example, three symbol rows including a plurality of types of decorative symbols are configured. This decorative pattern is formed by, for example, an identification element consisting of numbers or letters. In this example, a total of 10 types such as numbers "1" to "9" and letters "S" are set as identification elements. Each decorative symbol circulates in each display area Z1, Z2, Z3 in the order of "1" → "2" → "3" → ... → "8" → "9" → "S" according to the arrangement of the symbol row. Display it.

Further, the decorative symbol determination means 224 holds a plurality of types of stop symbol pattern tables that are referred to when a combination of stop symbols of decorative symbols (also referred to as "stop symbol pattern") is determined by lottery. Examples of the plurality of types of tables include a stop symbol pattern table for large hits, a stop symbol pattern table for small hits, a stop symbol pattern table for loss of reach, and a stop symbol pattern table for non-reach loss. The stop symbol of the decorative symbol is formed as a combination of three symbols, and includes a "stop symbol indicating a jackpot (big hit symbol)" and a "stop symbol indicating a miss (missing symbol)". The jackpot symbol indicating the specific jackpot (probability variation jackpot) is a combination of stop modes (for example, "7, 7, 7") in which three identical odd-numbered symbols are aligned. The jackpot symbol indicating a normal jackpot (non-probability variation jackpot) is a combination of stop modes (for example, "2.2.2") in which three identical even-numbered symbols are aligned. The out-of-order symbol is a combination of stop modes (for example, "1.3.8") in which at least one of the three symbols is a symbol having a number different from the other numbers. Here, among the out-of-reach symbols, the out-of-reach symbol is a combination of stop modes (for example, "3.1.3") in which only the middle symbol is displaced back and forth by several frames while the left symbol and the right symbol match. Become. In the case of a "stop symbol indicating a small hit (small hit symbol)" or a 2R jackpot symbol even if it is a big hit symbol, it is a combination of predetermined stop modes such as "3, 5, 7". In some cases. In addition, in this embodiment, as described above, "SS" is provided as a special jackpot symbol for definitively notifying the pending villa. When it is decided to execute the pending inner consecutive villa effect A, and the consecutive villa effect pattern PA2 is selected, the decorative symbol determining means 224 is a normal jackpot symbol (“3.3 ・ 3” or the like). ) Is replaced with a special jackpot symbol (“SS”).

The variation effect determining means 225 defines the variation process (effect process) from the variation start to the stop in the variation display of the decorative symbol based on the information (variation pattern information) included in the variation start command from the main control board 100. Determine the production pattern. In the present embodiment, as the symbol variation effect (reach effect) performed after the reach display, a reach effect with a simple effect content (normal reach effect) and a reach effect in which the effect content develops in the middle (super reach effect) are included. .. The variation effect determining means 225 holds a plurality of types of variation effect pattern tables that are referred to when selecting the variation effect pattern, and the variation pattern (variation time) of a special symbol from the plurality of types of variation effect pattern tables. ) Corresponds to the variable effect pattern table. In the variation effect pattern table, the variation effect pattern random value and the variation effect pattern are associated with each other according to the result of the variation pattern lottery of the special symbol (that is, the reach type). Here, while the basic pattern of symbol variation (for example, "normal reach A", "super reach A", etc.) is determined as the variation pattern on the main control board 100 side, the effect control board 200 side is the variation effect pattern. Based on the basic pattern, the detailed pattern of the symbol variation (for example, "normal reach A1, A2, A3 ...", "super reach A1, A2, A3 ...", etc.) that defines the scenario of the effect display process in detail is determined. In this way, the variation effect pattern of the decorative symbol defines a variation display mode of the decorative symbol, that is, a scenario of a series of effect display processes from the start of the variation of the decorative symbol to the end of the variation, and each of the scenarios in the display process. The timing for generating the notice effect at the stage is also defined as the time schedule. The stop order for stopping the decorative symbols is predetermined for each variation effect pattern, and in the present embodiment, in principle, the decorative symbols are stopped in the order of left symbol → right symbol → middle symbol. However, in the case of a variation effect pattern with a short variation time, the left symbol, the middle symbol, and the right symbol are stopped almost at the same time, and in the case of a specific variation effect pattern, the left symbol → the middle symbol → the right symbol are in this order. It can also be stopped. At this time, if the stop order is not the above-mentioned principle (left symbol → right symbol → middle symbol), the jackpot expectation tends to be relatively high.

The advance notice effect determination means 226 determines the advance notice effect pattern that defines the content of the advance notice effect executed at each stage of the change process of the decorative symbol according to the scenario of the variation effect pattern described above. The advance notice effect pattern includes an effect pattern for temporarily or stepwise displaying an image of a specific character, an animation, or the like, an effect pattern for outputting a specific sound, an effect pattern for operating a movable accessory, and the like. The notice effect is executed in parallel with the variable display of the decorative symbol, and suggests that the jackpot reliability is high, in which the symbol variation stops in the jackpot mode. The notice effect includes a notice effect that is executed before the reach state occurs (including the time when the reach occurs) in the process of changing the decorative symbol, and a notice effect that is executed after the reach state occurs. Each of the notice effects has a different jackpot reliability. Basically, the notice effect displayed after the reach occurs has a relatively higher jackpot reliability than the notice effect displayed before the reach occurs. It's getting higher. The advance notice effect determination means 226 holds the advance notice effect pattern table referred to when selecting the advance notice effect pattern for each type of advance notice effect, and corresponds to the type of advance notice effect generated according to the scenario of the variable effect pattern. The notice production pattern table is selected. The advance notice effect determination means 226 refers to the advance notice effect pattern table selected above, and is selected from a plurality of types of advance notice effect patterns by lottery based on the advance notice effect pattern random number value acquired from the effect lottery random number generation means 210. Select one. Specific types of advance notice effect patterns include comment advance notice effect patterns, background advance notice effect patterns, SU (step-up) advance notice effect patterns, group advance notice effect patterns, cut-in advance notice effect patterns, and character movable advance notice effect patterns. Etc. are prepared. This notice effect is basically performed by synthesizing the display of one or a plurality of notice effects with the variable display of the decorative symbol on the effect display device 70. Therefore, even if the decorative pattern is variablely displayed by the same variable effect pattern, it is possible to generate various effect modes by combining with one or a plurality of advance notice effects.

The jackpot effect determining means 227 determines the content of the jackpot effect (big hit effect pattern) for notifying that the special game is in progress. The jackpot effect includes a start demo effect that notifies the start of the special game, a round effect that notifies that the round game is in progress, and an end demo effect that notifies the end of the special game. When the jackpot start demo command is received from the main control board 100, the jackpot effect determining means 227 receives a jackpot start demo command, based on the jackpot type information stored in the sub-main information storage means 260, and the jackpot effect pattern (start demo effect pattern, round effect). Pattern, end demo production pattern) is decided. In this jackpot production pattern, the jackpot start demo production time, the round production time (the production time according to the opening pattern of the jackpots 64 and 65), and the jackpot end demo production time are set according to the jackpot type. , A series of production contents are set along the time axis. Further, the jackpot effect determining means 227 executes the start demo effect when the jackpot start demo command is received from the main control board 100 according to the jackpot effect pattern, and each round is triggered by receiving the round effect designation command. The production is executed, and the end demo production is executed when the jackpot end demo command is received.

Here, in the normal jackpot start demo production, for example, the characters "big hit start" are displayed on the screen to announce the start of the special game. Further, in the normal round effect, for example, the number of rounds currently being executed and the number of prize balls won are displayed on the screen, and various images (animation images, etc.) that excite the special game are displayed. Then, in the normal jackpot end demo production, for example, the characters "big hit end" are displayed on the screen to notify the end of the special game.

In addition, when the special continuous production is executed, the end demo production in the previous jackpot is replaced from the normal production content to the special production content (the production content that has unity with the special variation production), and the character of the end of the jackpot Is not displayed. In addition, when a special continuous production is executed, the start demo production in the later jackpot is replaced from the normal production content to a special production content (effect content that has unity with the special variation production), and the characters for the start of the jackpot are displayed. Is not displayed. Further, when the special continuous effect is executed, the round effect in the later special game is notified by adding the number of rounds of the previous special game to the number of execution rounds of the later special game, and later. A pseudo-counting effect is performed in which the number of prize balls acquired in the special game is added to the number of prize balls acquired in the previous special game. Further, the jackpot effect determining means 227 executes a promotion effect (promotion success effect, promotion failure effect) as a jackpot effect during a special game (details will be described later).

As described above, the effect controlling means 220 is an image control command related to images and sound based on the determined effect contents (look-ahead effect pattern, consecutive villa effect pattern, variable effect pattern, notice effect pattern, stop pattern pattern, jackpot effect pattern, etc.). Is generated and stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260.

The lamp effect control means 230 controls the lighting of the effect lamp, the emission color, and the like according to the effect content set by the effect control means 220. The lamp effect control means 230 holds a plurality of types of lamp data (lamp pattern data) for controlling the lighting of the effect lamp LP (frame lamp 10, panel lamp 25), and the lamp corresponding to the determined effect pattern. The data is read out and this lamp control signal (lamp data) is transmitted to the lamp connection board 91.

The accessory effect control means 240 controls the drive of each movable accessory 24 according to the effect content set by the effect control means 220. The accessory effect control means 240 holds a plurality of types of drive data for driving and controlling the movable accessory 24, and transmits a drive control signal (drive data) according to the determined effect pattern to the motor driver 92. To do.

The error effect control means 250 is configured to determine an error effect pattern when an error effect designation command is received from the main control board 100, and notify the gaming machine that an error state has occurred according to the error effect pattern. There is.

The sub-main information storage means 260 is configured to temporarily store decorative symbol information, variable effect pattern information, notice effect pattern information, control command information, and the like, and is a predetermined device for storing each information. It has a storage area. For example, in the command storage area, an effect control command buffer for storing an effect control command from the main control board 100, an image control command buffer for storing an image control command to the image control board 300, and an image control board 300. Contains an ACK command buffer for storing ACK commands from. Each command buffer is composed of a ring buffer, and can store a predetermined number of effect control commands, image control commands, and ACK commands.

The command transmission / reception means 270 is configured to receive the effect control command transmitted from the main control board 100 and store the effect control command in the effect control command buffer. The command transmission / reception means 270 generates an interrupt based on the input of the above-mentioned strobe signal from the main control board 100, executes reception interrupt processing (details will be described later) of the effect control command, and executes various effect control commands in this interrupt process. It is supposed to get. When the strobe signal is received, the command transmission / reception means 270 preferentially performs the reception interrupt processing of this effect control command over other interrupt processing (interrupt processing of priority level 7 or less described later). ing.

Further, the command transmission / reception means 270 is stored in the sub-main information storage means 260 in order to indicate the execution of the effect contents (variable effect pattern information, notice effect pattern information, decorative pattern information, etc.) set by the effect control means 220. The transmitted image control command is transmitted to the image control board 300 by the serial communication method. As a general rule, the image control command is transmitted every predetermined cycle (500 μs in this example) according to the order set in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260. As a result, the image control board 300 analyzes various image control commands transmitted from the effect control board 200, and causes the effect display device 70 to variablely display the effect image including the decorative pattern according to the scenario of the variable effect pattern. , The notice effect is displayed in a form superimposed on the effect of the symbol variation at each stage of the variation display process. Further, the command transmission / reception means 270 receives the ACK command transmitted from the image control board 300 and stores the ACK command in the ACK command buffer.

<Processing on the main control board side>
Next, the procedure of the operation processing on the main control board 100 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 10 to 24. The processing on the main control board 100 side includes a main control side main processing and a main control side timer interrupt processing.

<< Main processing on the main control side >>
10 to 11 are flowcharts showing main processing on the main control side of the main control board 100. In this main control side main process, after the security check of the main CPU 101 is performed by resetting when the power is turned on, the program is started and the processes after S1 are started.

First, as an initial setting required when the power is turned on, the start address is set as the initial value of the stack area in the stack pointer (S1), and the access permission of the RAM 103 is performed (S2). Subsequently, a vector table in which the start address of the program to be processed when a timer interrupt occurs is set (S3), and an initial value is set in the internal register of the main CPU 101 (S4).

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the RAM clear switch is turned on (S5). When the RAM clear switch is turned on (S5: YES), the entire area of the RAM 103 is zero-cleared in S9 described later. On the other hand, when the RAM clear switch is not turned on (S5: NO), the value of the power off information flag is read to determine whether or not the power off normal information is stored (S6).

Here, when the information on the normal power off is stored (S6: YES), the checksum is calculated for the predetermined area of the RAM 103 (S7). Then, it is determined whether or not this checksum is 0, that is, whether or not the checksum is normal (S8). Note that the checksum at power-on calculated here includes the complement of the checksum calculated in the power-off process described later, so if it is backed up normally, the checksum at power-on will be checked. Sam becomes "0". In this way, it is determined at the time of turning on the power whether or not the information stored in the RAM 103 before the power is turned off is correctly backed up. At this time, if the checksum is normal (S8: YES), the process proceeds to S12, which will be described later, in order to return to the state before the power was turned off. On the other hand, when the checksum is abnormal (S8: NO), the entire area of the RAM 103 is cleared to zero (S9). Next, the initialization data at the time of turning on the power is set in the RAM 103 (S10). Subsequently, in order to initialize the effect display device 70, initialize the effect lamp LP, and the like, an effect control command (“effect initial command”) to the effect control board 200 is requested (S11).

Next, in the power-off / recovery setting process, the power-on normal information is set, various errors are initially set, and communication with the payout control board 400 is initially set in the RAM 103 (S12). Here, as the setting of the power-on normal information, in order to save that the power-on was performed correctly, the power-on normal data is stored in the power-off information flag, and the information of the power-off occurrence is initialized. Turn off the power off confirmation flag. Next, the data transfer source address, the data transfer destination address, and the number of transfer bytes are set, and the data corresponding to the number of transfer bytes is transferred (S13). Then, the value of the special symbol game status at the time of power off is read, and the power off / return process related to the special symbol game is performed (S14).

Subsequently, a transmission request for an effect control command (“power off / return command”) at the time of power failure / recovery between the main control board 100 and the effect control board 200 is performed (S15). This power off / return command includes information on the communication line inspection, the operating state of the special symbol, the number of probability fluctuations, the number of time reductions, the number of easy entry states, the fluctuation pattern selection state, and the error state. The untransmitted command request before the power is turned off is cleared. Next, in the symbol storage number command request processing, the information on the number of operation-holding balls of the first special symbol and the second special symbol when the power is turned off is read, and an effect control command including the information on the number of operation-holding balls is requested ( S16).

Subsequently, a return setting is made to return the normal electric accessory 622 to the state before the power is cut off (for example, the second starting port 62 is in the open state) (S17). Further, a return setting is made to return the special electric accessory 642 to the state before the power is turned off (for example, the large winning opening 64 is opened) (S18). Subsequently, the value of the special symbol mode flag is read, and the operating state of the probability fluctuation function of the special symbol when the power is turned off is set (S19). The special symbol mode flag is a flag for setting the operation probability (high probability or low probability) of the special symbol game. Next, in order to activate the timer interrupt, a predetermined count value is set as the initial setting of the CTC circuit of the main control microcomputer 110, and the timer interrupt is generated every 4 ms (S20). Subsequently, interrupt prohibition is set to prohibit the occurrence of timer interrupt processing (S21). Then, the clear word 1 (“55H”) is set in preparation for restarting the watchdog timer (S22).

Next, in order to determine the occurrence of the power outage, the value of the power outage confirmation flag is read, and it is determined whether or not the power outage has occurred (S23). If the power is not cut off, the initial value random number update process is executed (S24). In this initial value random number update process, in this initial value random number update process, the initial value random number per normal symbol, the soft initial value random number per special symbol, and the symbol initial value random number per special symbol are updated. Specifically, the numerical value of each counter is added by 1, and when the numerical value exceeds the maximum value, it is returned to the minimum value "0".

Next, interrupt permission is set to allow the occurrence of timer interrupt processing (S25), the process returns to the above-mentioned interrupt prohibition processing (S21), and the loop processing of S21 to S25 is repeatedly executed. Here, the timer interrupt processing is periodically executed at predetermined intervals, but S21 to S25 are used by utilizing the remaining time between the completion of the previous interrupt processing and the occurrence of the next interrupt processing. Repeat the process up to. Then, when an interrupt request is made in the interrupt disabled state, the timer interrupt process is started when the interrupt is enabled in S25. On the other hand, when the power-off confirmation flag is turned on in S23, that is, when the power-off has occurred, the process proceeds to S26 and the following power-off processing is executed.

Next, as the power cutoff processing (S26 to S32), first, the clear word 2 (“AAH”) is set in order to restart the watchdog timer (S26). Next, it is determined whether or not the content of the power off information flag is the power-on normal data (S27). When it is the power-on normal information (S27: Yes), the power-off normal data is set in the power-off information flag (S28). On the other hand, when the power-on normal information is not (S27: No), the power-off abnormality data is set in the power-off information flag (S29), and the process proceeds to S32.

Next, a checksum is calculated for a predetermined area (excluding the checksum area) of the RAM 103 (S30). Then, the complement for the checksum data is calculated, and the result value of this complement is set in the checksum area of the RAM 103 (S31). Subsequently, the access prohibition setting of the RAM 103 is set (S32), and the process is looped until the power is turned off.

<< Main control side timer interrupt processing >>
Next, the timer interrupt processing on the main control side of the main control board 100 will be described. FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing of the main control board 100. This timer interrupt process is activated by a clock pulse at regular time intervals (for example, 4 ms) from the CTC circuit of the game control microcomputer 110, and is executed in the form of interrupting the above-mentioned main control side main process. In addition, as terms used below, the terms "conditional device" and "continuous operation device for accessory" mean a conceptual control device, and the "conditional device" means a big hit in a special symbol game. The "accessory continuous actuating device" is a device that can operate the special electric accessory 642 a plurality of times in succession.

First, when this timer interrupt occurs, the contents of the register in the main CPU 101 are saved in the stack area of the RAM 103, and then the interrupt operation condition is set (S51).

Next, the clear word 2 (“AAH”) is set in order to restart the watchdog timer (S52). At this time, the watchdog timer is cleared and restarted by writing the clear word 1 and the clear word 2 in order to the WDT clear register of the CPU 101 within the preset timeout time. That is, when the main CPU 101 is executing the program normally, the clear words 1 and 2 are set periodically, so that the watchdog timer is cleared and restarted before the time-out occurs. On the other hand, when the watchdog timer times out, a user reset occurs.

Next, the input process is executed (S53). In this input process, information on switches other than the RAM clear switch is read as various switches connected to the main control board 100. That is, input information such as the first start port switch 611, the second start port switch 621, the operation gate switch 631, the grand prize opening switch 641, the door open switch, the frame open switch, the back set open switch, the magnetic sensor, and the radio wave sensor. Is read, their status is judged, and these detection information is stored.

Next, various random number update processes are executed (S54). In this various random number update process, the normal symbol variation pattern random number and the special symbol variation pattern random number are updated. For ordinary symbol variation pattern random numbers, the numerical value of the random number counter is added by 1, and when the numerical value exceeds the maximum value, it is returned to the minimum value "0". On the other hand, for the special symbol variation pattern random number, a predetermined value (for example, 3511) is subtracted from the previous random number. If the subtracted result is less than 0, a predetermined value (for example, 50,000) is added to the subtracted result.

Next, the initial value update type random number update process is executed (S55). In this initial value update type random number update process, a random number per normal symbol, a soft random number per special symbol, and a symbol random number per special symbol are updated. Specifically, the numerical value of each random number counter is added by 1, and when the numerical value exceeds the maximum value, it is returned to the minimum value "0". When the value of the counter goes around once, the value of the corresponding initial value random number is set as the initial value.

Next, the initial value random number update process is executed (S56). In this initial value random number update process, the initial value random number per normal symbol, the soft initial value random number per special symbol, and the symbol initial value random number per special symbol are updated. Specifically, the numerical value of each random number counter is added by 1, and when the numerical value exceeds the maximum value, it is returned to the minimum value "0".

Next, the timer subtraction process is executed (S57). In this timer subtraction process, the values of various timers used for the game operation control of the Pachinko gaming machine PM are subtracted and updated. For example, the values of various timers are subtracted by the interrupt period (4 ms in this example). The various timers include a special symbol game timer for managing the time (variable time, fixed display time) related to the special symbol display devices 71 and 72.

Next, the second start port validity period setting process is executed (S58). In this second starting port valid period setting process, the winning valid period and the winning invalid period of the second starting port 62 are determined, and as the determination result, the valid period data or the invalid period data of the second starting port 62 is set.

Next, the winning monitoring process is executed (S59). In this winning monitoring process, the first starting port switch 611, the second starting port switch 621, the operating gate switch 631, the first major winning port switch 641, and the second major winning port switch 651 are detected in the input process (S53). Based on the information, a switch passage inspection of the game ball is performed, and as a result, when it is determined that the game ball has passed each switch, a transmission request of an effect control command including information indicating that the game ball has passed each switch, And so on.

Next, the prize ball control process is executed (S60). In this prize ball control process, a payout control command is transmitted to the payout control board 400 in order to indicate the number of prize balls corresponding to the type of winning, and the payout control board 400 monitors the data received from the payout control board 400. Perform communication inspection with.

Next, the normal symbol operation gate monitoring process is executed (S61). In this normal symbol operation gate monitoring process, the passage of the game ball to the operation gate 63 is monitored, and when it is determined that the game ball has passed through the operation gate 63, a random number related to the normal symbol lottery is acquired as operation hold ball information. , The number of balls on hold is updated up to a maximum of 4, and the random numbers related to the normal symbol lottery are stored.

Next, the normal symbol control process is executed (S62). In this normal symbol control process, since a series of processes related to the normal symbol display device 75 or the normal electric accessory 622 is performed, the normal symbol changing process and the normal symbol stop symbol display process are performed according to the value of the normal symbol game status. , Ordinary electric accessory operation end processing, normal electric accessory operation end demonstration processing, etc. are executed. In the normal symbol changing process, the display pattern number data of the normal symbol is created (updated) in order to display the normal symbol in a variable manner or to confirm it.

Next, the normal symbol change start monitoring process is executed (S63). In this normal symbol fluctuation start monitoring process, when the operating state of the normal symbol is monitored and it is determined that the fluctuation start condition of the normal symbol is satisfied, one normal symbol operation pending ball number is digested and the normal symbol is activated. The hit / fail judgment, the symbol judgment, the fluctuation pattern judgment, the fluctuation time setting, and the like are performed in order.

Next, the start port monitoring control process is executed (S64). In this start port monitoring control process, the winning of the game ball to the first starting port 61 and the second starting port 62 is monitored, and if the game ball is won, the number of reserved balls is updated and the special symbol lottery is related. Random number storage, pre-reading notice effect judgment, command request for the number of symbol storage, etc. are performed in order.

Next, the special symbol control process is executed (S65). In this special symbol control process, as a series of processes related to the special symbol display devices 71 and 72, the special symbol change start process (S420) and the special symbol change process (S430), which will be described in detail later, are processed according to the value of the special symbol game status. ), Processing during special symbol stop symbol display (S440), and the like are executed.

Next, the special electric accessory control process is executed (S66). In this process, when the lottery result of the special symbol is "big hit" or "small hit", the operation start and end of the special electric accessory 642 are set as the operation process related to the special electric accessory 642, and the operation is large. The opening time and the number of times of opening of the winning opening 64 are updated, the operation start setting of the probability fluctuation function, the operation start setting of the fluctuation time shortening function, the setting of the fluctuation pattern selection state, and the like are executed in order.

Next, the large winning opening validity period setting process is executed (S67). In this large winning opening valid period setting process, the winning valid period and the winning invalid period of the large winning opening 64 are determined, and the valid period data or the invalid period data of the large winning opening 64 is set as the determination result.

Next, the special symbol change start monitoring control process is executed (S68). In this special symbol change start monitoring control process, when there is an operation holding ball of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, one reserved ball is digested, a command request for the number of symbol storage numbers, and a judgment as to whether the special symbol is correct or not. , Design determination of special symbol, determination of probability fluctuation function, determination of time reduction function, setting of operation pattern of special electric accessory, setting of demo production time, etc. are performed in order.

Next, the abnormality detection process is executed (S69). In this abnormality detection process, based on the input information in the input process (S53), the magnetic detection signal by the magnetic sensor, the disconnection short circuit power supply abnormality signal, the radio wave detection signal by the radio wave sensor, the door / frame opening signal, etc. are inspected in order. , Determine whether the game machine is in an error state. In the case of an error state, an effect control command (“error effect designation command”) including the error information is generated in order to request the effect control board 200 to display an error.

Next, the ball entry passage time abnormality detection process is executed (S70). In this ball entry passage time abnormality detection process, when the on signal of the winning detection switch is continuously detected for a predetermined time or longer, the ball entry passage time abnormality is set and the effect control command including the error information (“error”). In addition to requesting the effect designation command "), it also requests the output of a security signal to be output to the external terminal.

Next, the game status display process is executed (S71). In this game state display process, display data such as the number of times the special electric accessory 642 is continuously operated (specified number of rounds), the number of balls on hold for normal symbols and special symbols, and the like are created. In addition, display data for displaying the error state information detected in the abnormality detection process on the state indicator lamp of the main control board 100 is created.

Next, the LED output process is executed (S73). In this LED output process, the special symbol control process (S65), which displays the special symbol and the normal symbol, the number of reserved balls, the number of times the special electric accessory operates continuously, the error, and the like. The display data created by the abnormality detection process (S69), the game status display process (S71), etc. is displayed on each special symbol display device 71, 72, normal symbol display device 75, each special symbol hold lamp 73, 74, and normal figure hold. The data is output to the lamp 76, the status indicator lamp of the main control board 100, and the like, and the display on these various display devices is initialized.

Next, the launch control signal output process is executed (S73). In this launch control signal output process, when a communication abnormality with the payout control board 400 or a short-circuit power supply abnormality is not detected, a launch permission signal is output to the payout control board 400 to allow the game ball to be launched. To do. On the other hand, when a communication abnormality with the payout control board 400 or a short-circuit power supply abnormality is detected, a launch prohibition signal is output to the payout control board 400 to prohibit the launch of the game ball.

Next, the solenoid output process is executed (S74). In this solenoid output process, in the above-mentioned ordinary symbol control process (S62) and special electric accessory control process (S66) in order to operate each electric accessory 622,642. Based on the acquired control data, an excitation signal is output to each electric accessory solenoid 623, 643.

Next, the effect control command transmission process is executed (S75). In this effect control command transmission process, the effect control command specified by the pointer is read from the effect control commands stored in the command storage area (ring buffer) of the main information storage means 180 in the above process, and this effect is produced. A control command is transmitted to the effect control board 200.

Next, the external information output process is executed (S76). In this external information output processing, the operating state information of the game machine is output as external information to an external device such as a hall computer via the external terminal plate.

Next, the contents of the saved register are restored, and the main CPU 101 is set to the interrupt enabled state (S77). As a result, the main control side timer interrupt process is terminated, the process returns to the main control side main process, and the main control side main process is executed until the next timer interrupt occurs.

When the main control board 100 detects a power outage (a decrease in the supply voltage based on a predetermined threshold value) during the main control side main processing or interrupt processing, a non-masqueradable interrupt is generated and the power outage confirmation flag is turned on. To do. Then, after returning to the original processing, the above-mentioned power off processing (S)
26 to S32) will be executed.

≪Special design game processing≫
Next, a series of processes related to the special symbol game in the timer interrupt process on the main control side will be described. The processing related to the special symbol game includes the above-mentioned start port monitoring control processing (S64), special symbol control processing (S65), special electric accessory control processing (S66), special symbol fluctuation start monitoring control processing (S68), and the like. Applies to.

(Starting port monitoring control process)
First, the start port monitoring control process (S64) will be described. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing details of the start port monitoring control process (S64).

First, it is determined whether or not the winning of the game to the first starting port 61 is detected (S201). When the winning of the first starting port 61 is detected (S201: YES), it is determined whether or not the number of balls on hold for operation of the first special symbol is less than the upper limit of 4 (S202).

When the number of balls on hold for operation of the first special symbol is less than 4 (S202: YES), the lottery random number values related to the first special symbol game include a random value per special symbol, a random value per symbol, and a special symbol. The fluctuation pattern random value is acquired, and each random value is stored in the first special symbol hold storage area (hold n storage area) of the main information storage means 180 according to the ball entry order (S203). Then, as an update of the number of balls on hold for operation of the first special symbol, the value of the number of balls on hold for the first special symbol is added by 1 (S204), and the winning check of the first starting port 61 is completed.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the winning of the game to the second starting port 62 is detected (S205). When the winning of the second starting port 62 is detected (S205: YES), it is determined whether or not the number of balls on hold for operation of the second special symbol is less than the upper limit of 4 (S206). When the number of balls on hold for operation of the second special symbol is less than 4 (S206: YES), the lottery random value related to the second special symbol game is a random value per special symbol, a random value per symbol, or a special symbol. The variation pattern random value is acquired, and each random value is stored in the second special symbol hold storage area (hold n storage area) of the main information storage means 180 according to the ball entry order (S207). Then, as an update of the number of balls on hold for operation of the second special symbol, the value of the number of balls on hold for the second special symbol is added by 1 (S208), and the winning check of the second starting port 62 is completed.

Subsequently, whether or not the number of reserved balls for the first special symbol or the second special symbol has been updated, that is, whether or not the number of reserved balls for the first special symbol or the second special symbol has been added in S204 or S208. (S209). When the number of operation-holding balls is updated (S209: YES), a symbol storage number command including information on the number of operation-holding balls of the first special symbol and the second special symbol is generated, and this is used as the main information storage means. It is stored in the command storage area of 180 (S210).

Next, the state of the game machine is confirmed, and it is determined whether or not it is the pre-determination timing (S211). When it is the pre-determination timing (S211: YES), the random number value per special symbol is read from the hit random number buffer in the reserved n storage area, and the pre-determination of success or failure is performed (S212). Then, a pass / fail pre-determination command including the information of the pre-determination result (pre-determination number) is generated, and this is stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180 (S213).

Further, the symbol random number value per special symbol is read from the hit symbol random number buffer in the reserved n storage area, and the symbol pre-determination is performed (S214). Then, a symbol pre-determination command including the information of the pre-determination result (symbol pre-determination number) is generated, and this is stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180 (S215). Further, the special symbol variation pattern random number value is read from the variation pattern random number buffer in the reserved n storage area, and the variation pattern pre-determination is performed (S216). Then, a fluctuation pattern pre-determination command including the information of the pre-determination result (variation pattern pre-determination number) is generated, and this is stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180 (S217).

(Special symbol change start monitoring control processing)
Next, the special symbol change start monitoring control process (S68) will be described. FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing the details of the special symbol change start monitoring control process (S68).

In this special symbol fluctuation monitoring / monitoring control process (S68), the special symbol fluctuation start monitoring process described later is performed on the special symbol side of the first special symbol and the second special symbol that satisfies the fluctuation start condition. (S310) is executed. When both the first special symbol and the second special symbol satisfy the fluctuation start condition, the processing on the second special symbol side is preferentially executed as described above.

First, it is determined whether or not the hit is a big hit or a small hit (S301). Subsequently, whether both the first special symbol and the second special symbol are waiting for fluctuation, that is, whether the first special symbol game status and the second special symbol game status are both "00H (waiting for fluctuation)". It is determined whether or not (S302).

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the number of reserved balls for operation of the second special symbol is "0" (S303), and if the number of reserved balls is not "0" (S303: NO), the second special It is considered that the symbol variation start condition is satisfied, and the address of the second special symbol variation start monitoring table (addresses of various tables used in the subsequent processing and addresses of the RAM storage area) is set (S304). , The process shifts to the special symbol change start monitoring process (S310) on the second special symbol side. That is, in the present embodiment, when the operation holding ball of the second special symbol exists, the operation holding ball of the second special symbol has priority regardless of the presence or absence of the operation holding ball of the first special symbol. It is supposed to be digested. The details of this special symbol change start monitoring process (S310) will be described later with reference to FIG.

On the other hand, when the number of balls on hold for operation of the second special symbol is "0" (S303: YES), it is determined whether or not the number of balls on hold for operation of the first special symbol is "0" (S305). .. Here, when the number of reserved balls is not "0" (S305: NO), it is considered that the change start condition of the first special symbol is satisfied, and the address of the first special symbol change start monitoring table (hereinafter). After setting (addresses of various tables and addresses of RAM storage areas) used in the processing (S306), the process proceeds to the special symbol fluctuation start monitoring processing (S310) on the first special symbol side.

If the fluctuation start conditions of the first special symbol and the second special symbol are not satisfied (S301: YES, S302: NO, S305: YES), the special symbol fluctuation start monitoring process (S310) is skipped. ..

(Special symbol change start monitoring process)
Next, the special symbol change start monitoring process (S310) will be described. FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing the details of the special symbol change start monitoring process (S310).

In this special symbol change start monitoring process (S310), the target of the current change start is set with reference to the first special symbol change start monitoring table or the second special symbol change start monitoring table set in S304 or S306 described above. However, since the processing method is the same for the first special symbol side and the second special symbol side, the processing on the first special symbol side is used except in special cases. It will be described collectively without distinguishing whether it is the processing on the second special symbol side or the processing.

First, the number of pending balls on the special symbol side, which is the target of the start of this fluctuation, is subtracted by 1 (S311). Then, a symbol storage number command including information on the number of operation-holding balls of the first special symbol and the second special symbol after subtraction is generated, and this is stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180 (S312). Subsequently, the special symbol hold storage area on the special symbol side that is the target of this fluctuation start is accessed, and the random value per special symbol and the special symbol per special symbol stored in the earliest reserved storage area (hold 1 storage area). The symbol random value and the special symbol variation pattern random value are read out in order, and these random values are used for the special symbol hit / fail determination process (S320), the symbol determination process (S330), and the variation pattern selection process (S423), which will be described later. It is transferred to the special symbol hit / miss determination area, the special symbol symbol determination area, and the special symbol variation pattern determination area of the main information storage means 180 (S313). Further, as the update of the hold storage area, the hold ball information stored in the hold 2 storage area to the hold 4 storage area is shifted to the lower hold storage area, and the hold 4 storage area is cleared to zero (S314).

Subsequently, the special symbol hit / miss determination process is executed (S320). In the special symbol winning / failing determination process (S320), first, the special symbol winning / failing lottery table is acquired. At this time, if the game state is the special symbol probability change state, the high-probability winning / losing lottery table is acquired, and if the gaming state is the normal state, the low-probability winning / losing lottery table is acquired. Next, the random value per special symbol is read from the special symbol hit / miss determination area of the main information storage means 180. Then, with reference to the special symbol winning / failing lottery table, the winning / failing determination of the special symbol is executed based on the random number value per special symbol. Further, the values corresponding to the hit / fail determination result (big hit data “55H”, small hit data “33H”, loss data “00H”) are stored in the special symbol determination flag of the main information storage means 180.

Subsequently, the symbol determination process is executed (S330). In the symbol determination process (S330), the stop symbol of the special symbol, the type of the symbol group, and the character effect number (variable additional symbol information) are determined according to the result of the hit / fail determination. Then, the stop symbol of the special symbol determined this time, the type of the symbol group, and the character effect number are stored in the symbol storage area of the main information storage means 180. The character effect number is the type of the determined symbol group (7 patterns of the symbol groups A to G) and the operating state of the probability variation function of the special symbol and the normal symbol (probability change on of the special symbol / probability change off of the special symbol). / One of 28 patterns in total is determined based on the combination with the probability variation on of the normal symbol / the probability variation off of the normal symbol). If the result of the hit / fail judgment is wrong, the character effect number "0" is determined.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the result of the hit / fail determination corresponds to a small hit (S341), and whether or not the result of the hit / fail determination corresponds to a big hit (S342). If the result of the hit / fail judgment is a small hit (S341: YES), the process proceeds to S347, and if the result of the pass / fail judgment is incorrect (S341: NO, S342: NO), the process proceeds to S349.

On the other hand, when the result of the hit / fail judgment is a big hit (S341: NO, S342: YES), the special symbol is set as the gaming state after the special game based on the type of the symbol group (big hit type) determined in S330. It is determined whether or not to activate the probability fluctuation function (S343). That is, when the type of the symbol group (big hit type) indicates a specific symbol, it is determined to add the probability variation function, and when the type of the symbol group indicates a normal symbol, the probability variation Decide not to grant the function. This determination result is stored in the probability fluctuation determination flag of the main information storage means 180.

Further, based on the type of symbol group (big hit type) determined in S330, the number of times the variable time shortening function is operated is determined as the game state after the special game (S344), and the number of times the electric chew support function is operated is determined. (S345). This determination result (information on the number of times of operation of the fluctuation time shortening function, information on the number of times of operation of the electric chew support function) is stored in the time reduction number storage area and the ball entry easy state number storage area of the main information storage means 180.

Subsequently, the operation pattern of the special electric accessory 642 is set based on the type (big hit type) of the symbol group determined in S330 (S346). Specifically, as the operation pattern of the special electric accessory 642, the specified number of rounds of the round game (16 rounds, 8 rounds, 2 rounds in this example), and the maximum opening time of the large winning opening 64 (30 in this example). Seconds, 0.05 seconds), etc. are set.

Next, based on the type of the symbol group determined in S330 and the current game state, the variation pattern selection state after the end of the special game or the small hit game is set (S347). Subsequently, the demo production time (hit start demo time and hit end demo time) of the special game or the small hit game is set based on the type of the symbol group determined in S330 (S348). Next, the special symbol hit / fail determination area and the special symbol symbol determination area of the main information storage means 180 used in the above-mentioned special symbol hit / miss determination process (S320) and symbol determination process (S330) are cleared (S349). Then, the special symbol game status on the special symbol side to be changed this time is changed from "00H (standby)" to "01H (start of fluctuation)" (S350).

(Special symbol control processing)
Next, the special symbol control process (S65) will be described. FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing the details of the special symbol control process (S65).

First, it is determined whether or not the special electric accessory 642 is not operating, that is, whether or not the special electric accessory game status is "00H (waiting for hit)" (S401). Subsequently, when the special electric accessory 642 is not operating (S401: YES), it is determined whether or not the second special symbol game status is "00H (standby)" (S402).

When the second special symbol game status is not "00H (waiting)" (S402: YES), the second special symbol control table (used in the subsequent processing) is used to execute the process related to the second special symbol. The address of various tables and the address of the RAM storage area) are set (S403), and the process proceeds to the special symbol control general-purpose processing (S410). On the other hand, when the second special symbol game status is "00H (standby)" (S402: NO), the first special symbol control table (in the subsequent processing) is executed in order to execute the process related to the first special symbol. The addresses of the various tables used and the addresses of the RAM storage areas) are set (S404), and the process proceeds to the special symbol control general-purpose processing (S410).

In the special symbol control general-purpose processing (S410) described below, the first special symbol control table or the second special symbol control table set in S403 or S404 described above is used, and the special that is the target of this change is used. The processing on the symbol side will be executed, but since the processing method is the same for the first special symbol side and the second special symbol side, is it the processing on the first special symbol side except in special cases? , The second special symbol side processing will be described collectively without distinguishing whether it is the processing. The details of this special symbol control general-purpose processing (S410) will be described later with reference to FIG.

(Special symbol control general-purpose processing)
Subsequently, the special symbol control general-purpose processing is executed (S410). Here, FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing the details of the special symbol control general-purpose processing (S410).

In this special symbol control general-purpose processing (S410), branch processing (S411 to S414) for shifting to processing according to the value of the special symbol game status (“01H”, “02H”, “03H”) is executed. First, it is determined whether or not the special symbol game status on the special symbol side that is the target of this change is not 0 (S411). When the special symbol game status is not "00H" (S411: YES), it is determined whether or not the special symbol game status is "01H (start of fluctuation)" (S412). When the special symbol game status is "01H" (S412: YES), the process proceeds to the special symbol variation start process (S420). The details of this special symbol variation start processing (S420) will be described later with reference to FIG. On the other hand, if NO in S412, it is determined whether or not the special symbol game status is "02H (changing)" (S413). When the special symbol game status is "02H" (S413: YES), the process proceeds to the special symbol changing process (S430). The details of this special symbol change processing (S430) will be described later with reference to FIG. If NO in S413, it is determined whether or not the special symbol game status is "03H (stop symbol is being displayed)" (S414). When the special symbol game status is "03H" (S414: YES), the process proceeds to the process of displaying the special symbol stop symbol (S440). The details of this special symbol stop symbol display processing (S440) will be described later with reference to FIG.

(Special symbol change start processing)
Next, the special symbol variation start processing (S420) will be described. FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing the details of the special symbol variation start processing (S420).

First, a special symbol variation pattern table is acquired based on the result of the winning / failing lottery, the variation pattern selection state, and the like (S421). Subsequently, the special symbol variation pattern random value is read out from the special symbol variation pattern determination area of the main information storage means 180 (S422). Then, with reference to the special symbol variation pattern table, one of a plurality of types of variation patterns is selected based on the special symbol variation pattern random value (S423).

Next, the fluctuation time corresponding to the fluctuation pattern selected this time is set (S424). Then, as a setting for starting the variation of the special symbol, the variation time is stored in the special symbol game timer of the symbol display control means 165 (S425), and the variation start command to the effect control board 200 is generated (S426). As the variation start command, in order to start the symbol variation effect in the effect display device 70, the variation pattern designation command and the symbol designation command are sequentially generated and stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180.

Subsequently, the content of the special symbol variation pattern determination area of the main information storage means 180 used for determining the variation pattern is cleared (S427). Then, the special symbol game status is changed from "01H (start of fluctuation)" to "02H (during fluctuation)" (S428).

(Processing during special symbol change)
Next, the processing during special symbol change (S430) will be described. FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing the details of the special symbol changing process (S430).

First, in order to display the variation of the special symbol, the display pattern number switching process of the special symbol is executed (S431). In this display pattern number switching process (S431), display pattern number data of a special symbol is generated at each predetermined switching time. This display pattern number data is output to the first special symbol display device 71 or the second special symbol display device 72 in the LED output process (S73) in order to display the special symbol in a variable display or a definite display.

Next, it is determined whether or not the special symbol game timer has reached "0 (timeout)", that is, whether or not the fluctuation time of the special symbol has expired (S432). When the fluctuation time of the special symbol ends (S432: YES), the stop symbol of the special symbol to be confirmed and displayed on the first special symbol display device 71 or the second special symbol display device 72 is set (S433). Subsequently, a fluctuation stop command for instructing the effect control board 200 to confirm and display the decorative symbol is generated, and this is stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180 (S434).

Next, "500 (ms)" is stored as the fixed display time in the special symbol game timer (S435). The "fixed display time" is a time for definitively stopping and displaying the stopped symbol when the special symbol is stopped fluctuating. Then, the special symbol game status is changed from "02H (during change)" to "03H (during stop symbol display)" (S436).

(Processing during special symbol stop symbol display)
Next, the special symbol stop symbol display processing (S440) will be described. 20 to 21 are flowcharts showing the details of the special symbol stop symbol display processing (S440).

First, it is determined whether or not the special symbol game timer has reached "0 (timeout)", that is, whether or not the final display time of the special symbol (stop symbol) has expired (S441). Here, when the final display time of the special symbol ends (S441: YES), the special symbol game status is changed from "03H (stop symbol display)" to "00H (standby)" (S442).

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the hit / fail determination data stored in the special symbol determination flag of the main information storage means 180 is the jackpot data “55H” (S443). When the hit / fail judgment data is jackpot data (S443: YES), the operation of the probability fluctuation function of the special symbol is stopped (S444), the operation of the function for shortening the fluctuation time of the special symbol is stopped (S445), and the electric chew support function is activated. Stop (S446) is performed in order. Specifically, "00H (not activated)" is set in the special symbol mode flag, and "00H" is set in the time reduction counter and the ball entry easy state counter to clear zero.

Next, as the start demo setting process of the special game, the start demo display time is set and an effect control command (big hit start demo command) for instructing the start of the start demo effect is generated (S447). Subsequently, the number of executions of the fluctuation pattern selection state (variation pattern selection state count counter) is cleared to zero (S448). In addition, the special electric accessory game status is changed from "00H (waiting for hit)" to "01H (special game)" (S449). Then, "00H" is set in order to clear the contents of the pass / fail determination flag (S450).

On the other hand, when the hit / fail determination data is not the jackpot data (S443: NO), it is determined whether or not the probability variation function of the special symbol is operating (S451). When the probability fluctuation function of the special symbol is operating (S451: YES), the probability fluctuation counter of the main information storage means 180 is decremented by 1 as the digestion of the number of fluctuations of the special symbol this time (step S452). .. Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the probability fluctuation number counter is zero (step S453). When the probability fluctuation number counter is zero (S453: YES), the operation of the probability fluctuation function of the special symbol is stopped (S454). If the probability fluctuation counter after subtraction is not zero (S453: NO), S454 is skipped and the process proceeds to S455.

Next, it is determined whether or not the fluctuation time shortening function of the special symbol is operating (S455). When the function for shortening the fluctuation time of the special symbol is operating (S455: YES), the time reduction counter of the main information storage means 180 is decremented by 1 as the digestion of the number of fluctuations of the special symbol this time (step S456). .. Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the time reduction counter is zero (step S457). When the time reduction counter is zero (S457: YES), it is considered that the number of times the special symbol time reduction state has been completed has been reached, and the operation of the special symbol fluctuation time reduction function is stopped (S458). If the time reduction counter after subtraction is not zero (S457: NO), S458 is skipped and the process proceeds to S459.

Next, it is determined whether or not the electric chew support function is operating (S459). When the electric chew support function is operating (S459: YES), the counter for the number of easy entry states of the main information storage means 180 is subtracted by 1 as the digestion of the number of fluctuations of the special symbol this time (step S460). .. Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the ball entry easy state counter is zero (step S461). When the ball entry easy state count counter is zero (S461: YES), the operation of the electric chew support function is stopped as the number of times the ball entry ease state ends has been reached (S462). If the ball entry easy state count counter after subtraction is not zero (S461: NO), S462 is skipped and the process proceeds to S463.

Next, the fluctuation pattern selection state count counter of the main information storage means 180 is subtracted by 1 (S463). Then, the fluctuation pattern selection state is updated (S464). Specifically, the number of times of the variation pattern selection state of the main information storage means 180 is referred to, and it is determined whether or not the number of executions of the current variation pattern selection state has reached the preset number of ends, and the number of ends is determined. If it has been reached, the state is switched to the fluctuation pattern selection state specified next. On the other hand, if the number of ends has not been reached, the current fluctuation pattern selection state is maintained.

Next, an effect control command (game state designation command) including the current game state information and fluctuation pattern selection state information updated in S451 to S464 described above is generated, and this is stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180. Store in (S465). On the effect control board 200 side, the effect mode is set and updated based on the information of the game state designation command.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the small hit data "33H" is stored in the special symbol determination flag (S466). When the small hit data is stored (S466: YES), the start demo display time is set as the start demo setting process of the small hit game, and the effect control command (small hit) instructing the start of the start demo effect is performed. Start demo command) is generated (S467). Subsequently, the special electric accessory game status is changed from "00H (waiting for hit)" to "02H (small hit game)" (S468). Then, "00H" is set in order to clear the contents of the hit / fail determination flag (S469).

On the other hand, when the small hit data "33H" is not stored in the special symbol determination flag (S466: NO), that is, when the special symbol determination flag contains the deviation data "00H", S467 to S469. To skip. When the special symbol determination flag is out-of-order data, the processing for clearing the content of the flag is not performed because "00H" is originally stored as out-of-order data.

(Special electric accessory control process)
Next, the special electric accessory control process (S66) will be described. 22 to 24 are flowcharts showing the details of the electric accessory control process (S66).

First, it is determined whether or not the special electric accessory game status is "01H (special game)" (S501). When the special electric accessory game status is "01H" (S501: YES), the special game process is executed in the subsequent processes. In this special game process, first, it is determined whether or not the special electric accessory 642,652 is in operation (S502). When the special electric accessory 642,652 is not operating (S502: NO), it is determined whether or not it is the operation start time of the special electric accessory 642,652 (S503). The operation start time of the special electric accessory 642,652 is a timing at which the operation of the special electric accessory 642,652 is started in each round game.

When it is the operation start time of the special electric accessory 642,652 (S503: YES), an effect control command (round effect designation command) is generated to start the round effect, and this is used by the main information storage means 180. Store in the command storage area (S504). The effect control board 200 side executes a round effect corresponding to each round game during the special game based on the information of the round effect designation command (information such as the current number of rounds). Then, the operation of the special electric accessory 642,652 is started (S505), and the processes S506 to S510 are executed as the processing during the operation of the special electric accessory 642,652.

As a process during operation of the special electric accessory 642,652, it is determined whether or not the game ball has won the maximum number of winnings in the large winning openings 64 and 65 (S506), and the operation of the special electric accessory 642,652 is performed. It is determined whether or not the time (opening time) has elapsed (S507). At this time, if the game ball wins the maximum number of winnings in the large winning openings 64 and 65 (S506: YES) or the operating time of the special electric accessory 642,652 has elapsed (S507: YES), the special electric The operation of the accessory 642,652 is stopped (S507). Then, it is determined whether or not the number of continuous operations of the special electric accessory 642,652 has reached a predetermined number of predetermined rounds (S509). When the number of continuous operations has not reached the specified number of rounds (S509: NO), the number of continuous operations of the special electric accessory 642,652 is incremented by 1 (S510).

On the other hand, when the number of continuous operations of the special electric accessory 642,652 has reached the specified number of rounds (S509: YES), the process proceeds to S511, and the end demo display time is set as the hit end demo setting process for the special game. Is set, and an effect control command (big hit end demo command) for instructing the start of the end demo effect is generated (S511).

Subsequently, the fluctuation time reduction number information set in S344 is stored in the time reduction counter (S512). Further, the ball entry easy state count number counter stores the ball entry ease state count information set in S345 (S513).

Subsequently, with reference to the content of the probability fluctuation determination flag set in S343, it is determined whether or not the operation of the condition device is an operation by a specific symbol (so-called probability variation symbol) (S514). When the condition device is operated by a specific symbol (S514: YES), the operation time data "7FH" is stored in the probability fluctuation number counter of the main information storage means 180, and the operation of the probability fluctuation function of the special symbol is started. (S515). On the other hand, when the condition device is not operated by the specific symbol (S514: NO), the non-operating data “00H” is stored in the probability fluctuation number counter and S515 is skipped.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the fluctuation time reduction count information stored in the time reduction counter is the fluctuation time reduction function operation data (data other than "00H") (S516). In the case of the fluctuation time shortening function operation data (S516: YES), the operation of the fluctuation time shortening function of the special symbol is started (S517). On the other hand, if it is not the fluctuation time shortening function operation data (S516: NO), S517 is skipped.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the ball entry easy state count number information stored in the ball entry easy state count counter is the electric chew support function operation data (data other than "00H") (S518). When it is the electric chew support function operation data (S518: YES), the operation of the electric chew support function is started (S519 to S521). That is, the operation start of the probability fluctuation function of the normal symbol (S519), the operation start of the fluctuation time shortening function of the normal symbol (S520), and the operation start of the opening extension function of the normal electric accessory 622 (S521) are executed in order. On the other hand, if it is not the electric chew support function operation data, S519 to S521 are skipped.

Then, it switches to the fluctuation pattern selection state determined in S347 (S522). Subsequently, an effect control command (game state designation command) including the game state information after the special game and the variation pattern selection state information set in S512 to S522 described above is generated, and this is used by the main information storage means 180. Store in the command storage area (S523). The effect control board 200 side sets the effect mode after the special game based on the information of the game state designation command. Then, the special electric accessory game status is changed from "01H (special game)" to "00H (waiting state)" (S524).

On the other hand, if the special electric accessory game status is not "01H (special game)" (S501: NO), it shifts to S530 and is the special electric accessory game status "02H (small hit game)"? It is determined whether or not (S530). When the special electric accessory game status is "02H" (S530: YES), the small hit game process is executed in the subsequent processes.

In the small hit game process, first, it is determined whether or not the special electric accessory 642,652 is in operation (S531). When the special electric accessory 642,652 is not operating (S531: NO), the operation of the special electric accessory 642,652 is started (S532). On the other hand, when the special electric accessory 642,652 is in operation (S531: YES), S532 is skipped.

Subsequently, as a process during operation of the special electric accessory 642,652, it is determined whether or not the game ball has won the maximum number of winnings in the large winning openings 64, 65 (S533), and the special electric accessory 642, It is determined whether or not the operating time (opening time) of 652 has elapsed (S534). At this time, if the game ball wins the maximum number of winnings in the large winning openings 64 and 65 (S533: YES) or if the operating time of the special electric accessory 642,652 has elapsed (S534: YES), the special electric The operation of the accessory 642,652 is stopped (S535).

Subsequently, as the end demo setting process of the small hit game, the end demo display time is set and an effect control command (small hit end demo command) for instructing the start of the end demo effect is generated (S536). Then, it switches to the fluctuation pattern selection state determined in S347 (S537). Subsequently, an effect control command (game state designation command) including the variation pattern selection state information after the special game set in S537 is generated, and this is stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180 ( S538). This game state specification command is
On the effect control board 200 side, it is used for determining the effect mode transition trigger, specifying the effect mode of the transition destination, and the like. Then, the special electric accessory game status is changed from "01H (special game)" to "00H (waiting state)" (S538).

<Processing on the production control board side>
Next, the procedure of the operation processing on the effect control board 200 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 25 to 36. The processing on the effect control board 200 side includes a reset start process (including the effect control side main process) that is executed when the sub-main CPU 201 is reset, such as after the power is turned on, and an effect control side timer interrupt that is activated at regular intervals. The lamp is activated when the processing, the reception interrupt processing of the effect control command activated by the strobe signal from the main control board 100, and the arrival of the predetermined occurrence time specified in the time schedule of the variation effect pattern. It is configured to include an effect interrupt process and a transmission interrupt process for an image control command that is activated at regular intervals.

For each interrupt process (exception process), a priority level indicating the priority when a plurality of interrupt processes occur is set. In this example, "reset start processing by power reset (FIG. 25): highest priority", "reset start processing due to various abnormalities (FIG. 25): highest priority" → "reception interrupt processing of effect control command (FIG. 34): "Level 7"-> "Reset start processing by WDT (when runaway is detected): Level 3"-> "Image control command transmission interrupt processing (Fig. 36): Level 2"-> "Production control side timer interrupt processing (Fig. 35): Priority levels are ranked in the order of "level 1" and the like. The "reset start process due to various abnormalities" is, for example, during DMA (Direct Memory Access) transfer when the CPU 201 executes an illegal instruction, when the CPU 201 tries to access an illegal area or an illegal method. It starts when the error of. In the present embodiment, the above-mentioned plurality of types of interrupt processing are illustrated, but in reality, other interrupt processing also exists.

In the main process on the effect control side, basically, the process proceeds after being set to either the all interrupt disabled state or the interrupt disabled state other than the effect control command reception interrupt. Then, when the effect control side main process is in the interrupt enabled state, each interrupt process is started in the form of interrupting the main process. In each interrupt process, when another interrupt process is requested (multiple interrupts occur) during the execution of the interrupt process, in principle, the interrupt process has a higher priority level than the interrupt process being executed. The interrupt request is permitted, but the interrupt request is prohibited when the interrupt processing has a lower priority level than the interrupt processing being executed or the interrupt processing has the same priority level. That is, each interrupt process is processed in a state in which other interrupts having the same priority level or a lower priority level are disabled. Then, each interrupt process returns to the effect control side main process with all interrupts enabled. The priority order (priority level) of such an interrupt factor is defined by the register setting of the effect control microcomputer 210 (interrupt controller).

《Reset start process》
First, the reset start process of the effect control board 200 will be described. FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing a reset start process of the effect control board 200. In this reset start process, the reset is started by any of reset when the power is turned on, reset due to various abnormalities, and reset due to WDT (when runaway is detected), and after the security check of the sub-main CPU 201 is performed. , The program starts, and the processing after S601 is started.

First, as an initial setting required when the power is turned on, the start address is set in the stack pointer as the initial value of the stack area (S601). Then, all interrupt processing is prohibited until various initial settings are completed (S602).

Subsequently, as a basic setting related to hardware, an initial value is set in the built-in register provided in the sub-main CPU 201, and the I / O port circuit 204 is initialized (S603). Further, the memory area in the RAM 203 of the effect control microcomputer 210 is initialized (S604). Here, the initial value is set for the variable with the initial value, and the variable without the initial value is initialized by clearing 0. Further, the sub-main CPU 201 appropriately expands the control program stored in the ROM 202 into the RAM 203.

Subsequently, interrupts other than the reception interrupt processing of the effect control command are prohibited (S605). Next, among various errors set in advance for each model, a process of setting the type of error to be valid for the model is performed (S606). Further, a request to turn off the effect lamp LP (frame lamp 10, board lamp 25) is made to turn off all the lamps (S607). Then, the watchdog timer is activated to monitor the runaway of the sub-main CPU 201 (S608).

Subsequently, the effect control side main process is executed as the main process of the game effect (S609). The details of this effect control side main process (S609) will be described later with reference to FIG. When shifting to the main process on the production control side in S609, it is usually impossible to return from the main process to the reset start process, but in the unlikely event that the process returns to this process due to a program bug or the like. Shifts to a low power consumption mode (sleep mode) in which the power consumption is reduced as compared with the normal operation.

<< Main processing on the production control side >>
Next, the effect control side main process (S609) of the effect control board 200 will be described. FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing the effect control side main process (S609).

First, an address (starting address where the program is expanded) for starting a check as to whether or not the control program is accurately expanded in the RAM 203 is acquired in the main process on the effect control side (S611). Subsequently, all interrupts are permitted (starting of various interrupt processes is permitted) (S612).

Next, the device initialization operation is executed (S613). This initialization operation is an operation mode that is executed only once when the power of the Pachinko game machine PM is turned on (at the start of reset), and is for controlling the operation of the movable accessory 24 by a device such as a motor or a solenoid. It is executed for the purpose of confirming the position information required for. At the end of the initialization operation, the movable accessory 24 returns to the preset initial position (reference position).

Subsequently, the watchdog timer is cleared in order to restart the watchdog timer (S614). At this time, when the sub-main CPU 201 is executing the program normally, the watchdog timer is set by writing a predetermined clear word to the WDT clear register of the sub-main CPU 201 within the preset timeout time. Cleared and restarted. On the other hand, when the watchdog timer times out, a user reset occurs.

Subsequently, the input port check process is executed (S615). In this input port check process, the reading of the I / O port circuit 204 (input port) in the port input / output process S912 in the timer interrupt process described later is monitored for each interrupt occurrence, and is monitored a plurality of times (for example, 4 times). When all the input port states are "1", the signal level is set to "1 (H level)", when all are "0", the signal level is set to "0 (L level)", and in other cases, the signal level is set. Do not change (this confirms the input signal).

Subsequently, the error effect management process is executed (S616). In this error effect management process, error effect by various devices is started based on the error effect pattern set in the subsequent command analysis process (S620). Further, in the error effect management process, an initial value (error effect time) is set in the error management timer to manage the progress of the error effect. This error management timer is subtracted and updated at a cycle of 16 ms in the error management timer update process (S920) of the effect control side timer interrupt process. Then, when the error management timer times out, the error effect is terminated.

Subsequently, the effect button monitoring control process is executed (S617). In this effect button monitoring control process, when the button advance effect is incorporated during the symbol variation, the input state of the effect button 15 within the effective operation time is monitored, and a plurality of preset effect buttons are set according to the button advance effect. From the seeds of the effect content, the content of the effect according to the input state of the effect button 15 is determined.

Subsequently, the advance notice lottery management process is executed (S618). In this advance notice lottery management process, the advance notice effect pattern (preliminary effect pattern) that defines the contents of the advance notice effect that occurs at each stage of the change process of the decorative pattern according to the scenario of the variation effect pattern selected in the subsequent command analysis process (S620). The advance notice production number) will be decided by lottery. The notice effect number determined here is temporarily stored in the notice effect number storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260. Further, an image control command for designating the advance notice effect number on the image control board 300 side is generated, and this is set in the image control command buffer of the sub-main information storage means 260. At this time, when the character advance notice effect pattern (character advance notice effect number) is selected as the advance notice effect pattern, a character request is generated, and in the subsequent device management process (S619), the movable character 24 Drive pattern is specified. In this example, all of the plurality of types of notice effects (notice effect patterns) that occur within one variation of the decorative pattern are not drawn by lottery within one main loop process, but the efficiency of the main loop processing is improved. In order to make the notice effect occur, the lottery is performed over a plurality of main loop processes by dividing it into each time when the advance notice effect occurs (for example, the fluctuation start stage, the reach generation stage, and the fluctuation stop stage). At that time, regarding the advance notice effect that occurs at the start stage of the change of the decorative symbol, it is necessary to synchronize with the start of the change of the decorative symbol (the image control command is transmitted immediately), so the lottery is performed in the starting main loop process. It is supposed to do.

Next, the device management process is executed (S619). In this device management process, when there is an operation request (lamp request, accessory request) of various devices in the command analysis process (S620) described later, a plurality of types of pattern data (lamp pattern, drive pattern) stored in the ROM 203 are stored. ), The pattern data corresponding to the effect number (lamp effect number, accessory notice effect number) is specified, and the control of the target device is started. In the lamp pattern data of the effect lamp LP, the lamp data associated with each frame time (time required to update the image frame once: 16 ms) is stored as schedule data. In this example, the one-frame time corresponds to the time required for the one-frame drawing process when drawing at about 60 frames per second (= about 60 fps) on the effect display device 70. Similarly, in the drive pattern data of the movable accessory 24, the drive data associated with each interrupt cycle (1 ms) is stored as schedule data. As a result, each control data (lamp data, drive data, etc.) is output to the target device at regular intervals in the effect control side timer interrupt process described later, and the operation of the target device is started. On the other hand, when all the output of a series of control data (lamp data, drive data) is completed in the effect control side timer interrupt process described later, the effect lamp LP is turned off or the operation of the movable accessory 24 is stopped. , End control of the target device.

Subsequently, the command analysis process (S620) is executed. In this command analysis process, it is monitored whether or not the effect control command is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260, and if the effect control command is stored, this command is read and the read effect control command is read. Executes the effect control process corresponding to the type of. The details of this command analysis process (S620) will be described later with reference to FIG. 27.

Then, it is determined whether or not the command analysis (analysis of the effect control command) is executed during the loop processing this time (S621). Immediately after the command analysis (S621: YES), the process returns to S614 and the process proceeds to the next loop process. On the other hand, when the command analysis is not executed (S621: NO), the effect lottery random number update process is executed (S622). In this effect lottery random number update process, the effect lottery random numbers such as the look-ahead advance notice lottery random number, the decorative symbol random number, the variable effect pattern random number, and the advance notice effect pattern random number are updated. Specifically, the numerical value of each random number counter is added by 1, and when the numerical value exceeds the maximum value, it is returned to the minimum value.

(Command analysis processing)
Next, the command analysis process (S620) will be described. FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing the details of the command analysis process (S620). In this command analysis process, it is monitored whether or not the effect control command from the main control board 100 is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260, and the effect corresponding to the type of the stored effect control command is monitored. Execute control processing.

First, it is determined whether or not the game state designation command is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S631). When the game state designation command is stored (step S631: YES), the process proceeds to the effect state transition process (S632). In the effect state transition process (S632), a process of transitioning the effect mode is executed based on the variation pattern selection state information included in the game state designation command. The details of this effect state transition process (S632) will be described later with reference to FIG. 28.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the hold-related command is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S633). Here, the hold-related commands include a symbol memory number command and a pre-determination command. When this hold-related command is stored (S633: YES), the process proceeds to the hold information management process (S634). In this hold information management process (S634), the symbol storage number command or the pre-determination command is read from the sub-main information storage means 260, the look-ahead determination is executed based on the information of the pre-determination result, and the hold display of the effect display device 70 is displayed. A process for updating the number of reserved images displayed in units 701 and 702 and the display mode (display color, etc.) is performed.

Next, it is determined whether or not the symbol variation-related command is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S635). Here, the symbol fluctuation-related commands include a fluctuation start command and a fluctuation stop command. When the symbol variation-related command is stored (step S635: YES), the process proceeds to the variation effect content determination process (S636). In this variation effect content determination process (S636), when the received symbol variation-related command is a variation start command, a process for starting the symbol variation effect is executed, and the received symbol variation-related command is a variation stop command. In some cases, the process for terminating the symbol variation effect being executed is executed. The details of this variation effect content determination process (S636) will be described later with reference to FIG. 29.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the jackpot effect-related command is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S637). Here, the jackpot production-related commands include a jackpot start demo production command, a round production designation command, and a jackpot end demo production command. When the jackpot effect-related command is stored (step S637: YES), the process proceeds to the jackpot effect content determination process (S638). In this jackpot effect content determination process (S638), processing for executing the start demo effect, the round effect, and the end demo effect is performed. The details of this jackpot effect content determination process (S638) will be described later with reference to FIG. 31.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not a command related to the small hit effect is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S639). Here, the small hit effect-related commands include a small hit start demo effect command and a small hit end demo effect command. When the command related to the small hit effect is stored (step S639: YES), the process proceeds to the small hit effect content determination process (S640). In this small hit effect content determination process (S640), a process for executing a small hit start demo effect and a small hit end demo effect is performed.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the error effect designation command is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S641). When this error effect specification command is stored (S641: YES), the process proceeds to the error effect content determination process (S642). In this error effect content determination process (S642), an error is read from the sub-main information storage means 260 to notify the error state by the image display of the effect display device 70, the light emission mode of the effect lamp LP, or the like. Determine the production pattern.

What is the case when the effect control command is not stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S631: NO, S633: NO, S635: NO, S637: NO, S639: NO, S641: NO)? The command analysis process ends without any notice.

(Production state transition process)
Next, the effect state transition process (S632) will be described. FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing the details of the effect state transition process (S632).

First, the content of the game state designation command from the main control board 100 is analyzed, and the information regarding the variation pattern selection state included in the content of this command is acquired (S701). Subsequently, based on the information regarding the variation pattern selection state acquired in S701, it is determined whether or not the transition mode transition trigger has arrived (S702). When the opportunity to shift to the effect mode has arrived (S702: YES), the transition to the predetermined effect mode is set in S703 or later. In principle, the transition trigger of the effect mode is linked to the transition trigger of the variable pattern selection state, for example, when the special game ends or when the end number of the variable pattern selection state expires. The final number of fluctuation pattern selection states is the number of fluctuations of the special symbol.

First, it is determined whether or not the transition destination of the fluctuation pattern selection state managed on the main control board 100 side is the low probability normal fluctuation state α (S703). When the transition destination is the low-probability normal fluctuation state α (S703: YES), the normal effect mode Mα is set as the transition destination of the effect mode (S704). When the mode shifts to the normal effect mode Mα, the normal background data number is set in the background data storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S705). Then, in the normal effect mode Mα, for example, a normal background image of “wilderness” is displayed on the effect display device 70 from the next symbol variation. On the other hand, when the transition destination is not the low-probability normal fluctuation state α (S703: NO), it is determined whether or not the transition destination of the fluctuation pattern selection state is the high-probability time-saving fluctuation state β (S706). When the transition destination is the high-probability time-saving fluctuation state β (S706: YES), the probability variation effect mode Mβ is set as the transition destination of the effect mode (S707). When the mode A shifts to the probability variation effect mode A, the probability variation background data number is set in the background data storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S708). Then, in the probabilistic effect mode Mβ, for example, a probabilistic background image of "fortress" is displayed on the effect display device 70 from the next symbol change.

When the transition destination of the fluctuation pattern selection state is not the high-probability time-saving fluctuation state β (S706: NO)
), It is determined whether or not the transition destination of the fluctuation pattern selection state is the high-probability special fluctuation state γ (S709). When the shift destination is the high-probability special fluctuation state γ (S709: YES), the special effect mode Mγ is set as the shift destination of the effect mode (S710). Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the special continuous effect flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is on (S711). The special continuous effect flag is a flag that is turned on when the special continuous effect is executed. When the special continuous effect flag is on (S711: YES), the special background data number is set in the background data storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S712). Then, in the special effect mode Mγ, for example, a special background image of “starry sky” is displayed on the effect display device 70 from the next symbol variation. On the other hand, when the special continuous effect flag is off (S711: NO), the probability variation background data number is set in the background data storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S713). Then, in the special effect mode Mγ, for example, a probabilistic background image of “fortress” (a background image substantially the same as in the probabilistic effect mode Mβ) is displayed on the effect display device 70 from the next symbol variation. Subsequently, an image control command for instructing the display of the effect content (background image) determined in the process is generated, and this is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S721).

(Fluctuating production content determination process)
Next, the variable effect content determination process (S636) will be described. FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing the details of the variation effect content determination process (S636).

First, it is determined whether or not the fluctuation start command is stored in the sub-main information storage means 260 (S731). When the variation start command is stored (S731: YES), the content of this variation start command (variation pattern specification command, variation addition symbol information specification command, character effect number specification command) is analyzed, and the content of this command is analyzed. As a result of the winning / failing lottery included in the above, information indicating a symbol group, a fluctuation pattern (variation time), a game state, and the like is acquired (S732). The acquired information is stored in the variation effect content determination area of the sub-main information storage means 260.

Subsequently, the variation effect pattern selection process is executed (S733). In this variation effect pattern selection process, the variation effect pattern table is acquired based on the variation pattern information acquired in S732 and the effect mode set in the effect state transition process of S632, and the effect lottery random number generation means 210 Fluctuation effect pattern A random number value is acquired, and one of the variation effect patterns is determined by lottery from a plurality of types of variation effect patterns. The variation effect pattern constitutes a scenario of the effect display process in which the variation mode of the decorative pattern, the type / occurrence time of the reach effect, the type / occurrence time of the advance notice effect, and the like are defined. The variation effect pattern number determined here is temporarily stored in the variation effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260. Further, the lamp effect number corresponding to the selected variable effect pattern number is requested, and the requested lamp effect number is set in the lamp request storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260.

Next, the decorative symbol stop symbol selection process is executed (S734). In this decorative symbol stop symbol selection process, a combination of stop symbols (left symbol, middle symbol, right symbol) of the decorative symbol to be finally stopped is drawn by lottery based on the symbol group information and the variation pattern information acquired in S732. decide. The decorative symbol combination number determined here is temporarily stored in the decorative symbol storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260.

Subsequently, as an update of the look-ahead information storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260, the hold ball information stored in the hold 2 storage area to the hold 4 storage area is shifted to the lower hold storage area, and the hold 4 storage area is moved. Clear to zero (S735).

Next, the special effect determination process is executed (S736). In this special effect determination process, it is determined whether or not a highly rare special effect (so-called ascension effect), which is displayed when a predetermined condition is satisfied with respect to the so-called consecutive villa state, can be executed. The predetermined conditions are, for example, that the number of consecutive villas reaches a predetermined number, the cumulative number of specific jackpots in the consecutive villa state reaches the predetermined number, the cumulative number of prize balls won in the consecutive villa state reaches the predetermined number, and the consecutive villas. For example, when a specific effect (a specific effect during a symbol change or a special game) is generated during the villa state. The details of this special effect determination process (S736) will be described later with reference to FIG. 41 in the first modification.

Next, the pending inner consecutive villa production A determination process is executed (S737). In this pending inner consecutive villa effect A determination process, it is determined whether or not the reserved inner consecutive villa effect A can be executed, and when it is decided to execute the reserved inner consecutive villa effect A, the consecutive villa effect pattern is selected. The details of the pending villa production A determination process (S737) will be described later with reference to FIG.

Subsequently, when the reserved inner consecutive villa effect A is executed in S737, the process of replacing the contents of the symbol variation effect selected in the above S733 and S734 according to the contents of the reserved inner consecutive villa effect A is executed. (S738). For example, when the consecutive villa effect pattern PA2 is selected, the normal jackpot symbol selected in S734 is replaced with a special jackpot symbol "SS" as a replacement process for the symbol variation effect. The decorative symbol combination number (big hit symbol number) replaced here is temporarily stored in the decorative symbol storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260. In addition, in this embodiment, the target of the look-ahead determination in the hold inner consecutive villa production A is the subsequent action hold ball that exists at the time when the preceding action hold ball is digested (when the fluctuation start condition is satisfied). Is. Therefore, even if the operation hold ball generated during the fluctuation is a specific hold, the hold inner consecutive villa production A determination process (S737) and the replacement process (S738) are not executed, but are specified during the change. When a hold occurs, the hold inner consecutive villa effect A determination process (S737) and the replacement process (S738) are executed even during the change, and the change effect data set at the start of the change is replaced. May be good.

Then, based on the effect information acquired in S733 to S738, an image control command (variation effect start command) required for starting the variation of the decorative symbol is generated, and this image control command is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260. Set (S739).

On the other hand, when the fluctuation start command is not stored (S731: NO), it is determined whether or not the fluctuation stop command is stored in the sub-main information storage means 260 (S740). When the variable stop command is stored (S740: YES), the content of the variable stop command is analyzed and the symbol stop information included in the content of this command is acquired (S741). Then, an image control command (variation effect stop command) required for stopping the fluctuation of the decorative symbol is generated, and this image control command is set in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S742).

(Holding consecutive villa production A judgment processing)
Next, the pending inner consecutive villa production A determination process (S737) will be described. FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing the details of the hold inner consecutive villa effect A determination process (S737).

First, it is determined whether or not the special continuous effect flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is on (S761). When the special continuous effect flag is not turned on (S761: NO), the information (result of the winning / losing lottery and the jackpot type) stored in the variation effect content determination area of the sub-main information storage means 260 is analyzed in S732. It is determined whether or not the lottery result of the special symbol to be changed this time is a 16R jackpot (S762). When the lottery result is a 16R jackpot (S762: YES), it is determined whether or not the advance determination information of the operation holding ball of the second special symbol is stored in the look-ahead information storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260. (S763
). In this example, the look-ahead determination of the hold inner consecutive villa effect A is performed for the operation hold ball of the second special symbol that has occurred before the symbol change is started. When the operation holding ball of the second special symbol exists (S763: YES), it is determined whether or not the specific hold exists in the operation holding ball of the second special symbol (S764). When the specific hold exists (S764: YES), it is determined whether or not the specific hold indicates a 16R jackpot (S765). When the specific hold corresponds to the 16R jackpot (S765: YES), the hold inner consecutive villa production A lottery process for deciding whether or not to execute the hold inner consecutive villa production A is executed (S766). ). In this pending consecutive villa production A lottery process, when the consecutive villa production lottery random number value matches the determination value of either "execution" or "non-execution" with reference to the consecutive villa production A lottery table (not shown). Decide whether or not to execute. In this example, for example, execution is determined at a rate of 80% and non-execution is determined at a rate of 20%.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the player has won the lottery process for the production of the consecutive villas on hold (S767). If the player wins (S767: YES), the consecutive villa effect pattern selection process for determining the content of the pending villa effect A is executed (S768). In this consecutive villa effect pattern selection process, the consecutive villa effect pattern table shown in FIG. 8A is acquired, and the consecutive villa effect pattern random number value is acquired from the effect lottery random number generation means 210 to obtain a plurality of types of consecutive villas. From the production patterns, one of the consecutive villa production patterns will be decided by lottery. Next, the number of the consecutive villa effect pattern selected this time is temporarily stored in the consecutive villa effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S769). Then, the holding inner consecutive villa production flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is turned on (S770). In addition, the hold inner consecutive villa production flag is a flag which is turned on when the hold inner consecutive villa production is executed.

(Big hit production content determination process)
Next, the jackpot effect content determination process (S638) will be described. FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing the details of the jackpot effect content determination process (S636).

First, it is determined whether or not the start demo command is stored in the sub-main information storage means 260 (S801). When the start demo command is stored (S801: YES), the content of the start demo command is analyzed, and information indicating the jackpot type included in the content of this command is acquired (S802). This acquired information is stored in the jackpot effect content determination area of the sub-main information storage means 260. Subsequently, the counter for the number of consecutive villas for counting the number of consecutive villas is updated (S803). Specifically, if the jackpot this time is a jackpot in the normal state (referred to as "first hit"), set "1" to the consecutive villa count counter, and if it is a consecutive villa, set the consecutive villa count counter to "1". 1 ”add.

Next, a jackpot effect pattern selection process for determining the contents of the jackpot effect pattern (start demo effect pattern, round effect pattern, end demo effect pattern) is executed (S804). In this jackpot effect pattern selection process, a jackpot effect pattern table (not shown) is acquired, and a jackpot effect pattern random number value is acquired from the effect lottery random number generation means 210, and any one of a plurality of types of jackpot effect patterns is obtained. The jackpot production pattern will be decided by lottery. The jackpot effect pattern numbers (start demo pattern number, round effect pattern number, end demo pattern number) determined here are temporarily stored in the jackpot effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260.

Next, the pending inner consecutive villa effect B determination process is executed (S805). In this hold inner consecutive villa effect B determination process, it is determined whether or not the hold inner consecutive villa effect B can be executed, and when it is decided to execute the hold inner consecutive villa effect B, the consecutive villa effect pattern is selected. The details of the pending villa production B determination process (S805) will be described later with reference to FIG. 32.

Subsequently, the jackpot effect replacement process is executed (S806). In this jackpot effect replacement process, when the pending Uchirenso effect B (special continuous effect) is executed, the normal start demo effect pattern and the normal end demo effect pattern are changed to the special start demo effect pattern and the special end demo effect pattern. Replace with. The details of this jackpot effect replacement process (S806) will be described later with reference to FIG. 33. In addition, in this embodiment, the target of the look-ahead determination in the hold inner consecutive villa production B exists at the start time (at the end of the fluctuation) of the special game when the preceding operation hold ball becomes a big hit. It is a subsequent operation holding ball. Therefore, even if the operation hold ball generated during the special game is a specific hold, the hold inner consecutive villa production B determination process (S805) and the replacement process (S806) are not executed, but during the special game. When a specific hold occurs, the hold inner consecutive villa effect B determination process (S805) and replacement process (S806) are executed even during the special game, and the jackpot effect data set at the start of the special game is replaced. It may be configured as.

Then, the start demo effect pattern number temporarily stored in the jackpot effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 in S804 and S806 is transferred to the start demo effect storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 to generate the start demo effect. Set the start (S807).

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the round effect designation command is stored in the sub-main information storage means 260 (S811). When the round effect designation command is stored (S807: YES), the content of the round effect designation command is analyzed, and the number of rounds included in the content of this command and the number of prizes to the large winning openings 64 and 65 are calculated. The information to be shown is acquired (S812). This acquired information is stored in the jackpot effect content determination area of the sub-main information storage means 260. Subsequently, based on the information acquired in S812, the round number counter of the sub-main information storage means 260 is updated (S813), and the large prize number counter of the sub-main information storage means 260 is updated (S814). In this example, "14" prize balls are paid out every time a game ball wins in the large prize openings 64, 65, so multiply the number of prizes in the large prize openings 64, 65 by "14". Then, the number of winning prize balls is calculated.

Next, it is determined whether or not the pseudo count flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is on (S815). The pseudo count flag is a flag that is turned on when a pseudo count effect is executed in which the number of rounds and the number of prize balls won in the previous special game is added to the number of rounds and the number of prize balls won in the later special game to notify the player. Is. When the pseudo count flag is on (S815: YES), that is, when the round effect (pseudo count effect) in the subsequent big hit is scheduled to be executed, the round number pseudo addition process is executed (S816). In this round number pseudo addition process, the number of round game executions (round number: 16R) executed in the previous special game is added to the number of round game executions (round number: 1R to 16R) stored in the round number counter. to add. As a result, in the special continuous production, the first round game in the later special game is notified as the 17th round game.

Subsequently, a pseudo-addition process for the number of winning prize balls is executed (S817). In this pseudo-addition process of the number of winning prize balls, the number of winnings to the large winning opening in the previous special game is added to the number of winnings stored in the large winning number counter. As a result, in the special continuous production, the number of prize balls acquired in the later special game is notified as the total number of prize balls acquired in the earlier special game and the later special game.

Then, the round effect pattern number temporarily stored in the jackpot effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 in S804 and S806 is stored in the round effect of the sub-main information storage means 260 together with the numerical values of the round number counter and the big prize number counter. Transfer to the storage area and set the start of the round effect (S818).

Next, it is determined whether or not the end demo command is stored in the sub-main information storage means 260 (S821). When the end demo command is stored (S821: YES), the content of the end demo command is analyzed and the information included in the content of this command is acquired (S822). This acquired information is stored in the jackpot effect content determination area of the sub-main information storage means 260. Next, it is determined whether or not the special continuous effect flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is on (S823). When the special continuous effect flag is on (S823: YES), the value of the round number counter (the number of rounds) and the value of the big prize counter (the number of big prizes) are stored in the big hit memory ahead of the sub-main information storage means 260. Temporarily store in the area (S824). This means that if the current jackpot corresponds to the previous jackpot in the special continuous production, the final number of rounds and the number of big prizes in the first jackpot will be the pseudo addition processing (S816, S817) in the later jackpot production. This is because it is planned to be used in the above, and is stored as the record information of the previous special game. Therefore, in the pseudo-addition process in S816 and S817, the numerical values (the number of rounds and the number of big prizes) stored in the big hit storage area will be added. Next, the round number counter and the large prize number counter of the sub-main information storage means 260 are cleared (S825, S826).

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the pseudo count flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is on (S827). When the pseudo count flag is on (S827: YES), the pseudo count flag is turned off (S828). Next, it is determined whether or not the holding inner consecutive villa production flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is on (S835). When the hold inner consecutive villa effect flag is on (S835: YES), the hold inner consecutive villa effect flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is turned off (S836).

Next, the end demo effect pattern number temporarily stored in the jackpot effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 in S804 and S806 is transferred to the end demo effect storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260, and the end demo effect is produced. Set the start (S837). Then, based on the effect information acquired in S805, S807, S818, and S837, an image control command required for the jackpot effect is generated, and this image control command is set in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S838). ..

(Holding consecutive villa production B judgment processing)
Next, the pending inner consecutive villa production B determination process (S805) will be described. FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing the details of the hold inner consecutive villa effect B determination process (S805).

First, it is determined whether or not the hold inner consecutive villa effect flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is on, that is, whether or not the hold inner consecutive villa effect A has already been executed in the symbol variation effect (S851). When the pending in-house consecutive villa production flag is not turned on (S851: NO), the information (result of the winning / failing lottery and the jackpot type) stored in the fluctuation production content determination area of the sub-main information storage means 260 is analyzed in S732. Therefore, it is determined whether or not the lottery result of the special symbol to be changed this time is a 16R jackpot (S852). When the lottery result is a 16R jackpot (S852: YES), it is determined whether or not the pre-determination information of the operation holding ball of the second special symbol is stored in the look-ahead information storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260. (S853). In this example, the look-ahead determination of the hold inner consecutive villa production B is performed for the operation hold ball of the second special symbol that has occurred until the special game is started, that is, until the jackpot start demo command is received. When the operation holding ball of the second special symbol exists (S853: YES), it is determined whether or not the specific holding exists in the operation holding ball of the second special symbol (S854). When the specific hold exists (S854: YES), the hold inner consecutive villa effect B lottery process 1 for determining whether or not to execute the hold inner consecutive villa effect B is executed (S856). In the pending consecutive villa production B lottery process 1, the consecutive villa production lottery random value matches the determination value of either "execution" or "non-execution" with reference to the consecutive villa production B lottery table 1 (not shown). If so, decide whether or not to execute it. In this example, for example, execution is determined at a rate of 80% and non-execution is determined at a rate of 20%. In addition, the winning probability of the holding inner consecutive villa production B may be different depending on the type of specific hold (16R big hit, 8R big hit). For example, in the case of a specific hold of a 16R jackpot, the hold inner consecutive villa effect B is executed at a rate of 100%, and in the case of a specific hold of an 8R jackpot, the hold inner consecutive villa effect B is executed at a rate of 50%. It may be configured. This is to increase the probability of appearance of the pending villa production B and raise the player's expectation when the advantage is high for the player.

On the other hand, when there is no specific hold (S854: NO), the hold inner consecutive villa effect B lottery process 2 for determining whether or not to execute the hold inner consecutive villa effect B is executed (S857). .. In the pending consecutive villa production B lottery process 2, the consecutive villa production lottery random value matches the determination value of either "execution" or "non-execution" with reference to the consecutive villa production B lottery table 2 (not shown). If so, decide whether or not to execute it. In this example, for example, execution is determined at a rate of 10% and non-execution is determined at a rate of 90%.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the winner has been won in the pending Uchirenso production B lottery process (S858). If the player wins (S858: YES), the consecutive villa effect pattern selection process for determining the content of the pending villa effect B is executed (S861). In this consecutive villa effect pattern selection process, the consecutive villa effect pattern table shown in FIG. 8B is acquired, and the consecutive villa effect pattern random number value is acquired from the effect lottery random number generation means 210 to obtain a plurality of types of consecutive villas. From the production patterns, one of the consecutive villa production patterns will be decided by lottery. Next, the number of the consecutive villa effect pattern selected this time is temporarily stored in the consecutive villa effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S868). Then, the holding inner consecutive villa production flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is turned on (S870).

(Big hit production replacement process)
Next, the jackpot effect replacement process (S806) will be described. FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing the details of the jackpot effect replacement process (S806). In this jackpot effect replacement process, in order to execute a special continuous effect by connecting the previous special game and the later special game, in the case of the previous special game, a special end demo effect is set in S881 to S885. , In the case of a later special game, a special start demo effect is set in S886 to S890.

First, it is determined whether or not the special continuous effect flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is on, that is, whether or not the special continuous effect is already being executed (S881). When the special continuous effect flag is not on (S881: NO), it is determined whether or not the hold inner consecutive villa effect flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is on (S882). When the hold inner consecutive villa production flag is not turned on (S882: NO), information indicating that the sub-main information storage means 260 has a special continuous production status of "previous jackpot (01H)" is set (S883). As a result, it is determined that the current jackpot (special game) is the previous jackpot (special game) in the special continuous production. Subsequently, the normal end demo effect pattern number set in S804 is replaced with the special end demo effect pattern number (S884). Then, in order to generate the special continuous effect, the special continuous effect flag is turned on (885).

On the other hand, when the special continuous effect flag is on (S881: YES), that is, when the special continuous effect is already being executed, the special continuous effect status of the sub-main information storage means 260 is set to "later jackpot (02H). ) ”(S886). As a result, it is determined that this big hit (special game) is the later big hit (special game) in the special continuous production. Next, it is determined whether or not the current jackpot is a 16R jackpot (high profit jackpot) (S887). In the case of a 16R jackpot (S887: YES), the normal start demo effect pattern number set in S804 is replaced with the special end start demo effect pattern number (S888). Subsequently, the pseudo count flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is turned on in order to connect the special continuous effect to the pseudo count effect (S889). Then, the special continuous effect flag is turned off (S890).

<< Reception interrupt processing of production control command >>
Next, the reception interrupt processing of the effect control command will be described. FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing the reception interrupt processing of the effect control command. As described above, the reception interrupt process of this effect control command is started by generating an interrupt based on the input of the strobe signal from the main control board 100, and various effect control commands are acquired in this interrupt process. It has become like. The effect control command has a configuration including 1-byte MODE data and 1-byte EVENT data, and is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the effect control board 200 in the order of MODE data and EVENT data. In the following, for convenience of explanation, MODE data will be referred to as “first command” and EVENT data will be referred to as “second command”.

First, when an interrupt based on the strobe signal from the main control board 100 occurs, it is determined whether or not the input value of the effect control command is fixed (S901). Specifically, the input value is fixed when the command data is read up to 5 times and the same value is read twice in a row. This is because the reading of the effect control command may fail due to noise or the like, and the input value is not fixed until the same value is read twice in succession.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the command received this time is the first command (MODE), in other words, whether the command is the first command (MODE) or the second command (EVENT) (S902). When the command received this time is the first command (S902: YES), the first command is temporarily stored in the temporary area (S903). Then, the effect lottery random number is acquired from the effect lottery random number generation means 210, and this random number information is temporarily stored in the effect lottery random number storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S904). It should be noted that the production lottery random number is acquired when the production control command is received, because the production control command is transmitted at a physically irregular timing such as when the game ball starts winning a prize or when the special symbol changes. Therefore, by taking this as an opportunity, it is necessary to prevent periodicity at the acquisition time. By making the acquisition time of the random number of the production lottery irregular in this way, inconveniences such as the same production being unnaturally and repeatedly selected in various production lottery are less likely to occur.

On the other hand, when the command received this time is the second command (S902: NO), it is determined whether or not the first command has already been received (S905). That is, it is determined whether or not the effect control command is received in the order of the first command (MODE) → the second command (EVENT), and it is confirmed whether or not there is a contradiction in the combination of the effect control commands. If there is no contradiction in the combination of the effect control commands (S905: YES), the address indicated by the write pointer (pointer for writing) is acquired (S906). Subsequently, the first command and the second command are stored in the effect control command buffer (ring buffer) of the sub-main information storage means 260 according to the address indicated by the write pointer (S907). The saved command data is read out in the command analysis process (S620) in the main process, and the effect control process corresponding to the type of effect control command is executed. Next, the address indicated by the write pointer is updated (S908). Further, the command data (first command) temporarily stored in S903 is cleared (S909).

<< Effect control side timer interrupt processing >>
Next, the timer interrupt processing on the effect control side will be described. FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing the effect control side timer interrupt processing. This timer interrupt process is activated by a clock pulse at regular time intervals and is executed in the form of interrupting the above-mentioned effect control side main process.

When a timer interrupt occurs, the contents of the register in the sub-main CPU 201 are changed to the RAM 20.
After saving to the stack area of 3, the processes after S911 are sequentially executed. In this timer interrupt process, interrupts of priority level 2 or higher, such as an effect control command reception interrupt from the main control board 100 and a watchdog timer interrupt, are permitted (S911).

Subsequently, the port input / output process is executed (S912). In this port input / output processing, input processing and output processing of port data in the I / O port circuit 204 are performed. In the input process, various signals input to the I / O port circuit 204 (input port) are read and stored as input information. In the output process, various control signals (motor control signals) temporarily stored in the sub-main information storage means 260 are read out and output from the I / O port circuit 204 (output port).

Subsequently, the device control data output process is executed (S913). In this device control data output process, the drive data for a predetermined time is read from the drive pattern data specified in the device management process (S619) and set in the drive data storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260. The drive data set in this process is data indicating control for 1 ms corresponding to the interrupt cycle. When the drive data is set in this process, the drive data is output from the I / O port circuit 204 (output port) to the motor driver 92 in the next timer interrupt process. Therefore, in this device control data output process, the drive data is switched every interrupt cycle (1 ms) according to the drive pattern data.

Next, the effect timer update process is executed (S914). In this effect timer update process, the values of various effect timers used for the effect operation control are subtracted and updated by an interrupt cycle (1 ms in this embodiment). The effect timer includes a timer for managing the fluctuation time of the decorative symbol, a timer for managing the occurrence timing of the advance notice effect, and the like. The effect timer manages the time schedule in the variable effect pattern, and manages the time such as the drive timing of the movable accessory 24 and the lighting timing of the effect lamp LP on the time axis. The effect timer is also used in the device control data output process (S913) and the lamp data update process (S918) in the effect control timer interrupt process.

Subsequently, the button control timer update process is executed (S915). The value of the effective time management timer for managing the operation effective time of the effect button 15 is subtracted and updated by the interrupt cycle (1 ms in this embodiment). The operation effective time is a time during which the operation input of the effect button 15 is effective.

Subsequently, the task control counter update process is executed (S717). In this task control counter update process, the task counter values (“0” to “15”) are updated for each timer interrupt. Specifically, if the value of the task counter is "0" to "14", it is incremented by 1, and if the value of the task counter becomes "15", it is returned to "0". That is, this task counter can have a circulation cycle of 16 ms. Then, various tasks (task processing) are assigned according to the value of the task counter updated this time, and the lamp control task (lamp data update processing of S718) and runaway monitoring are assigned according to the value of the task counter. Each process such as a task (image CPU runaway monitoring process of S719) and an error management task (error management timer update process of S720) is executed. In this example, one of the task counter values ("0" to "15") is assigned to the lamp control task, and the other two values (values that are 8 ms apart from each other) are for runaway monitoring. It is assigned to a task and one other value is assigned to the error management task (the description of the other tasks is omitted). As described above, the reason why the circulation cycle of the task counter is set to 16 ms is to match with the minimum unit (16 ms) of the switching control of the effect lamp LP. The minimum unit (16 ms) of the switching control of the effect lamp LP corresponds to one frame time of the image frame, and the synchronization between the image effect and the lamp effect is realized.

Subsequently, the lamp data update process is executed (S918). In this lamp data update process, the lamp data for a predetermined time is read out from the lamp pattern data specified in the device management process (S619) or the like and set. The lamp data set in this process is data indicating lighting control for 16 ms, which is the minimum unit of switching control of the effect lamp LP. When the lamp data is set, the lamp data is automatically output from the output port (serial port) to the lamp connection board 91 by serial transfer. This lamp data output processing is configured as a serial communication interrupt processing, and is realized by sequentially writing the lamp data to the transmission buffer of the serial communication circuit. The serial communication circuit serially converts the lamp data of the transmission buffer in 1-byte units and outputs each bit to the lamp connection board 91 in synchronization with the serial clock. This process is repeated until the transmission buffer becomes empty, so that all the lamp data (all bytes) stored in the transmission buffer are output. Therefore, in this lamp data update process, the lamp data is switched every one frame time (16 ms) according to the lamp pattern, and the lamp data is output to the lamp connection board 91 by serial transfer. The lamp data update process is executed when the task counter value reaches a predetermined value (value indicating a lamp control task) in the task control counter update process (S917) (that is, is executed at a cycle of 16 ms). Processing to be performed).

Subsequently, the image CPU runaway monitoring process is executed (S919). In this image CPU runaway monitoring process, the toggle signal input from the image control board 300 is monitored, and when the toggle signal does not change continuously for 1600 ms (about 50 to 100 frames), the image control board 300 It is determined that the sub-sub CPU 301 of the above is out of control, and a reset signal is transmitted from the effect control board 200 to the image control board 300. As a result, the image control board 300 side executes a predetermined reset process when the reset state of the sub-sub CPU 301 occurs. The toggle signal is a signal having a waveform in which H level / L level is alternately repeated every frame time. The image CPU runaway monitoring process is executed when the task counter value becomes a predetermined value (value indicating an image monitoring task) in the task control counter update process (S917).

Next, error management timer processing is executed (S920). In this error management timer process, the value of the error effect timer for managing the error effect time set in the error effect management process (S617) is subtracted and updated. Note that this error management timer process is a process executed when the value of the task counter becomes a predetermined value (value indicating an error management task) in the task control counter update process (S917). Then, after enabling all interrupts and restoring the saved register contents, the effect control side timer interrupt process is terminated and the process returns to the original process before the interrupt occurred.

<< Transmission interrupt processing of image control command >>
Next, the transmission interrupt processing of the image control command will be described. FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing the transmission interrupt processing of the image control command. The transmission interrupt process of this image control command is generated at preset fixed intervals (500 μs).

In the transmission interrupt process of this image control command, first, the image control command buffer of the sub-main information storage means 260 is checked (S931). Subsequently, the read pointer is acquired in the image control command buffer (S932). Next, it is determined whether or not the image control command is stored in the image control command buffer (S933). Whether or not the image control command is stored can be confirmed by, for example, the read pointer and the write pointer. If the read pointer and the write pointer match, the image control command is not stored. When the image control command is stored (S933: YES)
), The image control command is read from the area pointed to by the read pointer (S934). This read image control command is set in the output buffer of the serial communication circuit 205 designated as the output destination (S935). As a result, the image control command is serially transmitted from the serial port to the image control board 300. Next, the command data (command data transmitted in S935) is cleared (S936). Subsequently, the read pointer is incremented by 1 and updated (S937). Then, the transmission interrupt processing of the image command is terminated, and the original processing before the interrupt is restored.

[Action]
Next, in order to facilitate the understanding of the present embodiment, the characteristic actions of the Pachinko gaming machine PM will be described.

First, with reference to FIG. 37, the flow of the effect when the hold inner consecutive villa effect and the special continuous effect are executed will be described. FIG. 37 is a schematic view showing an effect screen of the hold inner consecutive villa effect and the special continuous effect.

First, as shown in FIG. 37 (A), in the round production (final round) in the previous special game, the final round number "16 rounds" and the winning prize ball number "1988" in the previous special game are It is displayed. Then, in this final round, the image of the "mystery book" is displayed as the hold inner villa production B, and the specific hold is included in the subsequent operation hold ball, that is, the possibility of the hold inner villa. Is suggested.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 37 (B), in the end demo production in the previous special game, the special continuous production is started with the occurrence of the pending inner consecutive villa production B in the final round described above. In the illustrated example, a ally character and an enemy character appear as a special end demo effect. Also, in this special end demo production, unlike usual, the character information of "big hit end" is not displayed, but the character information of "continue" is displayed, as if the special game is continuing. I can show you. Then, internally, when the special game ends, the symbol variation game is restarted in a state in which the probability variation state and the time saving state of the special symbol and the electric chew support state are set.

Next, as shown in FIG. 37 (C), in the first symbol change after the end of the special game, the lottery result is out of order, and the super shortened change (2 seconds) is set as the special symbol change effect. , The decorative design is stopped and displayed in the detached mode "1-2-5" within a very short time. In the illustrated example, in this special variation effect, a battle effect in which the same ally character and the enemy character as in FIG. 37 (B) play against each other is started. This is to display the same character as that displayed in the previous special game in order to prevent the player from giving the impression that the special game (the previous special game) has ended as much as possible. During this special symbol variation effect, the decorative symbol that is displayed in a variable manner or stopped is displayed in a reduced state toward the edge of the screen. As a result, the player can be made to appear as if the previous special game is continuing without ending. It should be noted that when the special symbol variation effect is not in progress, that is, during the normal symbol variation effect, the decorative symbol is displayed in the substantially center of the screen without being reduced. In addition, during the limited period (during special fluctuation production), a background image of a special background (“starry sky”) different from the usual one is displayed, so that the player's expectation for future development can be increased. By setting the entire screen to a specific display color, it may be possible to make the symbol variation unrecognizable or difficult to recognize.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 37 (D), in the second symbol change after the end of the previous special game, the lottery result becomes a big hit (16R big hit), and a super shortened change (2 seconds) is set as a special change effect. Therefore, the decorative design is stopped and displayed in the jackpot mode "7-7-7" within a very short time. In the illustrated example, in this special variation effect, an effect in which the ally character defeats the enemy character is executed. In this way, in the special variation effect in the special continuous effect, the subsequent operation holding ball is digested at high speed in a very short time, so that the time until the transition to the later special game is compressed, and the pattern is given to the player. It is configured so that it will not be recognized as much as possible that the variable effect has been executed, and will be seamlessly connected to a later special game.

Next, as shown in FIG. 37 (E), the special continuous effect continues in the start demo effect in the later special game. In the illustrated example, as a special start demo effect, an effect in which the ally character tells the enemy character the line "mysterious strongest" is executed. In this start demo production, unlike usual, the character information of "big hit start" is not displayed.

Then, as shown in FIG. 37 (F), the pseudo count effect is started in the round effect (start round) in the later special game. In this pseudo-count production, in order to make it appear as if it is continuing as an extension of the previous special game, the cumulative number of rounds from the previous special game is "17 rounds" and the cumulative award from the previous special game. The number of balls "1988" is notified. Further, the same ally character and enemy character as in FIG. 37 (B) are continuously displayed.

As a result, the previous special game and the later special game by the pending Uchirenso can be shown as a series of effects with the symbol variation effect in between. In addition, since the number of prize balls acquired by the two special games is displayed, it is possible to give the player a feeling of satisfaction that a large number of prize balls have been acquired. As a result, it is possible to artificially create a new special gaming state that exceeds the number of rounds and the number of prize balls limited by the rules.

Next, with reference to FIG. 38, the relationship between the reserved inner consecutive villa production and the special continuous production will be described. FIG. 38 is a time chart showing the relationship between the pending villa production and the special continuous production.

When the preceding operation hold ball is digested and a big hit is won in the hit / fail judgment (t11), the process proceeds to the hold inner consecutive villa production A judgment process, and the look-ahead judgment is executed for the subsequent operation hold ball. If there is a specific hold (the third one is a specific hold in the example shown) in the subsequent operation hold ball, it is decided by lottery whether or not the hold inner consecutive villa production A can be executed, and if this is won, during the symbol change production. The pending villa production A occurs (t12).

Subsequently, when the symbol fluctuation is stopped and the jackpot symbol is confirmed and displayed, a special game (previous special game) is started. At the start of this special game, the process shifts to the hold inner villa production B judgment process, but since the hold inner villa effect A has already occurred in the symbol variation effect, the hold inner villa effect A is already generated during this special game. B does not occur (t13). The reason is that if the hold inner consecutive villa production B is generated again during the special game, the number of hold inner consecutive villas (the number of specific holds existing in the subsequent operation hold ball) is one. Regardless, there is a risk that the player will misunderstand if there are multiple times, and in this example, because it is a reserved inner consecutive villa production B that is not a definite notification production, the player is worried whether the reserved inner consecutive villa will really occur. This is because there is a risk of making them remember.

Next, the special continuous effect is started in the end demo effect in the previous special game (t14). In addition, this special continuous production is continued from the end demo production in this special game (previous special game) to the round production in the next special game (later special game) (t14 to t18). Then, when the previous special game is completed, the symbol variation effect is resumed (t15). In this example, a limited period for staying in the special effect mode Mγ is set up to four times of symbol variation, and the special symbol variation effect is executed within this limited period.

Then, after the end of the previous special game, when the third operation hold ball (specific hold notified in the hold in the hold at t12) is digested and a big hit is won by the hit / fail judgment (t16), the hold is in the hold. The process shifts to the continuous villa production A judgment process. At this time, a new specific hold exists in the subsequent operation hold ball (the second one is the specific hold in the illustrated example), but since the special continuous effect is already being executed, this third time. During the symbol variation effect, the pending villa effect A does not occur (t16). The reason is that even if two special game states are shown as one special game state due to the occurrence of the special continuous effect, the hold inner consecutive villa effect A as a symbol variation effect occurs during the execution of this special continuous effect. This is because there is a risk of losing the purpose of concealing the fact that the pattern is being produced. In addition, when the special continuous effect is started with the occurrence of the pending in-house continuous effect A, the fluctuation time when the subsequent operation hold ball is digested during this special continuous effect (within a limited period) is extremely short. Since it is set to (2 seconds), the effect of the effect is low even if the pending villa effect A is generated within this short time, and both effects are produced due to the competition between the reserved villa effect and the special continuous effect. This is because the effect may be diluted.

Next, when the symbol fluctuation is stopped and the jackpot symbol is confirmed and displayed, the later special game is started. Further, at the start of the later special game, the process shifts to the hold inner consecutive villa effect B determination process, and the look-ahead determination is executed for the subsequent operation hold ball. At this time, even if the special continuous effect is being executed, if there is a specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball (the second one is the specific hold in the example shown in the figure), the possibility of executing the hold inner consecutive villa effect B is drawn by lottery. If the player wins the game, the pending villa production B may occur during the special game (t17). The reason is that even during the special continuous production, if it occurs during the big hit production, the player feels that the normal hold inner consecutive villa production B has occurred, and no discomfort can occur. In addition, since the special continuous production connects at least a series of productions from the end demo production during the previous jackpot production to the start demo production during the later jackpot production, after the end of the special continuous production (that is, after). This is because if the hold inner consecutive villa effect is generated at the timing after the round effect in the special game), there will be no problem that the hold inner consecutive villa effect and the special continuous effect compete with each other.

As described above, according to the present embodiment, the first reserved inner consecutive villa effect A generated during the symbol change and the second reserved inner consecutive villa effect B generated during the special game are provided, and the first reserved inner consecutive villa effect B is provided. In the consecutive villa production A, the possibility that one specific hold exists in the subsequent operation hold ball is notified, while in the second hold inner consecutive villa production B, there is only one specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball. By configuring it so that it can be notified that there are multiple games, the expectation for the occurrence of the pending villa production will be maintained throughout the series of game processes from the start of the symbol change to the end of the special game. At the same time, it is possible to teach the player various information about the reserved inner consecutive villa according to the occurrence timing of the reserved inner consecutive villa production in the game process, so that the occurrence timing and production of the reserved inner consecutive villa production can be performed. Since variations are given to the mode, it is possible to expand the range of the production of the consecutive villas on hold, and as a result, it is possible to improve the fun of the game.

Further, in the present embodiment, by executing the special symbol variation effect during the limited period after the end of the special game, the next big hit (specific hold notified at the holding inner consecutive villa) is performed at an early stage after the end of the special game. It is possible to raise the expectation that a big hit) will occur, and as a result, it will be possible to improve the interest of the game. In addition, by configuring the special symbol variation effect with a shortened variation in a very short time, it is possible to suppress the time interval between the preceding special game and the subsequent special game, and it is possible to prevent the delay until the next big hit. By prohibiting the occurrence of the pending villa production within the limited period, it is possible to prevent the effect of the production from being diluted due to the competition between the special production and the reserved villa production within the limited period. it can.

Further, in the present embodiment, even if there is a specific hold that becomes a big hit, the hold-in-house consecutive villa production is not necessarily executed, so even if it is not notified, the possibility of the hold-in-in-ream villa is expected. You can give it a feeling. In addition, when there is a specific hold, it may be configured to always execute the hold in-house consecutive villa effect.

By the way, in the present embodiment, the preceding operation hold ball becomes a big hit, the hold inner consecutive villa effect B does not occur during the special game, and the subsequent operation hold ball (hold inner consecutive villa effect) after the end of the special game. If a high expectation effect (Super Reach B) occurs during the symbol fluctuation due to the digestion of the operation hold ball that exists at the time of B occurrence, there is a possibility that it will be out of the possibility of a big hit. Is set higher.

As shown in FIG. 5, in the game of the second special symbol, in the probability variation state of the special symbol, the probability of becoming a big hit is about 1/40, and the probability of losing is about 39/40.

Further, as shown in FIG. 7, in the probability variation state of the special symbol, when the result of the hit / fail judgment is a big hit, 100% regardless of the big hit type, regardless of whether it is a 16R specific big hit or an 8R specific big hit. The fluctuation patterns PX7 and PY7 of Super Reach B (high expectation effect) are selected with probability. That is, in the probabilistic state of the special symbol, only the fluctuation pattern PX7 of Super Reach B is selected in the case of the 16R specific jackpot, and only the fluctuation pattern PY7 of Super Reach B is selected in the case of the 8R jackpot. On the other hand, in the probability variation state of the special symbol, if the result of the hit / fail determination is wrong, the fluctuation pattern PH7 of super reach B (high expectation effect) is selected with a probability of 5%.

At this time, as described in S856 of FIG. 32, in this example, when there is a specific hold (16R big hit, 8R big hit) in the subsequent operation hold ball, the winning probability of whether or not the hold inner consecutive villa production B can be executed is possible. Is set to 80%, so even if there is a specific hold (16R big hit, 8R big hit), there is a 20% chance that the hold inner consecutive villa production B will not be executed.

Under the above conditions, the probability X of becoming a big hit due to the appearance of Super Reach B and the probability Y of losing due to the appearance of Super Reach B are as follows under the situation where the pending Uchirenso production B was not executed. It becomes the street.

X = (Probability of becoming a big hit) × (Probability of not generating the pending villa production B) × (Probability of becoming Super Reach B)
Y = (Probability of losing) x (Probability of becoming Super Reach B)

Subsequently, using the above numerical values, the probability X of becoming a big hit due to the appearance of Super Reach B and the probability Y of losing due to the appearance of Super Reach B are specifically calculated as follows.

X = 1/40 × (100-80) / 100 × 100/100 = 20/400
Y = 39/40 x 5/100 = 195/400
Will be.

Therefore, if a high expectation effect occurs in the subsequent operation hold ball without the hold inner consecutive villa effect B occurring during the special game (when it develops into super reach B), it can be a big hit. It is more likely to be out of place than sex.

In the first embodiment described above, basically, the look-ahead determination related to the effect of the continuous villa in the hold is executed for the operation hold ball of the second special symbol acquired while the electric chew support function is in operation. However, this is just an example. For example, the operation hold ball of the first special symbol (or the operation hold ball of the second special symbol) acquired while the electric chew support function is not operating is held. A look-ahead determination related to the villa production may be executed.

Further, in the above-described first embodiment, the determination timing of the hold inner consecutive villa production B is set to the timing at the start of the big hit (when the start demo command is received), but this is just an example, for example. , The timing may be set at the start of the big hit, at the time of the round game, or at the end of the big hit.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the first special symbol game is associated with the first special winning opening 64, and the second special game is associated with the second special winning opening 65, but the present invention is limited to this. Rather, for at least one of the first special symbol game and the second special symbol game, both the first special winning opening 64 and the second special winning opening 65 are made to correspond, and these large winning openings 64 and 65 are alternately arranged. You may open it. Further, the configuration may be such that only one large winning opening is provided without providing the two large winning openings 64 and 65.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the so-called priority digestion, in which the operation-holding ball of the second special symbol is preferentially digested over the operation-holding ball of the first special symbol, is adopted, but the present invention is not limited to this. Instead, the operation-holding ball may be digested according to the order in which the game balls enter the first starting port 61 or the second starting port 62. When this configuration is adopted, it is preferable that both the operation-holding ball of the first special symbol and the operation-holding ball of the second special symbol are the targets of the holding inner consecutive villa notification.

[First Embodiment-First Modified Example]
Next, the gaming machine according to the first modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the first modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the portions having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted, and the different parts will be mainly explained.

(Relationship between the pending villa production and the ascension production)
In this modified example, when the so-called consecutive villa continues for a specified number of times, a rare special effect (so-called ascension effect) occurs. "Renso" means that when a predetermined big hit is made during a specific game, the specific game state continues again as the game state after the end of the special game. As described above, the "specific game state" is a state in which the probability of transition to the special game is higher than that in the normal state, and the probability fluctuation function of the special symbol, the fluctuation time shortening function of the special symbol, and the electric chew support function It is a state in which at least one of the functions is activated. In this example, it is a condition that at least the electric chew support function (easy entry state) is activated as the specific game state. Here, in the present embodiment, the probability fluctuation function, the fluctuation time shortening function, and the electric chew support function are activated during the ST period after the end of the special game (the operation is started at the same time and the operation is terminated at the same time). Since it is configured, it can be said that it is always in a specific gaming state during the ST period.

As a condition for executing the special effect, it is stipulated that the consecutive villas are continuously performed for a specified number of times (20 times in this example), but in addition to this specified number of times, for example, the cumulative number of specific jackpots in the consecutive villa state is specified. When the number of times is reached, the total number of rounds won in the consecutive villa state and the total number of prize balls won reach the predetermined number, and a specific effect (specific effect during symbol change or special game) is generated during the consecutive villa state Etc. may be added to the execution conditions. The total number of rounds won and the total number of prize balls won in the consecutive villa state may be added to the execution conditions. In this example, the number of consecutive villas that repeatedly acquire special games while continuing the specific game state (easy entry state) reaches the specified number of times (20 times), and at least in the final Nth time, a high profit jackpot (16R) It is a condition that you win the jackpot). The special effect is displayed on the time axis straddling the variable effect of the decorative pattern and the big hit effect. However, the special production ends with the round production (final round) during the jackpot production, and the subsequent end demo production is not included. As the content of this special production, for example, by displaying rare special characters that appear only in the special production one by one in order, it is possible to give the player a sense of satisfaction by having a series of big hits. You can enhance the premium feeling.

Subsequently, the relationship between the reserved inner consecutive villa production and the special production will be described with reference to FIGS. 39 and 40. 39 and 40 are time charts showing the relationship between the pending villa production and the special production. In the following, the number of consecutive villas is also referred to as "N", and the specified number of times is also referred to as "Nset".

(2-1) If a design change related to the previous big hit or a special game causes a pending inner consecutive villa effect, the big hit by this reserved inner consecutive villa (later big hit) will be the number of consecutive villas as a condition for generating the special effect. Is not counted and is not a requirement for the occurrence of special effects. That is, as shown in FIG. 39, when the preceding operation hold ball is digested and a big hit is won in the hit / fail judgment (t21), at the time of the digestion, the process shifts to the hold inner consecutive villa production A judgment process, and the big hit If it is the start time, the process shifts to the pending inner consecutive villa production B judgment process. In the process of determining the effects A and B of the consecutive villas in the hold, if there is a specific hold (the third is the specific hold in the example shown) in the subsequent operation hold ball, whether or not the effects A and B in the hold are executed can be executed. It is decided by a lottery, and if it is won, the hold inner consecutive villa effect A occurs if the symbol is changing (t22), and the hold inner consecutive villa effect B occurs if the special game is in progress (t23). Here, assuming that this jackpot is the number of consecutive villas N = Nset-1st jackpot, the pending consecutive villa production A (t2)
When the existence of a specific hold that is the Nth big hit of the number of consecutive villas is notified in 2) or the consecutive villa production B (t23) in the holding, the symbol variation (t25) accompanied by the big hit of the N times of consecutive villas ) And the round production (t26) of the special game, no special production is generated. The reason is that, in the present embodiment, two special gaming states (in this example, the special gaming states of the Nset-1st time and the Nsetth time) are set as a trigger when the pending villa productions A and B occur. Since a special continuous effect (t24 to t26) is generated to show as one special game state, the special effect is not included in the number of consecutive villas as the execution condition of the special effect. This is because avoiding the execution does not lose the player's satisfaction due to the pseudo extension of the special game, and avoids the conflict between the special effect and the special continuous effect to balance the entire effect. Internally, the number of consecutive villas has been updated as one consecutive villa even if it is a big hit by the reserved inner consecutive villa.

(2-2) When a special effect occurs across the symbol change and the special game, regardless of whether or not there is a specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball when the symbol change is started. , In the variable production, the pending villa production A does not occur. That is, as shown in FIG. 40, as a result of digesting the preceding operation hold ball and winning a high-profit jackpot in the winning / failing judgment (t31), the number of consecutive villas N = the specified number of times Nset, and the symbol variation and the special game Special production occurs across (t31 to t3)
In the case of 3), regardless of whether or not there is a specific hold (the third specific hold is present in the example shown in the figure) in the subsequent operation hold ball in the symbol change, the hold inner consecutive villa effect A is performed. It does not occur (t32). The reason is to prevent the effects of both effects from being diluted with each other due to the competition between the special effect during the pattern change and the pending Uchirenso effect A.

(2-3) When a special effect occurs across the symbol change and the special game, regardless of whether or not there is a specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball when the symbol change is started. , In the variable production, the pending villa production B may occur. That is, as shown in FIG. 40, as a result of the preceding operation holding ball being digested and winning a high-profit jackpot in the winning / failing judgment (t31), the number of consecutive villas N = the specified number of times Nset, and the symbol variation and the special game Special production occurs across (t32 to t3)
In the case of 3), regardless of whether or not there is a specific hold (the third specific hold is present in the example shown in the figure) in the subsequent operation hold ball in the special game, the hold inner consecutive villa production B is performed. It can be generated (t34). This is because, as described above, the special effect is executed from the symbol variation effect to the round effect of the special game, so the hold inner consecutive villa effect B is generated in the end demo effect after the round effect (t34). ), This is because the situation in which the special production and the pending villa production B compete with each other during the special game is avoided. If the reserved in-house consecutive villa effect B is not generated during the special game, even if the specific hold exists within the limited period after the end of the special game, the symbol change effect related to the specific hold is used as the special symbol change effect. Rather than generating it, it is usually completed with a shortened jackpot fluctuation effect (not a special symbol variation effect that straddles the symbol variation effect related to the out-of-order hold that is scheduled to be digested first, but only the symbol variation effect related to the specific hold. It may be generated as an immediate hit effect).

Subsequently, the procedure of the operation processing in the first modification of the first embodiment will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 41 to 43.

(Special effect judgment processing: first modification)
First, the special effect determination process (S736) related to the subroutine of S736 of FIG. 29 in the first modification will be described. FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing the details of the special effect determination process (S736).

First, it is determined whether or not the number of consecutive villas N is one less than the specified number of times Nset by referring to the number of consecutive villas counter of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S751). Number of consecutive villas N
= When the specified number of times Nset-1 is set (S751: YES), that is, when the lottery result of the special symbol to be changed this time is a big hit, the number of consecutive villas N is scheduled to reach the specified number of times Nset. , In the above S732, the information (result of the winning / failing lottery and the jackpot type) stored in the variation effect content determination area of the sub-main information storage means 260 is analyzed, and the lottery result of the special symbol to be changed this time is 16R jackpot. It is determined whether or not there is (S752). If the lottery result is a 16R jackpot (S752: YES), that is, if the number of consecutive villas N reaches the specified number Nset and the jackpot at this number of consecutive villas N is scheduled to be a high profit jackpot, the sub-main information It is determined whether or not the special continuous effect flag of the storage means 260 is on (S753).

If the special continuous effect flag is not on (S753: NO), that is, if the special continuous effect is not being executed, the sub-main information storage means 260 is used to store the special effect effect pattern number in order to execute the special effect. Temporarily stored in the special effect pattern storage area of (S754). Then, the special effect flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is turned on (S755). Here, the special effect flag is a flag that is turned on when the special effect is executed. Although not shown, this special effect flag is turned off when the round effect ends.

On the other hand, when the special continuous effect flag is on (S753), that is, when the special continuous effect is already being executed, S754 and S755 are skipped in order to avoid conflict between the special effect and the special continuous effect. This process ends.

(Holding consecutive villa production A judgment processing: 1st modification)
Subsequently, the pending inner consecutive villa production A determination process (S737) according to the subroutine of S737 of FIG. 29 in the first modification will be described. FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing the details of the hold inner consecutive villa effect A determination process (S737) in the first modification.

Here, the difference from the above-mentioned first embodiment is that the processing of S760 is added, and if the special effect is already being executed, the execution of the pending villa effect A is avoided. .. In FIG. 42, since the processes of S761 to S770 are the same as those of the first embodiment, the process of S760, which is a difference, will be mainly described.

First, it is determined whether or not the special effect flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is on (S760). If the special effect flag is not on (S760: NO), that is, if the special effect is not being executed, the process proceeds to the next S761 in order to continue the determination of whether or not the hold inner consecutive villa effect A can be executed. On the other hand, when the special effect flag is on (S760: YES), that is, when the special effect is already being executed, in order to avoid the execution of the pending Uchirenso effect A,
The processing after S761 is skipped, and this processing is terminated.

(Holding consecutive villa production B judgment processing: first modification example)
Subsequently, the pending inner consecutive villa effect B determination process (S805) according to the subroutine of S805 of FIG. 31 in the first modification will be described. FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing the details of the hold inner consecutive villa effect B determination process (S805) in the first modification.

Here, the difference from the above-described first embodiment is the processing of S859, S862, and S863, and the consecutive villas of the pending inner consecutive villa production B depending on whether or not the special production is being executed. The point is that the production pattern selection process is different. In FIG. 43, since the processes of S851 to S858 and S868 to S870 are the same as those of the first embodiment, the different processes of S859, S862, and S863 will be mainly described.

First, when it is decided to execute the hold inner consecutive villa effect B, it is determined whether or not the special effect flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is on (S859). If the special effect flag is not on (S859: NO), that is, if the special effect is not being executed, the consecutive villa effect pattern selection process 1 for determining the content of the pending villa effect B is executed ( S862). In this consecutive villa effect pattern selection process 1, a plurality of types of consecutive villa effect pattern random numbers are acquired from the effect lottery random number generation means 210 while acquiring the consecutive villa effect pattern table shown in FIG. One of the consecutive villa production patterns will be decided by lottery.

On the other hand, when the special effect flag is on (S859: YES), that is, when the special effect is being executed, the consecutive villa effect pattern selection process 2 for determining the content of the pending villa effect B is performed. Execute (S863). In the consecutive villa effect pattern selection process 2, the consecutive villa effect pattern table (not shown) different from the above-mentioned FIG. 8B is acquired, and the consecutive villa effect pattern random number value is acquired from the effect lottery random number generation means 210. , One of the consecutive villa production patterns will be decided by lottery from among multiple types of consecutive villa production patterns. In this unillustrated consecutive villa effect pattern table, only the consecutive villa effect pattern generated in the end demo effect is specified, and the consecutive villa effect pattern generated in the start demo effect or the round effect is not specified. That is, in the consecutive villa effect pattern selection process 2, only the consecutive villa effect pattern for the end demo effect is selected. This is because, as described above, the special effect is executed from the variable effect to the round effect. Therefore, if the hold inner consecutive villa effect B is generated in the end demo effect, it is a special during the special game. This is because it is possible to avoid a conflict between the production and the pending Uchirenso production B.

As described above, according to the first modification of the first embodiment, when a big hit is made at the reserved inner consecutive villa after the pending inner consecutive villa production occurs, the number of consecutive villas N reaches the specified number N set internally. Even if it is, the occurrence of the special production is prohibited, and the production is continued in conjunction with the occurrence of the pending villa production (in this example, the special continuous production or the special background production within the limited period). ) And the special production conflict with each other, it is possible to prevent the effect of the pending Uchirenso production from being diluted, and as a result, it is possible to improve the fun of the game.

In addition, in the above-mentioned first modification, the expectation for the special production is expected in the number of times (for example, 5 times, 10 times, 15 times) that the number of consecutive villas N has not reached before reaching the specified number N set (= 20 times). For example, a special via effect composed of a part of the special effect may be provided. At this time, in the above-mentioned first modification, when the number of consecutive villas reaches the specified number of times (20 times) and the special effect is executed, the execution of the pending consecutive villa effect is basically restricted (end). It will be allowed only in the demo production), but in the case of the special via production, it may be configured so that the pending inner consecutive villa production can be executed at the same time even while the special via production is being executed. ..

[First Embodiment-Second Modified Example]
Next, the gaming machine according to the second modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to this second modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the portions having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted, and the different parts will be mainly explained.

(Relationship between production and production mode
In the above-described first embodiment, the effect mode on the effect control board 200 side is uniquely determined according to the variation pattern selection state on the main control board 100 side, but in this modification, the player determines the effect mode. The effect mode can be selected by the operation of the effect button 15.

That is, in this modified example, when a big hit (first hit) occurs in the normal state, the type of the symbol variation effect and the big hit effect after the end of the special game is specified during the big hit effect (during the end demo effect). The player himself can select the production mode from multiple types. In this example, as the probabilistic effect mode Mβ during the ST period, two effect modes (first effect mode M1 and second effect mode M2) having different types of effects are prepared, and a plurality of types are prepared for each effect mode. The variable effect pattern is stored. Regarding this variation effect pattern, even if the variation pattern of the special symbol is the same (even when the variation start command of the same information is received), if the effect mode is different, the variation effect patterns of different effect contents are selected. It will be.

The first production mode M1 and the second production mode M2 are configured as a battle production mode in which the player's ally character plays against the enemy character, and the player's ally character and the opponent's enemy are in each production mode. The characters are set to be different from each other.

While staying in the first effect mode M1, as the symbol variation effect, a variation effect pattern of the effect content in which the ally character C1 corresponding to the effect mode M1 competes with the enemy character in the arena is selected. In addition, while staying in the first production mode M1, the jackpot production pattern of the production content (attack system) that attacks the enemy character with the ally character C1 as the main character is selected as the jackpot production, so that the first production mode M1 The mutual relationship between the symbol variation effect and the jackpot effect is ensured.

While staying in the second effect mode M2, as the symbol variation effect, a variation effect pattern of the effect content in which the ally character C2 corresponding to the effect mode M2 competes with the enemy character on the stage of the enemy hideout is selected. In addition, while staying in this second production mode M2, as the jackpot production, the jackpot production pattern of the production content (defense system) that protects the attack from the enemy character with the ally character C2 as the main character is selected, so that the second effect The mutual relationship between the symbol variation effect and the jackpot effect in the effect mode M2 is ensured.

When the first hit occurs in the normal state, the effect mode is selected by displaying a predetermined mode selection screen during the end demo effect in the big hit effect. While the mode selection screen is displayed, an operation valid period during which the operation of the effect button 15 is valid is set. On the mode selection screen, the display area of the effect display device 70 is divided into left and right, the name of the ally character C1 is displayed together with the related image in the left area, and the name of the ally character C2 is displayed together with the related image in the right area. To. Then, the effect modes M1 and M2 corresponding to the ally characters C1 and C2 selected by the effect button 15 during the operation valid period are set. If no operation is performed during the operation valid period, one of the production modes is set by an internal lottery.

Next, the relationship between the pending Uchirenso production and the production mode in this second modification will be described.

(3-1) The execution probability (occurrence frequency) of the pending villa production A is different between the case of staying in the first production mode M1 and the case of staying in the second production mode M2. It is set. In this example, when staying in the first effect mode M1, for example, it is determined to execute at a rate of 90% (high probability) and non-execution at a rate of 10%, while staying in the second effect mode M2. If so, it is decided to execute at a rate of 10% (low probability) and non-execution at a rate of 90%. If the execution probability of the hold inner villa effect A is different for each effect mode, the hold inner villa effect A is not executed when staying in any of the effect modes, that is, the hold inner villa effect A is not executed. The execution probability of the villa effect A may be set to 0%.

(3-2) The execution probability (occurrence frequency) of the pending villa production B is set to be the same for the case of staying in the first production mode M1 and the case of staying in the second production mode M2. There is. In this example, regardless of which of the effect modes M1 and M2 are staying, for example, execution is determined at a rate of 80% and non-execution is determined at a rate of 20%. It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to this, and the execution probability of the hold inner consecutive villa effect B may be different for each effect mode as in the hold inner consecutive villa effect A.

(3-3) When it is decided to execute the hold inner consecutive villa production A, the production contents (remaining villa production pattern) of the hold inner consecutive villa production A are the case of staying in the first production mode M1 and the second. It is set to be the same as when staying in the effect mode M2. Here, FIG. 44 (A) is a schematic view showing a continuous villa effect pattern table of the reserved inner consecutive villa effect A in this modified example. In this example, in the pending villa production A, one of the same villa production patterns PA1 and PA2 is selected regardless of the production mode. Since the effect patterns PA1 and PA2 have already been described in the first embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted here.

(3-4) When it is decided to execute the hold inner consecutive villa production B, the production contents (remaining villa production pattern) of the hold inner consecutive villa production B are the case of staying in the first production mode M1 and the second. It is set to be different from each other when staying in the effect mode M2. Here, FIG. 44 (B) is a schematic view showing a continuous villa effect pattern table of the reserved inner consecutive villa effect B in this modified example. In this example, in the reserved inner consecutive villa production B, one of the consecutive villa production patterns PB11, PB12, and PB13 is selected in the first production mode, and in the second production mode, the consecutive villa production patterns PB21 and PB22. , PB23 is selected. When the consecutive villa production patterns PB11 to PB13 are selected in the first production mode M1, the special production images "BX11" to "BX13" that do not appear in any scene other than the pending villa production. Is displayed. The production images BX11 to BX13 correspond to, for example, an attack-type production content in which an image imitating an "invincible sword" or text information such as "attack is the maximum defense" appears. On the other hand, when the consecutive villa production patterns PB21 to PB23 are selected in the second production mode M2, the special production image "BX21" that does not appear in any scene other than the pending villa production. "BX23" is displayed. As the effect images BX21 to BX23, for example, the effect content of the defense system in which an image imitating "invincible armor" or character information such as "complete defense" appears is applicable.

Subsequently, the procedure of the operation processing in the second modification of the first embodiment will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 45 to 49.

(Big hit production content determination process: second modification)
First, the jackpot effect content determination process (S638) related to the subroutine of S638 of FIG. 27 in the second modification will be described. FIG. 45 is a flowchart showing the details of the jackpot effect content determination process (S638) in the second modification.

Here, the difference from the first embodiment described above is the processing of S829 to S831 in which the operation of the effect button 15 is effectively set during the end demo effect at the time of the first hit. In FIG. 45, since the processes of S801 to S826 and S835 to S838 are the same as those of the first embodiment, the different processes of S829 to S831 will be mainly described.

First, it is determined whether or not this big hit is the first hit (S829). In the case of the first hit (S829: YES), the operation valid period for timing the operation valid period of the effect button 15 so that the effect mode can be selected according to the operation of the effect button 15 by the player. A predetermined value is set in the timer (S830). The operation valid period is a period during which the operation input of the effect button 15 is valid. Subsequently, the effect button enable flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is turned on (S831). The effect button enable flag is a flag that is turned on when the operation of the effect button 15 is valid.

(Production button monitoring control processing: second modification)
Subsequently, the effect button monitoring control process (S617) related to the subroutine of S617 of FIG. 26 in the second modification will be described. FIG. 46 is a flowchart showing the details of the effect button monitoring control process (S617).

First, it is determined whether or not the effect button valid flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is on (S951). When the effect button valid flag is on (S951: YES), it is determined whether or not the effect button 15 is in the operation valid period, that is, whether or not the operation valid period timer is not "0" (S952). ). As described above, the operation validity period timer is set to a predetermined value at the start of the end demo effect at the time of the first hit, and is subtracted by 1 ms each time the timer interrupt process described later occurs. Further, during the operation valid period, the effect screen (mode selection screen) based on the end demo effect pattern set in S804 is displayed, and the first effect mode M1 and the second effect mode are displayed based on the operation input of the effect button 15. Any one of M2 can be selected. Specifically, although not shown, two selected images corresponding to each effect mode are displayed on the mode selection screen left and right or up and down, and the display mode of the selected images is displayed at regular intervals during the operation valid period. By sequentially switching, one can be selected from these two selected images according to the operation timing of the effect button 15, and the effect mode corresponding to the selected images is set.

Here, when the operation valid period of the effect button 15 is in effect (S952: YES), it is determined whether or not the operation input of the effect button 15 has been performed (S953). When there is an operation input of the effect button 15 (S953: YES), the operation input information of the effect button 15 is stored in the sub-main information storage means 260 (S954). In this example, the operation input information includes information indicating that the first effect mode has been selected and operated, and information indicating that the second effect mode has been selected and operated. Subsequently, an image control command for instructing the operation input information of the effect button 15 to the image control board 300 side is generated, and this is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S955). Further, when the operation input of the effect button 15 is input in this way, the operation valid flag is set in order to confirm the operation input and set the end of the operation valid period even before the operation valid period has elapsed. Turn it off (S956). On the other hand, when it is not during the operation valid period (S952: NO), that is, when the operation valid period timer is "0", the effect button valid flag is turned off (S956).

(Production state transition process: second modification)
Subsequently, the effect state transition process (S632) according to the subroutine of S632 of FIG. 27 in the second modification will be described. FIG. 47 is a flowchart showing the details of the effect state transition process (S632) in the second modification.

Here, the difference from the first embodiment described above is the processing of S714 to S720, based on the operation input information of the effect button 15 set in the effect button monitoring control process (S617) described above (effect by the player). The point is that the effect mode is selectively determined (triggered by the pressing operation of the button 15). Note that in FIG. 47, since the processes of S701 to S705 and S721 are the same as those of the first embodiment, the different processes of S714 to S720 will be mainly described.

First, when the transition destination of the fluctuation pattern selection state is the high-probability shortening fluctuation state β (S706: YES), it is determined whether or not the current jackpot is the first hit (S714). In the case of the first hit (S714: YES), it is determined whether or not the operation input information set in S954 is the information indicating that the first effect mode M1 has been selected (S715). When the first effect mode M1 is selected (S715: YES), the first effect mode M1 is set as the transition destination of the effect mode (S716). When the mode shifts to the first effect mode M1, the first probability variation background data is set in the background data storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S717). Then, in the first effect mode M1, for example, the first probability variation background image of the "battlefield" is displayed on the effect display device 70 from the next symbol variation.

On the other hand, when the operation input information set in S954 is information indicating that the second effect mode M2 has been selected (S715: NO), the second effect mode M2 is set as the transition destination of the effect mode (S715: NO). S718). When the mode shifts to the second effect mode M2, the second probability variation background data is set in the background data storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S719). Then, in the second effect mode M2, the second probabilistic background image of, for example, "enemy hideout" is displayed on the effect display device 70 from the next symbol variation.

If the big hit this time is not the first hit (S714: NO), the effect mode and background image selected at the time of the first hit are maintained (S720). In addition to the operation input at the time of the first hit in S714 to S719, the effect mode may be switched when a certain condition is satisfied. Certain conditions include, for example, a specific jackpot (including a case where the type of jackpot is a specific type, a case where the jackpot effect is a specific effect, etc.), and a case where the predetermined conditions are satisfied with respect to the state of the consecutive villas. (The above-mentioned special effect is generated), or there is a specific operation input during a big hit (for example, a button is pressed five times or a long press as a special operation input at a specific timing at the time of a big hit).

(Holding consecutive villa production A judgment processing: second modification example)
Subsequently, the pending inner consecutive villa effect A determination process (S737) according to the subroutine of S737 of FIG. 29 in the second modification will be described. FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing the details of the hold inner consecutive villa effect A determination process (S737) in the second modification.

Here, the difference from the above-described first embodiment is the processing of S771 to S773, and the execution probability of the pending inner consecutive villa effect A lottery process is set to the effect mode set in the effect state transition process (S632). The point is that they are different according to the situation. In FIG. 48, since the processes of S761 to S765 and S767 to S770 are the same as those of the first embodiment, the different processes of S771 to S773 will be mainly described.

First, it is determined whether or not the effect mode currently being stayed is the first effect mode M1 (S771). In the case of the first effect mode M1 (S771: YES), the hold inner villa effect A lottery for deciding whether or not to execute the hold inner villa effect A in the first effect mode M1 by lottery. Process 1 is executed (S772). In the pending consecutive villa production A lottery process 1, the consecutive villa production lottery random value matches the determination value of either "execution" or "non-execution" with reference to the consecutive villa production A lottery table (not shown). If so, decide whether or not to execute it. In this example, for example, execution is determined at a rate of 90% and non-execution is determined at a rate of 10%.

On the other hand, when the effect mode during the stay is the second effect mode M2 (S771: NO), it is determined by lottery whether or not to execute the hold inner consecutive villa effect A in the second effect mode M2. (S773) is executed (S773). In the pending consecutive villa production A lottery process 2, the consecutive villa production lottery random value matches the determination value of either "execution" or "non-execution" with reference to the consecutive villa production A lottery table (not shown). If so, decide whether or not to execute it. In this example, for example, execution is determined at a rate of 10% and non-execution is determined at a rate of 90%.

As described above, in the present modification, the probability that the hold inner consecutive villa effect A is executed in the case of staying in the first effect mode M1 and the case of staying in the second effect mode M2, that is, the hold inner consecutive villa effect. The frequency of occurrence of A is set to be different.

(Holding consecutive villa production B judgment processing: second modification example)
Subsequently, the pending inner consecutive villa effect B determination process (S805) according to the subroutine of S805 of FIG. 45 in the second modification will be described. FIG. 49 is a flowchart showing the details of the hold inner consecutive villa effect B determination process (S805) in the second modification.

Here, the difference from the above-described first embodiment is the processing of S860, S864, S865, and the continuous villa production pattern table of the pending internal consecutive villa production B is set by the production state transition processing (S632). The point is that they are different depending on the production mode. In FIG. 49, since the processes of S851 to S857 and S869 to S870 are the same as those of the first embodiment, the different processes of S860, S864, and S865 will be mainly described.

First, it is determined whether or not the effect mode currently being stayed is the first effect mode M1 (S860). In the case of the first effect mode (S860: YES), the consecutive villa effect pattern selection process 1 for determining the content of the pending villa effect B is executed (S864). In this consecutive villa effect pattern selection process 1, a plurality of types are acquired by acquiring the consecutive villa effect pattern table shown in FIG. 44 (B) and acquiring the consecutive villa effect pattern random number value from the effect lottery random number generation means 210. One of the consecutive villa production patterns is determined by lottery from the consecutive villa production patterns PB11 to PB13. As described above, in the consecutive villa effect pattern selection process 1, only the consecutive villa effect patterns PB11 to 13 of the attack system contents are selected.

On the other hand, when the effect mode during the stay is the second effect mode M2 (S860: NO), the consecutive villa effect pattern selection process 2 for determining the content of the hold inner consecutive villa effect B is executed (S865). .. In this consecutive villa effect pattern selection process 2, a plurality of types are acquired by acquiring the consecutive villa effect pattern table shown in FIG. 44 (B) and acquiring the consecutive villa effect pattern random number value from the effect lottery random number generating means 210. One of the consecutive villa production patterns is determined by lottery from the consecutive villa production patterns PB21 to PB23. As described above, in the consecutive villa effect pattern selection process 2, only the consecutive villa effect patterns PB21 to 23, which are the contents of the defense system, are selected.

As described above, in this modification, when the execution of the hold inner consecutive villa effect B is decided, the hold inner consecutive villa effect is produced depending on whether the user stays in the first effect mode M1 or the second effect mode M2. The display mode of B (ream villa production pattern) is set to be different.

As described above, according to the second modification of the first embodiment, the appearance rate of the pending in-house consecutive villa production and the production content thereof are different according to the type of the production mode selected by the player himself, so that the player It is possible to provide the player with a hold-in villa production that suits his / her taste, and as a result, it is possible to improve the enjoyment of the game.

In this modified example, the special effect mode for staying only within the limited period after the end of the special game is not provided, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a special effect mode may be provided. In this case, a first special effect mode corresponding to the first effect mode and a second special effect mode corresponding to the second effect mode are provided, and a desired special effect mode is provided by the operation of the player after the first hit. May be configured to be selectable. In this configuration, for example, the special continuous effect may be generated when shifting to the first special effect mode, and the special continuous effect may not be generated when shifting to the second special effect mode. Further, as a further modification, the fact that at least one of one or a plurality of subsequent operation-holding balls is a specific hold makes it possible to execute the hold-in-range villa effect B in the effect display process of the special game. The special game is a special game that triggers the transition from the first production mode M1 to the second production mode M2 even under the condition that the holding inner consecutive villa production execution condition is satisfied. In the case of a game (referred to as "special special game"), the frequency of occurrence (execution probability) of the pending villa production B is compared with the case where the above special game is not a special special game (referred to as "non-special special game"). ) May be low. In that case, the jackpot type includes at least the first jackpot and the second jackpot, and if the first jackpot is won, the mode shifts to the first production mode after the end of the special game (non-special special game). If the second big hit is won, the mode shifts to the second production mode after the special game (special special game) is completed. At this time, during the execution of the special special game, as a jackpot effect, for example, a special jackpot effect that does not appear in any other scene is executed. Therefore, if the second big hit is won, a special big hit effect will be generated during the special game (during the special special game), so in order to prevent competition with the hold inner villa production B, the hold inner ren The frequency of occurrence of the villa production B is set relatively low.

[First Embodiment-Third Modified Example]
Next, the gaming machine according to the third modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the third modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the portions having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted, and the different parts will be mainly explained.

(Holding Uchirenso production that requires multiple operations)
In the above-mentioned first embodiment, in the holding inner consecutive villa production, it is configured to suggest or notify the possibility that a specific holding that becomes a big hit exists in the subsequent operation holding ball, but the present invention is not limited to this, and is specified. It may be configured to suggest or notify not only the presence or absence of holding but also the variation effect mode of the subsequent operation holding ball.

In this modification, the holding inner consecutive villa effect B suggests or notifies the variation effect mode of the subsequent operation hold ball, while the hold inner consecutive villa effect A suggests or informs the variation effect mode of the subsequent operation hold ball. Do not do. The reason for not suggesting or notifying the variation effect mode in the hold inner consecutive villa production A is that the hold inner consecutive villa effect A occurs within the change, so that a special game due to a big hit in the change is inserted. This is because there is little significance in suggesting or notifying even the variation effect mode after the game.

Now, the pending Uchirenso production B in this modified example will be described. FIG. 50 is a schematic view showing an example of the effect content of the reserved inner consecutive villa effect B in this modified example. The production content of the pending Uchirenso production B in this modification is the point value obtained by opening the treasure box displayed on the screen by the player operating the production button 15 multiple times. Correspondingly, the presence / absence of a specific hold and the variation effect mode in the subsequent operation hold ball are suggested or notified. As described above, in order to receive the suggestion or notification of the presence / absence of the specific hold and the variation effect mode in the hold inner consecutive villa effect B, the player needs to operate the buttons a plurality of times.

In this modified example, as shown in FIG. 50, a total of three treasure chests are arranged in a horizontal row on the screen, and one treasure chest is opened by one operation of the effect button 15, and the opened treasure chest is opened. The number of points earned (0 points or 1 point) will appear from among them. Then, depending on the total number of points obtained when all the treasure chests are opened, the presence / absence of a specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball and the variation effect mode are suggested or notified.

As will be described in detail later, in this modification, when the total number of points obtained is 0, it is suggested that there is a possibility that an operation holding ball with a reach effect exists in the subsequent operation holding ball. When the total number of points obtained is 1, it is deterministically notified that there is an operation-holding ball with a reach effect in the subsequent operation-holding ball. When the total number of points obtained is 2, it is definitively notified that there is a specific hold that becomes a 16R jackpot or an 8R jackpot in the subsequent operation hold ball, that is, that the hold is in a row. When the total number of points earned is 3, it is definitively notified that there is a specific hold that will be a 16R jackpot in the subsequent operation hold ball, that is, a high profit jackpot will be held.

Here, the continuous villa production pattern in this modified example will be described with reference to FIG. 51. FIG. 51 is a schematic view showing an example of the consecutive villa effect pattern table of the reserved inner consecutive villa effect B in the third modification. A plurality of types of consecutive villa production patterns are defined in the consecutive villa production pattern table. In each figure, for convenience of explanation, "selection rate" is shown, but in reality, a judgment value (range of random numbers) for determining the consecutive villa production pattern according to the consecutive villa production pattern random value. Is set, and the consecutive villa effect pattern is determined based on which determination value the random number value belongs to.

As shown in FIG. 51, in the consecutive villa production pattern table, the points for each treasure box that can be obtained by one button operation according to each consecutive villa production pattern (the number of the first treasure box, the second). The points of the treasure chest (the score of the third treasure chest) are specified (see the column of "Production content (acquired points)" in the figure), and each consecutive villa production pattern is the total score of the treasure chest (0 points, It is classified into a plurality of pattern types according to (1 point, 2 points, 3 points). That is, when the total number of points earned is "0 points", only the consecutive villa production pattern PB31 is selected, and when the total number of points earned is "1 point", any of the consecutive villa production patterns PB32 to PB34 is selected. When the acquired points are "2 points", any of the consecutive villa production patterns PB35 to PB37 is selected, and when the total acquired points are "3 points", only the consecutive villa production pattern PB38 is selected. For example, when the consecutive villa production pattern PB35 is selected, "0 points" can be obtained by the first operation, "1 point" by the second operation, and "1 point" by the third operation. As a result, the total number of points earned "2 points" is set.

In this consecutive villa effect pattern table, the selection rate of the consecutive villa effect pattern is set to be different according to the result of the look-ahead determination (preliminary determination). In principle, the selection rate is assigned according to the final total number of points earned in the Renso production pattern, and when the result of the look-ahead judgment is a big hit, the total number of points earned is "0 points", " The selection rate increases in the order of "1 point", "2 points", and "3 points", but if the result of the preliminary judgment is wrong, the total points obtained are "0 points" and "1 point". , "2 points", "3 points", the selection rate decreases in this order.

Further, even if the result of the look-ahead determination is off and a big hit is made, the selection rate of the consecutive villa production pattern differs depending on the type of the miss (non-reach off, reach out) and the big hit type (8R big hit, 16R big hit). That is, if the result of the look-ahead determination is out of reach, "1 point" or more is not selected as the total score, so when the total score is "1" or more, the subsequent operation It is definite that there is an operation holding ball with a reach effect in the holding ball. Even if the result of the look-ahead judgment is a big hit, "1 point" may be selected as the total number of points earned, but in this example, as shown in FIG. 7, only the reach variation is selected as the fluctuation pattern of the big hit. Therefore, as mentioned above, when the total number of points earned is "1 point" or more,
There is no discrepancy in determining that there is an actuating hold ball with a reach effect in the subsequent actuation hold ball.

Similarly, if the result of the look-ahead judgment is a big hit, "2 points" or more may be selected as the total score, but if the result of the look-ahead judgment is out of reach (out of normal reach, out of super reach). , Since "2 points" or more is not selected as the total score, when the total score is "2" or more, there is a specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball, that is, It will be definite to stay in the pending villa. Further, when the result of the look-ahead judgment is a 16R jackpot, "3 points" may be selected as the total score, while when the result of the look-ahead judgment is an 8R jackpot, the total score is "3 points". Is not selected, so when the total score reaches "3 points", there is a specific hold that will be a 16 jackpot in the subsequent operation hold ball, that is, a high profit jackpot and a hold internal ream It becomes definite to villa.

The contents of the production of the pending villa production B will be specifically described with reference to FIG. In this example, the case where the consecutive villa production pattern PB37 is selected will be illustrated. In this consecutive villa production pattern, as described above, "0 points" can be obtained by the first operation, "1 point" by the second operation, and "1 point" by the third operation, so the total number of points obtained. Is two points, that is, the production content that definitely notifies the occurrence of the pending villa.

First, as shown in FIG. 50 (A), with the start of the operation valid period for enabling the operation of the effect button 15, images of three treasure chests (closed treasure chests) are displayed on the screen, and " "Press the button to open the treasure chest" is displayed. Further, on the screen, the "remaining time" during which the effect button 15 can be operated and the "total number of points acquired" indicating the points acquired at the present stage are displayed. Furthermore, a cursor pointing to the treasure box to be operated is displayed on the screen, and the cursor is gradually shifted from the left side to the right side by one treasure according to the remaining time that can be operated. .. The treasure chest on the left side is also referred to as the "first treasure chest", the treasure chest in the center is also referred to as the "second treasure chest", and the treasure chest on the right side is also referred to as the "third treasure chest".

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 50 (B), when the effect button 15 is operated when the cursor points to the first treasure box, the first treasure box is released. At this time, if the treasure box is out of place, the character "sorry" appears from the treasure box together with the character "0 point".

Next, as shown in FIG. 50 (C), when the cursor points to the second treasure box and the effect button is operated 15 times, the second treasure box is released. At this time, if the treasure box is a hit, the character "chance" appears together with the character "1 point" from the treasure box. At this point, since the total number of points earned is guaranteed to be "1 point" or more, it is certain that there is an operation-holding ball with a reach effect in the subsequent operation-holding ball.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 50 (D), when the effect button 15 is operated when the cursor points to the third treasure chest, the third treasure chest is released. At this time, if the treasure box is a hit, the character "chance" appears together with the character "1 point" from the treasure box. In addition, the characters "2 points" are displayed as the "total points obtained" which is the sum of the points obtained for the first time and the points obtained for the second time. As a result, it is definitively notified that the specific hold is included in the subsequent operation hold ball, that is, the hold is a continuous villa.

In addition, when the effect button 15 is not operated even though the effect B in the hold is generated in this way, the treasure box remains in the closed state, and the look-ahead determination for the subsequent operation hold ball is made. You can't get results. As a result, the player can be made to recognize that each operation of the effect button 15 is meaningful. In this modified example, the configuration requires a plurality of operations, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a configuration may be configured in which a subsequent operation-holding ball variation effect mode is suggested or notified by only one operation. .. In addition, if the button is operated by the player, "3 points" can be obtained, but the button is not operated, as a complement, a different pending Uchirenso production B- 2 may be configured to be performed at the time of the end demo production or the like. Conversely, if the button is operated at the specified timing and "3 points" can be obtained, the hold inner consecutive villa production B-2 may not be performed.

As described above, according to the third modification of the first embodiment, not only the possibility that the specific hold exists in the subsequent operation hold ball but also the subsequent operation hold ball is digested in the hold inner consecutive villa production. By suggesting or notifying even the variable production mode of the above, various additional information according to the production result can be taught to the player, so that the production effect of the pending villa production is enhanced, and as a result, It is possible to improve the fun of the game. In addition, due to the synergistic effect of the reserved inner consecutive villa production and the button production, it is possible to further increase the added value when the reserved inner consecutive villa production occurs, and further enhance the player participation type production effect. ..

[First Embodiment-4th Modified Example]
Next, the gaming machine according to the fourth modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the fourth modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the portions having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted, and the different parts will be mainly explained.

(Definite notification timing by the production of the pending villa)
In the above-described first embodiment, the reserved inner consecutive villa is definite when the reserved inner consecutive villa production A occurs, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the reserved inner consecutive villa production A is held at the time when the reserved inner consecutive villa production A occurs. The villas may not be determined, and the villas on hold may be determined when a predetermined condition is satisfied after the effect A of the villas on hold is generated.

For example, in the probability change mode in which the game state is the probability change state of the special symbol, a battle effect is developed in which the ally character and the enemy character play a battle as the symbol variation effect. The battle effect in this modified example is an effect that suggests the confirmation of the 16R jackpot in the variation by having the player's ally character win the enemy character immediately before the end of the symbol variation effect (immediately before the decorative symbol is stopped). Is.

In this modification, the pending Uchirenso effect A may occur as a battle effect (special battle effect) while the design is changing. In this special battle production, special enemy characters that do not appear in the normal battle production will appear. If the ally character wins the enemy character in this special battle effect, 16 big hits will be won in the fluctuation, and there is a specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball, that is, the hold inner consecutive villa. It is confirmed that it will be done. On the other hand, if the ally character is defeated by the enemy character in this special battle production, the deviation due to the fluctuation becomes definite, and the occurrence of the pending villa is denied (so-called Gase production). ). In this way, in this modified example, it is not determined whether or not the reserved inner consecutive villa will occur until the battle result is notified in the battle production, so the expectation for the reserved inner consecutive villa is paid attention to the production process. Can be enhanced.

In addition, it is not limited to the hold inner villa production A, and even in the hold inner villa production B, the hold inner villa production B is not confirmed at the time when the hold inner villa production B occurs, and the hold inner villa production B occurs. Later, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, the pending villa may be determined. In this modification, as the production content of the hold inner consecutive villa production B, for example, a roulette effect that notifies the possibility of the hold inner consecutive villa by the stop result of the roulette is exemplified. In this roulette production, all three stop positions of "Ichi", "II", and "San" are set, and if the roulette stops at "Ichi", the pending villa is denied and stops at "II". If this happens, it is suggested that there is a possibility of a reserved roulette, and if it is stopped at "San", the confirmation of the reserved roulette will be notified. In this way, in this modified example, since it is not determined whether or not the reserved inner villa will occur until the lottery result is notified in the roulette production, attention is paid to the production process and the expectation for the reserved inner villa is raised. Can be enhanced. The roulette wheel may be stopped on condition that the player operates the button.

As described above, according to the fourth modification of the first embodiment, even if the reserved in-house consecutive villa effect occurs, the player is instructed whether or not the reserved in-house consecutive villa is confirmed until a predetermined condition is satisfied. Therefore, it is possible to maintain interest in the content of the production until the final timing when the production of the pending villa is finished, and as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

[First Embodiment-5th Modified Example]
Next, the gaming machine according to the fifth modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the fifth modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the portions having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted, and the different parts will be mainly explained.

(Button notice production including the pending villa production)
In the above-described first embodiment, the hold inner consecutive villa effect A is configured to display an effect image according to the consecutive villa effect pattern, but the button advance effect effect for displaying the advance notice effect image entwined with the button operation by the player. As one aspect, the configuration may include the pending inner consecutive villa production A.

Here, in the above-mentioned first embodiment, the advance notice effect pattern corresponding to the change effect effect pattern is selected, and the advance notice effect is generated during the symbol variation effect. As one of the advance notice effects, the player operates a button. There is a button notice production that is required. The button notice effect is a notice effect that suggests or notifies that there is a possibility of a big hit by displaying a predetermined effect image on condition that the player operates a button. In this modification, the pending Uchirenso effect A is included in the button notice effect. At this time, in the normal button notice effect, a plurality of items A, B, and C appear on the screen, and any one of the items can be selected. On the other hand, in the button notice production as the pending villa production A, in addition to the normal items A, B, and C, a special item D appears on the screen, and it is possible to select this item D. .. In this way, the appearance of the special item D during the button notice production notifies the possibility of the pending villa.

As described above, according to the fifth modification of the first embodiment, the synergistic effect of the hold inner consecutive villa effect and the button notice effect can further increase the added value when the hold inner consecutive villa effect is established. , It is possible to enhance the effect of the player participation type, and as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

[1st Embodiment-6th modification]
Next, the gaming machine according to the sixth modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the sixth modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the portions having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted, and the different parts will be mainly explained.

(Image for both the pending villa production and the design variation production)
In the above-mentioned first embodiment, only the effects that do not appear in all other scenes are illustrated, but the effect is not limited to this, and the effect image of the pending Uchirenso effect B is displayed during the symbol variation effect. It may be configured to be used in combination with any of the produced images. For example, in the battle production during the symbol variation production, when a production image in which a ally character performs a special move may appear, this production image may be used in combination with the production image of the pending Uchirenso production B. In addition, the pending Uchirenso production A
The reason why the effect image of the above and the effect image during the symbol variation effect are not shared is that when the combined image is displayed during the symbol variation effect, this combined image is displayed as one process of the normal battle effect. This is because it is difficult to distinguish whether the image is displayed as the hold-in-house consecutive villa production A, so that it is highly likely that the possibility of the hold-in-in-ream villa cannot be accurately notified to the player.

As described above, according to the sixth modification of the first embodiment, the effect image of the symbol variation effect and the effect image of the hold inner consecutive villa effect are partially shared, so that the limited hardware of the game machine is used. It is possible to prevent wasteful consumption of resources.

In addition, during the jackpot production, a fanning effect may be provided to fuel the occurrence of the pending inner consecutive villa effect B. In this case, during the big hit effect, the hold inner consecutive villa effect can be generated only once, whereas the fanning effect can be generated a plurality of times. For example, in the hold inner consecutive villa production B, for example, when the above combined image is scheduled to be displayed in a predetermined round during the jackpot production, the hold inner consecutive villa production B (correspondingly) over a plurality of rounds before the predetermined round. In order to incite the occurrence of the combined image), a fanned image that is associated with or premonitions the occurrence of the combined image, such as a shadow of a ally character or an afterimage of a special move, may be displayed.

[1st Embodiment-7th modification]
Next, the gaming machine according to the seventh modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the seventh modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the portions having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted, and the different parts will be mainly explained.

(Number of notifications for consecutive villas on hold)
In the above-described first embodiment, in the hold inner consecutive villa effect B, the possibility that a plurality of specific holds exist in the subsequent operation hold ball is configured to be notified. When teaching the possibility that there are multiple specific holds in the operation hold ball, the maximum value of the number of specific holds that can be notified by the hold inner consecutive villa production (“the number of hold inner consecutive villa notifications”) is determined in advance. It may be configured so that the number of specific holds existing in the subsequent operation hold balls can be notified within a range not exceeding this maximum value.

In the above-described first embodiment, the maximum value of the number of notifications of the pending villas in the reserved villa production A is "1", and the maximum value of the number of notifications of the reserved villas in the reserved villa production B is. It is "2". That is, in the hold inner consecutive villa production A judgment process, the look-ahead judgment for only the earliest specific hold among the subsequent operation hold balls is executed to notify the existence of one specific hold, whereas the hold In the Uchirenso production B judgment process, a look-ahead judgment is performed not only for the earliest specific hold of the subsequent operation hold balls but also for the subsequent specific hold to notify the existence of two or more specific holds. It is configured to get.

In this modification, the number of specific holds (referred to as "the number of hold-in consecutive villas") existing in the subsequent operation hold sphere is counted in executing such hold-in-end consecutive villa production A and B determination processing. Set up a counter for the number of consecutive villas on hold. The number of reserved villas counter is sequentially updated within a range not exceeding a predetermined maximum value of the number of reserved villas notified. The maximum value of the number of notifications for the reserved villas is set larger for the reserved villas B than for the reserved villas A. Specifically, the maximum value of the number of notifications of the pending villas in the holding villa production A is "1", and the maximum value of the number of notifications of the holding villas in the holding villa production B is "3". .. It should be noted that the maximum value of the number of consecutive villas in the hold can be set within a range that is equal to or less than the maximum number of balls on hold for operation of the second special symbol.

As for the notification mode of the number of reserved villas in the production of the reserved villas, as in the first embodiment described above, when "one""mysterybook" appears, the number of reserved villas is "1". If "mystery book" appears "2", it will inform you of the possibility that the number of consecutive villas is "2", and if "mystery book" appears "3", it will be on hold. An embodiment for notifying the possibility that the number of consecutive villas is “3” is exemplified.

It should be noted that the maximum value of the number of reserved villas in this modified example is merely an example, and the maximum value of the number of reserved villas notified in the reserved villa production A may be "2" or more. The maximum value of the number of notifications of the pending villas in the pending villa production B may be "4".

As described above, according to the seventh modification of the first embodiment, the maximum value of the number of notifications of the pending villas in the reserved villa production A and the pending villa production B is set to be different from each other, and this maximum value. By individually updating the number of reserved villas within the range that does not exceed the above, the display mode of the reserved villas A and B can be made rich and varied according to the number of villa notifications. As a result, it becomes possible to improve the fun of the game.

[Second Embodiment]
Next, the gaming machine according to the second embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the second embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the parts having the same configuration are designated by the same reference numerals. The explanation is omitted, and the different parts are mainly described.

In the game machine of the first embodiment, the game state after the special game is determined based on the stop symbol (symbol group) of the special symbol, but in the game machine of the second embodiment, the stop symbol (symbol group) of the special symbol is determined. ) And the game mode during the special game, the game state after the special game is determined. That is, in the game machine of the second embodiment, the game ball enters the large winning opening (in this example, the second large winning opening 65) having a specific area in the special game and passes through the specific area. , It is configured as a so-called ball-probability type game machine that decides to shift to the probabilistic state after the end of the special game.

FIG. 52 is a schematic view showing the configuration of the second large winning opening 65 in the second embodiment. As described above, the second major winning opening 65 is provided with the second major winning opening switch 651 for detecting the entry of the game ball into the second major winning opening 65, and the second major winning opening 65. A second special electric accessory 652 for opening and closing the 65 is provided. Further, in the second special winning opening 65, a distribution device 654 for determining the game state after the end of the special game is provided located on the downstream side of the second special winning opening switch 651. The distribution device 654 is provided with a specific area 658 and a non-specific area 659 to which the game balls that have entered the second large winning opening 65 are distributed. Further, the distribution device 654 is provided with a blade member 655 that selectively guides the game ball that has entered the second large winning opening 65 to the specific area 658 or the non-specific area 659, and opens and closes the blade member 655. A specific area solenoid 656 is provided for this purpose. When the blade member 655 is in the closed position, the specific region 658 is closed by the blade member 655, and the game ball is distributed to the non-specific region 659. On the other hand, in the state where the blade member 655 is in the open position, the specific area 658 is opened and the game ball is distributed to the specific area 658. In the specific area 658, a specific area switch 657 for detecting the game ball that has flowed into the specific area 658 is provided. The specific area switch 657 functions as a probability change switch for shifting the game state after the end of the special game to a state in which the probability variation function of the special symbol is activated (high probability state).

In this example, the opening / closing operation of the second special electric accessory 652 and the opening / closing operation of the blade member 655 are synchronously controlled, and the opening period of the second special winning opening 65 and the opening period of the specific area 658 are temporal. It is configured to overlap with. Therefore, when the second big winning opening 65 is opened, the specific area 658 is also opened, and when the second big winning opening 65 is closed, the specific area 658 is also closed. The drive control of the blade member 655 (specific region solenoid 656) is executed by the main control board 100 (electric accessory control means 160).

The main control board 100 (ball entry determination means 110) determines whether or not a game ball has entered the specific area 658 of the second large winning opening 65 based on the detection information from the specific area switch 657. Then, when the main control board 100 (the ball entry determination means 110) detects that the ball has entered the specific area 658, the effect control command (“specific area entry command”) including the specific area entry information is used. To generate).

Subsequently, the stop symbol (big hit type) of the special symbol in the second embodiment will be described.

The upper part of FIG. 53 is a diagram schematically showing a symbol table per first special symbol in the second embodiment. In the first special symbol per symbol table, the stop symbol, the symbol group, and the operation patterns of the large winning openings 64 and 65 are associated with the special symbol per symbol random value, respectively. In this table, the stop symbols "1" to "8" of the first special symbol are classified into two types of symbol groups A and B according to the type of jackpot. Specifically, in the symbols "1", "2", "3", and "4", the symbol group A (16R long open jackpot symbol) is the symbol "5", "6", "7", " 8 ”is associated with a symbol group B (8R short open jackpot symbol).

The lower part of FIG. 53 is a diagram schematically showing a symbol table per second special symbol in the second embodiment. In the second special symbol per symbol table, the stop symbol, the symbol group, and the operation patterns of the large winning openings 64 and 65 are associated with the symbol random value per special symbol, respectively. In this table, the stop symbols "11" to "18" of the second special symbol are classified into two types of symbol groups C and D according to the type of jackpot. Specifically, in the symbols "11", "12", "13", and "14", the symbol group C (16R long open jackpot symbol) is the symbol "15", "16", "17", " A symbol group D (8R long open jackpot symbol) is associated with each of "18".

The "long opening jackpot" is a jackpot accompanied by a round game in which the second big winning opening 65 is opened for a long time, and it is relatively easy for the game ball to enter the specific area 658. The "short-open jackpot" is a jackpot that involves a round game in which the second big winning opening 65 is short-opened, and it is relatively difficult for the game ball to enter the specific area 658. In the present embodiment, when a big hit is made in the first special symbol, it corresponds to a long open big hit (16R long open big hit) at a rate of 50%, and a short open big hit (8R short open big hit) at a rate of the remaining 50%. ) Corresponds. On the other hand, when the second special symbol is a big hit, it corresponds to a long open big hit (16R long open big hit, 8R long open big hit) at a rate of 100%.

Here, FIG. 54 is a time chart for explaining the operation patterns of the large winning openings 64 and 65 in the special game according to the second embodiment. In the figure, the state changes of the first prize opening 64 and the second prize opening 65 during the special game are shown in chronological order from left to right. In addition, between each round, an interval time (waiting time) for maintaining the closed state of the large winning openings 64 and 65 is provided. In the operation pattern of the large winning openings 64 and 65 in the present embodiment, it is defined that the second large winning opening 65 (specific area 658) is opened and closed only in a specific round (also referred to as a "specific round") of the special game. ing. In the present embodiment, the specific rounds are defined as the 7th round and the 8th round. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the specific round may be changed to another number of rounds, or a plurality of specific rounds of three or more may be set.

FIG. 54 (A) shows a 16R long opening pattern which is an operation pattern by a 16R long opening jackpot. In the 16R long opening pattern, in rounds other than the specific round, the first large winning opening 64 is opened continuously for 29 seconds, while in the specific rounds 7th and 8th rounds, the second large winning opening 65 Is stipulated to be open continuously for 29 seconds.

FIG. 54 (B) shows an 8R long opening pattern which is an operation pattern by an 8R long opening jackpot. In the 8R long opening pattern, in rounds other than the specific round, the first large winning opening 64 is opened continuously for 29 seconds, while in the specific rounds 7th and 8th rounds, the second large winning opening 65 Is stipulated to be open continuously for 29 seconds.

In this way, when the 16R long open jackpot or the 8R long open jackpot is selected, the opening period of the second big winning opening 65 is set to a long time of 29 seconds in the specific round, and the second big winning opening 65 Since the opening period and the opening period of the specific area 658 overlap in time, the game ball entered from the second large winning opening 65 easily wins the specific area 658. As a result, a state in which the game ball can easily pass through the specific area 658 is maintained.

FIG. 54C shows an 8R short opening pattern, which is an operation pattern due to an 8R short opening jackpot. In the 8R short opening pattern, in rounds other than the specific round, the first large winning opening 64 is opened continuously for 29 seconds, while in the specific rounds 7th and 8th rounds, the second large winning opening 65 Is stipulated to be open for 0.2 seconds.

In this way, when the 8R short opening jackpot is selected, the second big winning opening 65 is opened only for an extremely short time of 0.2 seconds in a specific round, so that the game ball is in the second big winning opening 65. The possibility of entering a specific area 658 is extremely low. As a result, a state in which it is difficult for the game ball to pass through the specific area 658, a state in which the game ball is substantially impossible to pass is maintained.

When the game ball enters the specific area 658 in the specific round, it shifts to the probability change state (high probability state) of the special symbol after the end of the special game. In addition, when the special symbol shifts to the probabilistic state, the special symbol also shifts to the time saving state and the electric chew support state at the same time, and as long as the special symbol probabilistic state continues, the special symbol time saving state and the electric chew support state also change. continue. If the next big hit does not occur within the number of ST changes (100 times) after the end of the special game, the probability change state of the special symbol ends and the state shifts to the normal state.

On the other hand, if the game ball does not enter the specific area 658 in the specific round, the special symbol is in a time-saving state (low probability state) after the end of the special game. In addition, when the special symbol shifts to the time saving state, it shifts to the electric chew support state at the same time, and as long as the time saving state of the special symbol continues, the electric chew support state also continues. When the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches a predetermined number of times (70 times) after the end of the special game, the time saving state of the special symbol ends and the state shifts to the normal state.

Subsequently, the production of the pending villa in the second embodiment will be described. In the present embodiment, it is determined whether or not the hold inner consecutive villa production B as the jackpot effect can be executed at the timing after the specific round in the special game. This is not the timing after the lapse of a specific round (at least after the game ball enters the specific area), the game state after the end of the special game shifts to the high probability state or shifts to the low probability state. This is because it is uncertain whether or not to do so, and it is difficult to notify the occurrence of the pending villa in this uncertain state. In other words, depending on the game state after the end of the special game, the lottery result of whether or not the subsequent operation hold ball existing during the special game will be a big hit depends on the lottery result. By setting the lottery after a specific round, it is possible to make a definite notification of the pending villas. Therefore, in the present embodiment, on the premise that the game ball has entered the specific area in the specific round, that is, the transition to the probabilistic state of the special symbol has been assured after the end of the special game, the pending inner consecutive villa production The execution of B is decided. Therefore, in the hold inner consecutive villa production B in this example, in addition to the existence of a specific hold that becomes a big hit in the subsequent operation hold ball, the game state after the special game is a probabilistic state (high probability state) of the special symbol. It is meaningful as a production that definitely informs that it will be. In other words, in the 7th round, the 8th round, or the subsequent rounds, and if there is no entry into the specific area 658, the pending villa production B does not occur, in other words, the 7th round or the 8th round. When the pending Uchirenso effect B occurs in the round, it can be said that the timing is the same as or after the timing of entering the game ball into the specific area 658.

As described above, in the second embodiment, at the timing after the specific round (timing after entering the specific area), the pre-determination result (pre-determination number) from the main control board 100 is referred to, and the ball is currently being executed. When a pre-reading hit / fail judgment is executed for the subsequent operation hold ball in the game state after the special game is completed (it becomes a probable change state by entering a specific area), and there is a specific hold that becomes a big hit. It is configured so that the pending Uchirenso production B can be executed by lottery. Then, the specific processing will be described below.

(Big hit production content determination process: second embodiment)
Subsequently, the jackpot effect content determination process (S638) according to the subroutine of S638 of FIG. 27 in the second embodiment will be described. FIG. 55 is a flowchart showing the details of the jackpot effect content determination process (S638).

Here, in the above-described first embodiment, the hold inner consecutive villa production B determination process (see S805 of FIG. 31) is executed when the start demo command is received, but this second embodiment is executed. Then, the hold inner consecutive villa effect B determination process is executed when the specific area entry command is received. This is because, as described above, the feasibility of executing the hold-in-ream villa production B is matched with the timing after the game ball enters the specific area 658. In FIG. 55, since the processes of S801 to S818 and S821 to S838 are the same as those of the first embodiment, the different processes of S841 to S843 will be mainly described.

First, it is determined whether or not the specific area entry command is stored in the sub-main information storage means 260 (S841). When the specific area entry command is stored (S841: YES), the specific area entry flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is turned on (S842). The pending inner consecutive villa production B determination process is executed (S843). The details of the pending villa production B determination process (S842) will be described later with reference to FIG. 56. Subsequently, the jackpot effect replacement process is executed (S844). In this jackpot effect replacement process, when the hold inner consecutive villa effect B (special continuous effect) is executed, the normal end demo effect pattern is replaced with the special end demo effect pattern. In the preceding jackpot effect replacement process (S806), when the special continuous effect is executed, the normal start demo effect pattern is replaced with the special start demo effect pattern. On the other hand, when the specific area entry command is not stored (S841: NO), S842 and S843 are skipped and the process proceeds to S821.

Although not shown, when a specific area entry command is received during the special game, the game ball enters the specific area 658, that is, the state shifts to the probabilistic state of the special symbol after the end of the special game. The effect pattern of the notification effect (referred to as "specific area entry notification effect") for notifying that is determined, and the number of the effect pattern of this specific area entry notification effect is assigned to the specific area of the sub-main information storage means 260. Temporarily stored in the ball entry effect pattern storage area.

(Holding consecutive villa production B judgment processing: second embodiment)
Subsequently, the pending inner consecutive villa production B determination process (S843) in the second embodiment will be described. FIG. 56 is a flowchart showing the details of the hold inner consecutive villa effect B determination process (S843) in the second embodiment.

Here, the difference from the first embodiment described above is the processing of S850 and S869, and the processing after S850 is executed when the specific area entry command is received. In FIG. 56, since the processes of S851 to S868 and S870 are the same as those of the first embodiment, the different processes of S860 and S869 will be mainly described.

First, it is determined whether or not the specific area entry flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is on (S850). When the specific area entry flag is on (S850: YES), the pending inner consecutive villa effect B lottery process (S856), the consecutive villa effect pattern selection process (S861), and the like are executed in the processes after S851. .. In this example, since the pending in-house consecutive villa effect B determination process is performed on the premise that the game ball enters the specific area in the specific round, in this consecutive villa effect pattern selection process, the round effect after the specific round ( Only the consecutive villa production pattern that occurs in the end demo production (including a specific round) can be selected. Then, in the latter half of this process, the specific area entry flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is turned off (S869).

If there are a plurality of balls entering the specific area 658 in the specific rounds (7th to 8th rounds) in the special game being executed this time, this process (S850) based on the earliest entry. Since the hold inner consecutive villa production flag is turned on in ~ S870), even if the main process based on the subsequent entry is executed, a negative judgment (NO) is made in S731, and the pending inner consecutive villa production is performed again. The lottery process of B is avoided.

As described above, according to the second embodiment, by entering the specific area 658, the right to shift to the probabilistic state of the special symbol can be obtained, and the expectation for the occurrence of the continuous villa production in the hold is raised. The effect of the consecutive villa production can be further enhanced, and the execution of the pending consecutive villa production in the situation where the game state after the special game is uncertain is regulated, and it is reflected as the result of the look-ahead judgment. By preventing a discrepancy between the display mode of the reserved inner consecutive villa production and the actual result, it is possible to improve the reliability of the reserved inner consecutive villa production as the look-ahead notice, and as a result, the taste of the game. It is possible to improve the interest.

In the second embodiment described above, an opening pattern in which the opening period of the second large winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 completely overlaps is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the second large winning prize is not limited to this. The opening period of the mouth 65 and the specific area 658 may not be completely overlapped but may be partially overlapped. Further, in consideration of the delay time until the game ball that has entered the second large winning opening 65 reaches the specific area 658, the opening period of the specific area 658 is delayed with respect to the opening period of the second large winning opening 65. You may.

[Second Embodiment-First Modified Example]
Next, the gaming machine according to the first modification of the second embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the first modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the second embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the portions having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted, and the different parts will be mainly explained.

In the second embodiment described above, the pending inner consecutive villa production B determination process is executed at the timing when the game ball enters the specific area 658 in the specific round, but the present invention is not limited to this, and in the specific round. The configuration may be such that the pending inner consecutive villa effect B determination process is executed before the game ball enters the specific area 658.

First, in explaining the configuration, the pre-determination number, which is the result of the pre-determination of success / failure on the main control board 100 side, will be described. FIG. 57 is a diagram schematically showing a winning / failing pre-judgment table, (A) is a table referred to in the winning / failing pre-judgment of the first special symbol lottery, and (B) is referred to in the winning / failing pre-judgment of the second special symbol lottery. It is a table to be done. FIG. 57 has contents corresponding to the special symbol winning / failing lottery table (FIG. 5) referred to in the first embodiment.

In the pre-judgment of winning or failing of the first special symbol lottery, as shown in FIG. 57 (A), when the random number value falls within the range of "0 to 163", the pre-judgment number is "1" and the random number value is "164 to 1639". When the range corresponds to the range of "2", the pre-judgment number "2", when the random value corresponds to the range of "1640 to 65207", the pre-judgment number "3", and the random value corresponds to the range of "65208 to 65535". In this case, the pre-judgment number "4" is set as the pre-judgment result. This pre-judgment number is included in the content of the hit / miss pre-judgment command together with information indicating that it is the pre-judgment result of the first special symbol and information indicating the order of the operation holding balls, and is transmitted to the effect control board 200 side. (See S213 in FIG. 13).

In the pre-judgment of winning or failing of the second special symbol lottery, as shown in FIG. 57 (B), when the random number value falls within the range of "0 to 163", the pre-judgment number is "1" and the random number value is "164 to 1639". When the range corresponds to the range of "", the pre-judgment number "2" is set, and when the random number value falls within the range of "1640 to 65535", the pre-judgment number "3" is set as the pre-judgment result. This pre-judgment number is included in the content of the hit / miss pre-judgment command together with the information indicating that it is the pre-judgment result of the second special symbol and the information indicating the order of the operation holding balls, and is transmitted to the effect control board 200 side. (See S213 in FIG. 13).

As can be seen by comparing the special symbol winning / failing lottery table of FIG. 5 and the winning / failing pre-judgment table of FIG. 57, the pre-judgment number "1" does not depend on the game state (normal state / probability change state) and is always a "big hit". Is the result of the determination derived. On the other hand, the pre-judgment number "2" is a judgment result derived that it is a "big hit" in the probability variation state (high probability state), but is "missing" in the normal state (low probability state). is there. In this example as well, as in the first embodiment described above, the target of the look-ahead determination related to the effect of the pending villa is only the operation-holding ball (preliminary determination result) of the second special symbol, but the first special The operation holding ball (preliminary judgment information) of the symbol may be included.

In the hold inner consecutive villa production A judgment process and the hold inner consecutive villa effect B judgment process, a look-ahead judgment is made as to whether or not a specific hold that becomes a big hit is included in the subsequent operation hold ball (operation hold ball of the second special symbol). Is determined based on this pre-determination number. At this time, the determination as to whether or not the pending Uchirenso effect B can be executed is made before the specific round, that is, before the game ball enters the specific area (for example, before the start of the special game, during the start demo effect, or in the specific round. Consider the case of playing in a previous round game, etc.).

First, when executing the hold inner consecutive villa production B judgment process before the specific round, if there is an action hold ball having a pre-judgment number of "1" in the subsequent action hold balls, the action hold ball will be related. , Even if the game state shifts to either the probabilistic state (high probability state) or the normal state (low probability state) after the end of the special game, the hit / fail judgment result is a big hit, so that the game ball enters the specific area 658. At this point, the pending villas will be confirmed regardless of the presence or absence of. Therefore, in this case, the hold inner consecutive villa effect B can be generated as the final notification of the reserved inner consecutive villa.

On the other hand, when there is an operation-holding ball whose pre-judgment number is "2", whether or not the hit / fail judgment result is a big hit depends on the game state after the end of the special game. Therefore, considering that the game state changes depending on whether or not the game ball enters the specific area 658, the pending villa is not determined at this point. Therefore, in this case, it is not possible to generate the hold inner consecutive villa effect B as the final notification of the reserved inner consecutive villa, and only suggests the possibility of the reserved inner consecutive villa.

Therefore, regardless of whether or not the game ball has entered the specific area 658 (regardless of which game state the game state shifts to), the hit / fail judgment result at the time when the operation pending ball is actually digested is accurate. If it can be specified (in the case of the pre-judgment number "1"), it is possible to notify the confirmation of the holding villa, and conversely, the hit / fail judgment result at the time when the operation holding ball is actually digested can be accurately specified. If it is not possible (in the case of the preliminary judgment number "2"), it is sufficient to only suggest the possibility of the pending villa. Therefore, in this example, it is preferable to prepare the definite notification effect and the suggestion effect of the pending villa in different production modes.

As described above, according to the first modification of the second embodiment, when the look-ahead determination is performed in a situation where the game state after the end of the special game cannot be accurately specified, the jackpot winning is uniquely derived regardless of the game state. If it is to be done, the hold inner consecutive villa effect B is generated in a mode of confirming the pending inner consecutive villa, while if the winning / failing judgment result changes depending on the game state, the pending inner consecutive villa By generating the hold inner consecutive villa production B in a manner suggesting the possibility, even at the timing before the game ball enters the specific area, the notification content and the actual judgment result by the hold inner consecutive villa production It is possible to prevent a notification effect that disappoints the player's expectations, such as a discrepancy in the game, and as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Similarly, as a look-ahead notice other than the hold-in-ream villa production, for example, even in a look-ahead notice such as a hold change, the look-ahead judgment of whether or not there is a specific hold that becomes a big hit in the operation hold ball is this advance judgment. It is done based on the number. At this time, when the pre-reading determination is executed for the succeeding operation-holding ball in the situation where the preceding operation-holding ball is a big hit, the pre-judgment number is used as the pre-determination result of the operation-holding ball to be read ahead. If it is "1", an effect mode for notifying the jackpot confirmation (for example, a "rainbow-colored" hold image representing the jackpot confirmation) may appear as a hold change look-ahead notice effect based on the operation hold ball. That is, with respect to the operation-holding ball, the operation-holding ball is actually the operation-holding ball regardless of whether the game state after the end of the special game is the probability variation state (high probability state) or the normal state (low probability state) of the special symbol. Since it is planned to be a big hit when it is digested, the pending villa will be confirmed at this point regardless of whether or not the game ball has entered the specific area 658, and the result of the look-ahead judgment will be reflected. There is no possibility that there will be a discrepancy between the display mode of the reserved image and the actual result (for example, if the pre-judgment number is "2", the game ball does not enter the specific area 658, and after the special game ends. In the normal state, even if a reserved image showing the jackpot confirmation appears, a situation may occur in which the jackpot is not reached).

In this modification, only the pass / fail pre-judgment table is illustrated as the pre-judgment table, but the pre-judgment number is also assigned to the random number range of each judgment value for the symbol pre-judgment table and the fluctuation pattern pre-judgment table. It can be expressed by.

[Third Embodiment]
Next, the gaming machine according to the third embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the third embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the parts having the same configuration are designated by the same reference numerals. The explanation is omitted, and the different parts are mainly described.

In the game machine of the first embodiment, a game machine having a probability change inrush rate of 100%, that is, a so-called "ST machine", has been described as an example, but in the third embodiment, a big hit with a specific symbol has been described. In this case, it is a so-called normal probability variation type gaming machine in which the probability fluctuation function of the special symbol continues from the end of the special game until the next big hit occurs.

Here, FIG. 58 is a diagram schematically showing a special symbol winning / failing lottery table in the third embodiment, (A) is referred to in a normal state (low probability state), and (B) is a probability changing state (high probability). State). As can be seen from FIG. 58, in the winning / failing lottery of the special symbol game, in the normal state (low probability state), the big hit is obtained only when the random number value falls in the range of 0 to 163. On the other hand, in the probability variation state (high probability state), the jackpot range is expanded, and the jackpot is obtained not only when the random number value falls within the range of 0 to 163 but also when it falls under the range of 164 to 1639. That is, when the probability fluctuation function of the special symbol is activated, the jackpot lottery probability changes from the low probability state (1 / 399.6) to the high probability state (1 / 39.96). In this way, the range corresponding to the big hit changes according to the game state, but the winning probability of the big hit is the same between the winning / failing lottery of the first special symbol and the winning / failing lottery of the second special symbol. Here, even if the random number value per special symbol does not fall within the range of the big hit, if it falls within the predetermined range, it becomes a small hit. In this example, the winning / failing lottery of the first special symbol has a higher probability of winning a small hit than the winning / failing lottery of the second special symbol.

Subsequently, the upper part of FIG. 59 is a diagram schematically showing a symbol table per first special symbol in the third embodiment. In this first special symbol per symbol table, for the special symbol per symbol random value, the stop symbol, the symbol group, the contents of the jackpot (the number of operations of the probability fluctuation function and the fluctuation time shortening function of the special symbol, the first big prize The operation pattern of the port 64) is associated with each other. In this table, the stop symbols "1" to "8" of the first special symbol are classified into three types of symbol groups A to C according to the type of jackpot.

Specifically, the symbol group A (16R specific time-saving symbol) is for the symbols "1", "2", "3", and "4", and the symbol group B is for the symbols "5" and "6". (2R specific time saving symbol), and symbol group C (2R normal time saving symbol) is associated with the symbols "7" and "8", respectively.

Next, the lower part of FIG. 59 is a diagram schematically showing the second special symbol per symbol table in the third embodiment. In this second special symbol per symbol table, for the special symbol per symbol random value, the stop symbol, the symbol group, the contents of the jackpot (the number of operations of the probability fluctuation function and the fluctuation time shortening function of the special symbol, the second big prize The operation pattern of the mouth 65) is associated with each other. In this table, the stop symbols "11" to "18" of the second special symbol are classified into three types of symbol groups D to F according to the type of jackpot. Specifically, the symbol group D (16R specific time-saving symbol) is for the symbols "11", "12", "13", and "14", and the symbol group E is for the symbols "15" and "16". (2R specific time-saving symbol) is associated with the symbols "17" and "18", respectively, with a symbol group F (2R normal time-saving symbol).

The symbol groups A, B, D, and E are specific symbols indicating a so-called "probability change jackpot" that shifts the game state after the end of the special game to the probability change state (high probability state) of the special symbol, and is special until the next jackpot. The probability change function and the time saving function of the symbol, and the electric chew support function are added. When the symbol groups A and D (16R probability variation jackpot) are selected, the specified number of rounds of the special game is 16 rounds, and the maximum opening time of the big winning opening 64 in one round game is about 30 seconds. When the symbol groups B and E (2R probability variation jackpot) are selected, the specified number of rounds of the special game is 2 rounds, and the maximum opening time of the big winning opening 64 in one round game is about 0.05 seconds. .. The symbol groups C, and F are normal symbols indicating a so-called "normal hit" that shifts the gaming state after the end of the special game to the normal state (low probability state), and is limited to only 100 times after the end of the special game. The special symbol time saving function and electric chew support function are added. When the symbol groups C and F (2R normal jackpot) are selected, the specified number of rounds of the special game is 2 rounds, and the big prize in one round game is the same as the symbol groups B and E (2R probability variation jackpot). The maximum opening time of the mouths 64 and 65 is about 0.05 seconds.

Subsequently, FIG. 60A is a diagram schematically showing a variation pattern table for hitting. The upper (A1) is a normal fluctuation pattern table, and the lower (A2) is a probability variation fluctuation pattern table. In this example, the selected fluctuation pattern is set to be different depending on the fluctuation pattern selection state, or even in the same fluctuation pattern selection state, depending on the jackpot type.

In the normal fluctuation pattern table of (A1), when the jackpot type is 16R jackpot, either the fluctuation pattern PX2 (normal reach A) or the fluctuation pattern PX3 (super reach A) is selected, and when the jackpot is 2R jackpot, Fluctuation pattern PZ2 (normal reach A)
), The fluctuation pattern PZ3 (super reach A), and the fluctuation pattern PZ4 (super reach D) are selected. On the other hand, in the case of a small hit, the fluctuation pattern PK4 (super reach D) is selected.

In the probability variation variation pattern table of (A2), when the jackpot type is 16R jackpot, only the variation pattern PX7 (super reach B) is selected, and when the jackpot type is 2R jackpot, the variation pattern PZ7 (super reach B), variation. One of the patterns PZ8 (Super Reach D) is selected. On the other hand, in the case of a small hit, only the fluctuation pattern PK8 (super reach D) is selected.

FIG. 60B is a diagram schematically showing an example of a variation pattern table for detachment. The upper (B1) is a normal fluctuation pattern table, and the lower (B2) is a probability variation fluctuation pattern table. In this example, the selected variation pattern is set to be different depending on the variation pattern selection state.

In the normal fluctuation pattern table of (B1), one of the fluctuation pattern PH1 (non-reach A), the fluctuation pattern PH2 (normal reach A), the fluctuation pattern PH3 (super reach A), and the fluctuation pattern PH4 (super reach D) is selected. To. In the probability variation variation pattern table of (B2), any one of variation pattern PH5 (non-reach B), variation pattern PH6 (normal reach B), and variation pattern PH8 (super reach D) is selected.

Here, in this probability variation variation pattern table for outliers, only variation patterns that are variation modes of non-reach B, normal reach B, and super reach D can be selected (in other words, variation of super reach B). It differs from the above-mentioned probability variation variation pattern table for hits in that the variation pattern as an aspect is not selected). Therefore, in the probabilistic state of the special symbol, the fluctuation pattern selected depending on whether the fluctuation pattern is Super Reach B or not is clearly distinguished between the time of big hit and the time of deviation, and Super Reach B ( In this example, when a variable mode that develops into battle reach) appears, the jackpot winning is definite.

In this embodiment, the so-called battle spec is adopted, and the battle reach effect is generated when the symbol variation effect develops into the super reach B while staying in the probability variation effect mode Mβ as the effect mode. As described above, this battle reach effect (super reach B) is selected only when the result of the hit / fail judgment is a big hit, so when the battle reach effect occurs during the symbol variation effect, The jackpot becomes definite. In addition, this battle reach production is a reach production in which a ally character and an enemy character play against each other to decide the victory or defeat. Then, the 2R jackpot is confirmed.

Subsequently, the production of the pending villa in the third embodiment will be described. The operation-holding balls to be read ahead of the reserved inner consecutive villas A and B in the first embodiment described above were specific reserved (16R big hit, 8R big hit) or off-hold, but the reserved inner consecutive villa in the third embodiment. The operation hold ball to be read ahead of the effects A and B is a specific hold (16R big hit) or a small hit hold (excluding the off hold). As a reason for including a small hit, in general, when the result of the hit / fail judgment is wrong, since many kinds of fluctuation patterns are prepared, for any of the subsequent operation hold balls There are fewer types of fluctuation patterns to be selected in the case of small hits than to design whether to perform the production of Gase (the production of the consecutive villas on hold), and due to the nature of the lottery result of small hits. This is because it is suitable to be used as a ghost effect, so that it is possible to perform a simple process with few judgments for executing the look-ahead determination.

FIG. 61 (A) is a continuous villa effect pattern table referred to when selecting the continuous villa effect pattern of the reserved internal villa effect A in the third embodiment, and FIG. 61 (B) is the reserved internal villa effect in the third embodiment. It is a consecutive villa production pattern table referred to when selecting the consecutive villa production pattern of the villa production B. Since these consecutive villa production pattern tables are basically the same as the consecutive villa production pattern (see FIG. 8) in the first embodiment, detailed description thereof will be omitted, but as described above, the pending internal ren It differs in that the small hit hold is included as the operation hold ball to be read ahead in the villa productions A and B. Then, the specific processing will be described below.

(Holding consecutive villa production B judgment processing: 3rd embodiment)
Subsequently, the pending inner consecutive villa production B determination process (S843) in the third embodiment will be described. FIG. 62 is a flowchart showing the details of the hold inner consecutive villa effect B determination process (S843) in the third embodiment.

Here, the difference from the above-mentioned first embodiment is that the processing of S871 to S874 includes the small hit hold in the operation hold ball to be read ahead of the hold inner consecutive villa production B. In FIG. 62, since the processes of S851 to S854 and S858 to S870 are the same as those of the first embodiment, the different processes of S871 to S874 will be mainly described.

First, when a specific hold exists in the operation hold ball of the second special symbol (S854: YES), it is determined whether or not this specific hold indicates a 16R jackpot (high profit jackpot) (S871). .. When the specific hold corresponds to the 16R jackpot (S871: YES), the hold inner consecutive villa production B lottery process 1 for determining whether or not to execute the hold inner consecutive villa production B is executed (s). S872). In the pending consecutive villa production B lottery process 1, the consecutive villa production lottery random value matches the determination value of either "execution" or "non-execution" with reference to the consecutive villa production B lottery table 1 (not shown). If so, decide whether or not to execute it. In this example, for example, execution is determined at a rate of 70% and non-execution is determined at a rate of 30%.

On the other hand, when there is no specific hold in the operation hold ball of the second special symbol (S854: NO), it is determined whether or not the small hit hold is included in the operation hold ball of the second special symbol (S873). .. When the small hit hold is included (S873: YES), the hold inner consecutive villa effect B lottery process 2 for determining whether or not to execute the hold inner consecutive villa effect B is executed (S874). .. In the pending consecutive villa production B lottery process 2, the consecutive villa production lottery random value matches the determination value of either "execution" or "non-execution" with reference to the consecutive villa production B lottery table 2 (not shown). If so, decide whether or not to execute it. In this example, for example, execution is determined at a rate of 0.1%, and non-execution is determined at a rate of 99.9%.

If the winner is selected in the reserved inner consecutive villa production B lottery process (S872, S874), the consecutive villa production pattern for determining the content of the reserved inner consecutive villa production A is selected (S861), and this is selected. After temporarily storing in the continuous villa effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S868), the pending internal consecutive villa effect flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is turned on (S870), and this process ends.

By the way, what should be noted in this embodiment is that the holding inner consecutive villa effect B does not occur during the execution of the special game, and the subsequent operation holding ball (holding inner consecutive villa effect B occurs) after the end of this special game. If a high expectation effect (Super Reach B) occurs due to the digestion of the operation hold ball that exists at the time, the high profit jackpot is higher than the probability of a low profit jackpot (2R probability variation jackpot, 2R normal jackpot). The probability of becoming (16R probability variation jackpot) is set higher.

As shown in FIG. 59 (B), as the allocation of the jackpot type in the second special symbol game, there is a 70% probability of a 16R probability variation jackpot, a 20% probability of a 2R probability variation jackpot, and a 10% probability of 2
R is usually a big hit. In this example, the 16R probability variation jackpot is also referred to as "16R jackpot", and the 2R probability variation jackpot and the 2R normal jackpot are collectively referred to as "2R jackpot".

Further, as shown in FIG. 60, in the probability variation state of the special symbol, if the result of the hit / fail judgment is a big hit, and if it is a 16R big hit, there is a 100% probability that the super reach B (high expectation effect) will fluctuate. When the pattern PX7 is selected and it is a 2R jackpot (2R specific jackpot, 2R normal jackpot), the fluctuation pattern PZ7 of super reach B (high expectation effect) is selected with a probability of 60%.

At this time, as described in S872 in FIG. 62, in this example, when a specific hold (16R jackpot) exists in the subsequent operation hold ball, the winning probability of whether or not the hold inner consecutive villa production B can be executed is 70%. Because it is set to, even if there is a specific hold (16R jackpot), there is a 30% chance that the hold inner consecutive villa production B will not be executed.

Under the above conditions, the probability X of 16R jackpot due to the appearance of Battle Reach (Super Reach B) and the appearance of Battle Reach (Super Reach B) under the situation where the pending Uchirenso production B was not executed. The probability Y of winning a 2R jackpot is as follows.

X = (Probability of becoming a 16R jackpot) x (Probability of not having a pending villa production B) x (Probability of becoming Super Reach B)
Y = (Probability of becoming a 2R jackpot) x (Probability of becoming Super Reach B)

Subsequently, using the above numerical values, the probability X of 16R jackpot due to the appearance of Super Reach B and the probability Y of 2R jackpot due to the appearance of Super Reach B are specifically calculated as follows.

X = 70/100 x (100-70) / 100 x 100/100 = 21/100
Y = (20 + 10) / 100 × 60/100 = 18/100

Therefore, if a high-expectation effect occurs in the subsequent operation hold ball without the hold-in-ream villa production B (when it develops into Super Reach B), it is more likely to be a low-profit jackpot. , The possibility of a big hit other than this low profit big hit (that is, high profit big hit = 16R big hit) is higher.

As described above, according to the third embodiment, even if the pending in-house consecutive villa production B does not occur during the special game, the player has a high profit for the high expectation production after the end of the special game. It is possible to raise the player's expectation by generating a high expectation effect without impairing the expectation for the big hit, and as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

[Fourth Embodiment]
Next, the gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the fourth embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the parts having the same configuration are designated by the same reference numerals. The explanation is omitted, and the different parts are mainly described.

In the above-mentioned first embodiment, regardless of the jackpot type, an ST machine (number-cut probability change machine) having a probability change inrush rate of 100% that uniformly shifts to a high probability state (probability change state of a special symbol) after the end of the special game is used. Adopted, but not limited to this, some of the jackpot types include jackpots that shift to a low probability state (time saving state of special symbols or normal state) after the end of the special game, and a predetermined ratio (for example, probability change) An ST machine that shifts to a probabilistic state of a special symbol at a rush rate of 80%) may be adopted.

In such a model, when a normal big hit is made in the probability variation state (high probability state) of the special game, it shifts to the normal state or the time saving state (low probability state) of the special symbol after the end of the special game, or After reaching the ST period in the probabilistic state (high probability state) of the special game, the game state may change, such as when shifting to the normal state or the time saving state (low probability state) of the special symbol.

In this modification, when the pre-reading determination is performed on the effect control board 200 side based on the information of the pre-determination result from the main control board 100, the operation holding ball (referred to as “target holding”) that is the target of the pre-reading determination is When the game state is scheduled to change before it is digested (high probability state → low probability state, etc.), the information of the pre-determination result related to this operation holding ball is configured to be ignored. That is, although it was judged as a "big hit" in the look-ahead judgment of the target hold, it became a normal big hit (non-probability change big hit) as a result of digesting the operation hold ball (starter hold) stored prior to the target hold. If the game state reaches the normal state after the end of the special game, or if the ST period ends after the look-ahead determination and before the trigger hold is exhausted, the trigger hold is actually digested. Occasionally, a situation may occur in which it is determined to be out of order. Therefore, in order to prevent such a situation, when the game state is scheduled to change, the information of the pre-judgment result is not subject to the pre-reading judgment. In addition, "ignore" includes the meaning of "receives the sent information but does not use it" and the meaning of "does not receive the sent information".

As an example of applying this configuration to the look-ahead determination related to the production of the consecutive villas in the hold, when the preceding operation hold ball becomes a big hit as a result of being digested, the current gaming state (preceding) in the subsequent operation hold ball Even when there is something that is judged to be a specific hold in the game state at the time when the operation hold ball is digested), if the game state is scheduled to change before the specific hold is digested, this specific hold It is configured to ignore the information of the preliminary judgment result related to the hold. Here, "the game state is scheduled to change" means that there is a possibility that the game state may be switched between before and after the execution of the special game (special game when the preceding operation holding ball becomes a big hit). For example, as a result of digesting the preceding operation-holding ball in the probabilistic state of the special symbol, the game state becomes a normal jackpot, and the game state is changed after the end of the special game and before the subsequent operation-holding ball is digested. This applies when you plan to switch to the normal state. In addition, the present invention is not limited to this, and may include the case of switching from the probabilistic state of the special symbol to the time saving state of the special symbol, the case of switching from the time saving state of the special symbol to the normal state, and the like. Then, the specific processing will be described below.

(Holding consecutive villa production A judgment processing: 4th embodiment)
Subsequently, the pending inner consecutive villa production A determination process (S737) in the fourth embodiment will be described. FIG. 63 is a flowchart showing the details of the hold inner consecutive villa effect A determination process (S737) in the fourth embodiment.

Here, the difference from the above-mentioned first embodiment is the processing of S771, and when the game state is scheduled to change, the advance determination information relating to the specific hold is present or not. The point is that the judgment information is ignored. In FIG. 63, since the processes of S761 to S770 are the same as those of the first embodiment, the process of S771 which is a difference will be mainly described.

First, when the pre-determination information of the operation-holding ball of the second special symbol is stored in the look-ahead information storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S763: YES), before the operation-holding ball is digested. It is determined whether or not the current gaming state is scheduled to change (S771). Whether or not the game state is scheduled to change may be determined individually on the effect control board 200 side based on the information of the effect control command from the main control board 100, or the pre-determination command. The determination may be made based on the information of the pre-determination command by adding the information related to the game state (detailed below) to the above. If the game state is not scheduled to change (S771: NO), and if there is a specific hold (16R jackpot) (S764,765), it will be decided whether or not to execute the hold inner consecutive villa production A. (S766), select the consecutive villa effect pattern for determining the content of the reserved inner consecutive villa effect A (S768), and temporarily store this in the consecutive villa effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260. After memorizing (S769), the holding inner consecutive villa production flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is turned on (S770), and this process ends.

On the other hand, when the gaming state is scheduled to change (S771: YES), this process ends, ignoring the pre-determination information related to the operation-holding ball, regardless of whether or not the specific hold exists. .. In this example, when the game state is scheduled to change, (1) a normal jackpot in the specific game state (probability change state), (2) a probability change jackpot, and a specific hold (probability change). There is a specific hold scheduled to be a big hit), but it is assumed that there is a specific hold scheduled to be a normal big hit before the specific hold. However, the game state may be changed due to the end of the ST period or the like when a predetermined number of fluctuations elapses, not only in the hold-in-ream villa production but also in the pre-reading notice production such as a mere hold change.

(Holding consecutive villa production B judgment processing: 4th embodiment)
Subsequently, the pending inner consecutive villa production B determination process (S843) in the fourth embodiment will be described. FIG. 64 is a flowchart showing the details of the hold inner consecutive villa effect B determination process (S843) in the fourth embodiment.

Here, the difference from the above-mentioned first embodiment is the processing of S875, and when the gaming state is scheduled to change, the difference is that regardless of whether or not there is prior determination information relating to the specific hold. The point is to ignore the pre-judgment information. In FIG. 64, since the processes of S851 to S870 are the same as those of the first embodiment, the process of S875, which is a difference, will be mainly described.

First, when the pre-determination information of the operation-holding ball of the second special symbol is stored in the look-ahead information storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S853: YES), before the operation-holding ball is digested. It is determined whether or not the current gaming state is scheduled to change (S875). If the game state is not scheduled to change (S875: NO), it is determined by lottery whether or not to execute the pending villa production B (S856, S857), and the holding villa production A (S861), and temporarily storing this in the continuous villa effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S868), the sub-main information storage means 260. Turn on the pending Uchirenso production flag (S870), and end this process.

On the other hand, when the game state is scheduled to change (S875: YES), the present process is terminated by ignoring the prior determination information related to the operation hold ball regardless of whether or not the specific hold exists. ..

As described above, according to the fourth embodiment, it is possible to prevent a notification effect that disappoints the player's expectation, such as a discrepancy between the result notified in advance by the hold-in-house consecutive villa production and the actual lottery result. As a result, it becomes possible to improve the fun of the game.

It should be noted that the configuration of the fourth embodiment described above is any game machine capable of mutually shifting a plurality of types of gaming states such as a normal state (low probability state) and a probabilistic state of a special symbol (high probability state). It is not limited to the ST machine, and may be applied to the game machine according to the second embodiment (ball probability type) or the third embodiment (normal probability variation type).

[Fourth Embodiment-First Modified Example]
Next, the gaming machine according to the first modification of the fourth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the first modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the fourth embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the portions having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted, and the different parts will be mainly explained.

In the above-described fourth embodiment, when the gaming state is scheduled to change, the information of the preliminary determination result from the main control board 100 is ignored regardless of whether or not the specific hold exists. , Not limited to this, by adding information related to the game state to the pre-judgment command, even if the game state is scheduled to change, the effect control is based on the pre-judgment information to which the game state information is added. The pre-reading determination may be executed on the board 200 side, and the pending inner consecutive villa effects A and B determination processing may be executed. Here, the "pre-judgment information to which the information on the game state is added" is correct under the game state at the time when the operation holding ball to be the target of the look-ahead judgment is actually digested on the effect control board 200 side. The mode is not particularly limited as long as the information can identify the preliminary determination result. Examples of this are (1) the pre-judgment result in the current gaming state, (2) the pre-judgment result in the next gaming state, (3) the number of remaining continuations (number of fluctuations) in the current gaming state, and (4). The remaining number of continuations (number of fluctuations) until the game changes to the next game state, (5) that the game state is scheduled to change within the predetermined number of changes, and (6) the pending information in the pre-judgment command is actually digested. One or two or more of the information such as the information on the planned game state after deriving the game state at the scheduled time is adopted as appropriate. Further, as described in the hit / miss pre-determination table of FIG. 57 described above, as a lottery result, depending on the game state (normal state / probability change state, more specifically, normal state / probability change state / time saving state may be used). It may be information about a pre-judgment number such that the meaning of the random value of is changed or does not change.

As described above, according to the first modification of the fourth embodiment, even if the game state is scheduled to change, the change is based on the information related to the game state included in the pre-determination result without ignoring the pre-determination result. By executing the look-ahead judgment under the later game state, it is possible to prevent the notification effect that disappoints the player's expectation, such as a discrepancy between the result notified in advance by the hold inner consecutive villa production and the actual lottery result. In addition to being able to do so, it is possible to increase the chances of executing the production of the pending villa, and as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

[Fourth Embodiment-Second Modified Example]
Next, the gaming machine according to the second modification of the fourth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the second modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the fourth embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the portions having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted, and the different parts will be mainly explained. In this second modification, the following configuration can be added to any of the above-mentioned fourth embodiment and the first modification thereof.

In this modification, in the hold inner consecutive villa production A determination process, when the preceding operation hold ball becomes a big hit and a plurality of specific holds are included in the subsequent operation hold ball, the first one is the earliest. The specific hold is treated as an operation hold ball (hereinafter referred to as "target hold") that is the target of the look-ahead judgment in the hold inner consecutive villa production A judgment process, but the second and subsequent specific hold are on hold. The pre-judgment information of the specific hold of the subsequent specific hold is ignored without treating it as the target hold of the villa production A judgment process. In addition, "ignore" includes the meaning of "receives the sent information but does not use it" and the meaning of "does not receive the sent information".

Then, the operation of this modification will be described with reference to FIG. 65 (A). It is assumed that there are two specific hold X1, X3 in the subsequent action hold balls X1, X2, X3 at the time when the preceding action hold ball X0 is digested. At this time, if the result of the digestion of the preceding operation hold ball X0 is a big hit, whether or not the hold inner consecutive villa production A can be executed is determined only in relation to the starter specific hold X1 of the two specific hold X1 and X3. judge. This is because, as described above, in the look-ahead determination related to the hold-in-ream villa production A, the look-ahead determination is performed in order from the earliest operation-holding ball among the subsequent operation-holding balls, and a plurality of identifications are made in the subsequent operation-holding ball. The reason is that if there is a hold, it is determined whether or not the hold inner consecutive villa production can be executed only in relation to the first specific hold. Therefore, of the two specific hold X1 and X3 existing in the subsequent operation hold ball, the later specific hold X3 is not subject to the hold inner consecutive villa production A, and the prior determination information of this specific hold X3 is used. ignore. As described above, in this modification, the starter's specific hold is executed based on the existence of the starter's specific hold when the preceding operation hold ball is digested and becomes a big hit, but the later mover's specific hold exists. Based on this, the pending Uchirenso production A is not executed.

As described above, according to the second modification of the fourth embodiment, when there are a plurality of specific holds in the subsequent operation hold ball, the hold inner consecutive villa production is executed only in relation to the earliest specific hold. By making it possible, it is possible to prevent the target of the originally intended holding villa from changing due to the existence of other specific holdings (for example, specific holdings that are usually scheduled to be big hits) in the meantime. As a result, it is possible to increase the satisfaction when the pending Uchirenso production occurs, and as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

[Fourth Embodiment-Third Modified Example]
Next, the gaming machine according to the third modification of the fourth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the second modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the fourth embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the portions having the same configuration. The explanation will be omitted, and the different parts will be mainly explained. In this third modification, the following configuration can be added to any of the above-mentioned fourth embodiment and the first modification thereof.

In this modification, in the holding inner consecutive villa production A determination process, when the preceding operation holding ball becomes a big hit and a plurality of specific holdings are included in the succeeding operation holding ball, it relates to the preceding operation holding ball. There may be a holding in-house consecutive villa production A in relation to the big hit and the starting specific hold, and a holding in-house consecutive villa production A in the relationship between the big hit related to the starting specific holding and the later specific holding. When, the pre-judgment information of the specific hold of the starting lineup and the pre-judgment information of the specific hold of the starting lineup are compared and considered based on the player's advantage. Is configured to suggest or inform.

Then, the operation of this modification will be described with reference to FIG. 65 (B). It is assumed that there are two specific hold X1, X3 in the subsequent action hold balls X1, X2, X3 at the time when the preceding action hold ball X0 is digested. At this time, if the starting specific hold X1 is "8R big hit" and the late specific hold X3 is "16R big hit", the late specific hold X3 has a higher advantage than the starting specific hold X1. Become. Therefore, when the preceding operation holding ball X0 becomes a big hit as a result of being digested, the starting specific hold X1 is a specific hold having a relatively low advantage, so that the big hit and the starting specific hold related to the preceding operation holding ball X0 In relation to the specific hold X1, the hold in-house consecutive villa production A does not occur. On the other hand, when the starter's operation hold ball X1 is digested and a big hit occurs, the latecomer specific hold X3 is a specific hold with a relatively high advantage, so the big hit and the latecomer specific hold related to the starter specific hold X1 are specified. In relation to the hold X3, the hold in-house consecutive villa production A can occur.

As described above, according to the third modification of the fourth embodiment, it is possible to prevent the continuous occurrence of the highly rare holding inside consecutive villa production and only notify the holding inside jackpot with a truly high advantage. , It is possible to increase the interest in the occurrence of the pending Uchirenso production, and as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

[Fifth Embodiment]
Next, the gaming machine according to the fifth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the fifth embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the parts having the same configuration are designated by the same reference numerals. The explanation is omitted, and the different parts are mainly described.

Similar to the game machine of the first embodiment, the game machine of the fifth embodiment is a game called a so-called "ST machine", which is a probability change machine with a probability change inrush rate of 100% when a big hit is made with a special symbol. It is a machine.

In the fifth embodiment, the 16R special game, the 8R special game, and the 4R special game are prepared as in the first embodiment described above. Each round game during the special game is divided into a long-open round game in which the large winning opening 64 (65) opens for a long time and a short-opening round game in which the large winning opening 64 (65) opens for a short time. The "long open round game" is a round game in which the large winning opening 64 (65) is opened for only 30 seconds and then closed, or even if it is less than 30 seconds, it is closed with a specified number (10 balls) of balls. is there. Similarly, in the "short open round game", the large winning opening 64 (65) is opened for 0.2 seconds and then closed, or even if it is less than 0.2 seconds, the specified number (10 balls) is entered. It is a round game in which the player closes. As described above, in this example, the long-open round game is a round game in which a specified number (maximum number of balls) can be expected to be entered during the opening period of the large winning opening 64 (65), while the short-open round game is. This is a round game in which it is practically difficult to enter a game ball during the opening period of the large winning opening 64 (65). In this example, during the execution of the special game and each round game, a round effect including the current number of rounds, the number of winning prize balls, a message urging a right-handed hit, etc. is executed.

The production of notifying the number of winning prize balls in the fifth embodiment will be described. FIG. 66 is a schematic diagram for explaining the content of the winning prize ball number notification effect during the special game. In the figure, the content (display content and type of sound effect) of the winning prize ball number notification effect is associated with the winning prize ball number acquired by the player. In this example, in each round during the special game, the winning prize ball number notification effect for notifying the winning prize ball number up to now is executed. The "number of prize balls won" in this example means the total number of prize balls won by the player based on the entry into the large prize opening 64 (65) in the special game during the continuation of the so-called consecutive villa state. In addition, in the case of so-called over-prize (in this example, an excess prize exceeding 10 balls, which is the specified count number below), the number of prize balls for the over-prize may be counted as the number of winning prize balls. Alternatively, it does not have to be counted. In addition, in the case of winning a prize in each winning opening other than the large winning opening 64 (65), the number of winning balls is not counted. Here, the "renso (renso state)" means that a special game is executed by becoming a predetermined jackpot in the specific game state, and the specific game state is again set as the game state after the end of the special game. It means to continue. As described above, the specific gaming state in this example is a state in which at least the electric chew support function (opening extension function) is operating. In this example, since the ST machine (100% number of times cutting probability change machine) is adopted, it is in the specific game state during a certain period (during the ST period) after the end of the special game. In the winning prize ball number notification effect, the current number of winning prize balls is displayed on the screen of the effect display device 70 during each round game. In this example, the effect control board 200 (big hit effect determination means 227) receives a command from the main control board 100 every time the game ball enters the large prize opening 64 (65) during the execution of the special game. In addition, the winning prize ball number counter is updated to execute the winning prize ball number notification effect. The winning prize ball counter is reset when the consecutive villa state is cut off. Further, in the winning prize ball number notification effect, every time a specific number "2500" is acquired as the winning prize ball number, the winning prize ball number is enlarged and displayed (larger display than the normal display mode). That is, every time the number of winning prize balls reaches an integral multiple of 2500 pieces (2,500 pieces, 5000 pieces, 7500 pieces, etc.), the number of winning prize balls is enlarged and displayed in the center of the screen. In that case, a predetermined sound effect (normal sound effect) is generated at the same time as the enlarged display of the number of winning prize balls. Further, every time a certain number of "10000" prize balls are acquired, a special sound effect is generated in addition to the normal sound effect. That is, every time the number of winning prize balls reaches an integral multiple of 10,000 (10000, 20000, 30,000 ...), a special sound effect is generated in addition to the normal sound effect. In this example, a basic sound effect (SE) such as an explosion sound or a metallic sound is output as a normal sound effect, and a sound such as "Kitakita" or "best condition" is output as a special sound effect.

In this example, "15" prize balls are paid out for each ball entered into the large prize opening 64 (65). Therefore, basically, the number of prize balls won (counter for the number of prize balls won) is updated in units of "15". In addition, the maximum number of winning prize balls (maximum number of winning prize balls) that a player can obtain in one big hit (special game) is set to "2400". That is, when the maximum profit jackpot (16R jackpot) is won, 16 long open round games are executed in the special game (16R special game), so that the number of prize balls won is 16 rounds (number of rounds) ×. 10 counts (specified count number) x 15 pieces (unit number of prize balls) = 2400 pieces.

Subsequently, the production of the pending villa in the fifth embodiment will be described. In this example, the first reserved inner consecutive villa effect (held inner consecutive villa effect A) that occurs during the symbol change and the second reserved inner consecutive villa effect (held inner consecutive villa effect B) that occurs during the special game. Of the above, the second reserved inner consecutive villa production (holding inner consecutive villa production B) is targeted. As described above, the pending Uchirenso occurs on the premise that the gaming state when the preceding operation holding ball hits the jackpot is a specific gaming state (in this example, at least the electric chew support function is operating). To do. Further, the subsequent operation hold ball (specific hold) that is the target of the hold inner consecutive villa is the operation hold ball of the second special symbol that occurs based on the ball entering the second start port 62. Then, whether or not the pending Uchirenso effect B can be executed is determined by lottery when a predetermined execution condition is satisfied at the timing before the start of the special game. In this example, on the premise that the preceding operation hold ball becomes a high profit jackpot (16R jackpot), a predetermined execution condition is satisfied when a specific hold (big hit hold) exists in the subsequent action hold ball. It shall be. Therefore, in this example, the hold-in villa production is executed only as a "truth production" that deterministically notifies the establishment of the hold-in villa, but as a variation example, the hold-in villa is actually used. You may include the "Gase production" that does not hold. In this example, as one of the execution conditions for the production of the consecutive villas in the hold, it is stipulated that the preceding operation hold ball is a specific hold of a high profit big hit (16R big hit), but it is limited to this. Instead, the preceding operation hold ball may be a specific hold other than the high profit jackpot (16R jackpot), that is, a specific hold corresponding to a jackpot of less than 16R.

Also in this example, if a predetermined execution condition is satisfied before the start of the special game (big hit start demo), the effect lottery process for determining whether or not the hold inner consecutive villa effect B can be executed is executed by lottery. To do. When this effect lottery process is won, the reservation flag for the hold-in-house consecutive villa production is turned on, and the hold-in-in-ream villa production is executed when the preset execution timing arrives. The execution timing of the pending Uchirenso production is set to the timing at which the above-mentioned enlarged display of the number of winning prize balls is performed. That is, every time "2500" are acquired as the number of prize balls to be acquired, the execution timing of the pending Uchirenso production comes. Therefore, when the enlarged display timing of the number of winning prize balls arrives during one special game, the reserved inner consecutive villa production is executed on condition that the reservation flag of the reserved inner consecutive villa production is turned on. .. On the other hand, even if the reservation flag for the hold-in villa production is turned on, the hold-in villa production will be canceled if the timing for expanding the number of winning prize balls does not arrive during one special game. .. As a modified example, every time "2500" prize balls are acquired, it may be determined whether or not the holding inner consecutive villa production can be executed, and in that case, a specific holding is made in the subsequent operation holding ball ( A determination as to whether or not there is a jackpot hold) may be included.

FIG. 67 is a schematic view showing an example of the production of the reserved inner consecutive villa effect in the fifth embodiment. In this example, it is assumed that the execution of the effect is determined (the reservation flag is turned on) by the pending in-house consecutive villa effect lottery process at the start of the special game. In addition, under the situation that the reservation flag of the hold inner consecutive villa production is turned on, the hold inner consecutive villa production is not executed when the number of winning prize balls is normally displayed (non-enlarged display). First, as shown in FIG. 67 (A), in a predetermined round (8th round in this example) during the special game, the number of prize balls won is 30,000 by winning the game ball to the large prize opening 64 (65). When the number of balls (2,500 pieces x 12th time) is reached, the number of winning prize balls is enlarged and displayed in the center of the screen. In this example, the character image "GET30000" is enlarged and displayed in the center of the screen, and it is notified that 30,000 prize balls have been won. At this time, under the situation where the reservation flag for the hold inner consecutive villa production is turned on, the number of winning prize balls is enlarged and displayed, so that the execution timing of the hold inner consecutive villa production comes.

Then, as shown in FIG. 67 (B), the entire screen is blacked out for a moment. Then, as shown in FIG. 67 (C), a special effect image that does not appear in any scene other than the hold inner villa effect is displayed as the hold inner villa effect. In this example, the character information "BONUS + 1" is displayed as a special production image, and the establishment of the pending villa is announced. In addition, as a display mode of the continuous villa effect in the hold, when there is one or more specific hold (big hit hold) in the subsequent operation hold ball, "BONUS + 1" may be displayed, or the specific hold (big hit hold) may be displayed. Depending on the number of specific holds (big hit hold) existing in the subsequent operation hold ball, such as "BONUS + 1" if there is one, "BONUS + 2" if there are two specific hold (big hit hold), etc. The display may be different. Here, when there are two (plurality) specific holdes in the subsequent operation hold ball, it is desirable that both of the two (plurality) are specific hold corresponding to the high profit jackpot (16R jackpot). , It may be a specific hold corresponding to a jackpot of a different specified number of rounds, or it may be a specific hold corresponding to a jackpot of less than 16R.

In the fifth embodiment described above, the number of prize balls won reaches a specific number (an integral multiple of 2500) in any round during the special game, triggered by the establishment of the pending villa. If this is the case, the winning prize ball number notification effect and the hold inner consecutive villa effect can be executed, but in the final round, the acquired prize ball number notification effect is executed, but the hold inner consecutive villa effect is not executed. You may. In that case, instead of the final round, the holding inner consecutive villa production may be executed in the big hit end demo immediately after that. In addition, if the number of winning prize balls reaches an integral multiple of "2500" just before the end of the special game (for example, the 10th count in the final round or the ball entered immediately before the specified time in the final round), the big hit ends thereafter. Since it will be in a demo state, it is preferable to configure it so that the pending in-house consecutive villa production is not executed during the round (during the final round). In that case, it is premised that the number of winning prize balls (multiple of 2500) is not enlarged and displayed during the big hit end demonstration. On the other hand, if it is other than the final round, even if the ball is entered just before the end of the round, the execution of the next round is guaranteed, so that it is possible to execute the pending villa production without any trouble. ..

As described above, according to the fifth embodiment, there is no regularity in the timing when the number of winning prize balls reaches a specific number during the execution of the special game, and the holding inner consecutive villa production is executed in any round during the special game. Since it is possible to make it difficult to predict whether or not it will be done, it is possible to give unexpectedness to the timing of occurrence of the hold-in villa production, and it is possible to attract the player's attention to all rounds, and as a result. , It becomes possible to improve the fun of the game. In this example, the character information "BONUS + 1" is displayed as one aspect of the pending villa production, but it is not limited to this, and for example, the number of winning prize balls (2500) to be enlarged and displayed. Change the character color of (multiple) to a special color (rainbow color, etc.), add an effect display, and in this way, a production different from the normal winning prize ball number notification production (enlarged display of the winning prize ball number) The aspect may be revealed. Further, in this example, as described above, the maximum number of prize balls that can be acquired in one special game is set to "2400", and the maximum number of prize balls that can be acquired is the pending Uchirenso production (acquisition). Since it is set to be smaller than the specific number "2500" that also triggers the execution of the (enlarged display of the number of prize balls), the number of prize balls won and the pending villa production are performed twice each during one special game. The above will not be executed, but once by setting the maximum number of prize balls to be larger than the specific number "2500" or setting the specific number to be smaller than the maximum number of prize balls "2400". The prize ball number notification effect and the pending villa effect may be executed twice or more during the special game of.

[Sixth Embodiment]
Next, the gaming machine according to the sixth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the sixth embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the parts having the same configuration are designated by the same reference numerals. The explanation is omitted, and the different parts are mainly described.

Similar to the game machine of the first embodiment, the game machine of the sixth embodiment is a game called a so-called "ST machine", which is a probability change machine with a probability change inrush rate of 100% when a big hit is made with a special symbol. It is a machine.

In the sixth embodiment, the 16R special game, the 8R special game, and the 4R special game are prepared as in the first embodiment described above. As described above, each round game during the special game is divided into a long-open round game in which the large winning opening 64 (65) opens for a long time and a short-opening round game in which the large winning opening 64 (65) opens for a short time. To

Subsequently, the pending change look-ahead notice effect in the sixth embodiment will be described. FIG. 68 is a schematic view provided for explaining the reserved image in the sixth embodiment. The hold change look-ahead notice effect is a notice of the possibility that the hold will be a big hit by changing the hold image (hold image corresponding to the trigger hold) to be read ahead from the normal display mode to a special display mode. It is a kind of pre-reading notice production mentioned above.

As described above, in the predetermined area in the screen of the effect display device 70, the first hold display unit 701 for displaying the number of operation hold balls of the first special symbol and the number of operation hold balls of the second special symbol are displayed. A second hold display unit 702 for displaying is provided. In the normal display mode, when the operation holding ball of the special symbol is generated, the holding image marked with a white circle “◯” is displayed, while when the operation holding ball is digested, the corresponding holding image disappears. The normal display mode "white" of the reserved image is represented by "white" on the drawing. The reserved images are displayed in order according to the order in which the operation-reserved balls of the special symbol are generated (ball entry order), and up to four can be displayed on each of the reserved display units 701 and 702. Therefore, the first hold display unit 701 includes four hold display areas X11, X12, X13, and X14 that can display the hold image, respectively, and the second hold display unit 702 has four hold that can display the hold image, respectively. The display area consists of X21, X22, X23, and X24. In the hold display unit 701, each time the operation hold ball of the first special symbol is generated, one hold image is additionally displayed in order from the leftmost hold display area X11, and the operation hold ball of the first special symbol is additionally displayed. Each time is digested, the first reserved image displayed in the leftmost reserved display area X11 disappears, and the subsequent reserved images displayed in the reserved display area X12 to move to the left reserved display area one by one. To be shifted. Similarly, in the hold display unit 702, each time the operation hold ball of the second special symbol is generated, one hold image is additionally displayed in order from the leftmost hold display area X21, and the second special symbol is also displayed. Each time the operation hold ball is digested, the first hold image displayed in the leftmost hold display area X21 disappears, and the subsequent hold images displayed in the hold display area X22 to are held one by one on the left side. Shifted to the display area. On the other hand, when the hold change look-ahead notice effect described below is executed, the hold image subject to the look-ahead notice is displayed in a special display mode (white display) from the normal display mode (white display) in the hold display units 701 and 702. It is changed to a special color display). Here, in the state in which the open extension function is operating (electric chew support state, time saving state), the hold change related to the operation hold ball (hold image) of the second special symbol is executed, but the first special symbol The hold change related to the operation hold ball (hold image) is not executed (hold change look-ahead is prohibited), while the open extension function is not activated (non-electric chew support state, non-time saving state), the first special The hold change related to the operation hold ball (hold image) of the symbol is executed, but the hold change related to the operation hold ball (hold image) of the second special symbol is not executed (hold change look-ahead is prohibited). However, it is suitable when preferential digestion is adopted. In addition, in the state where the open extension function is operating (electric chew support state, time saving state), only the holding image corresponding to the operation holding ball of the second special symbol is displayed, or the operation holding ball of the second special symbol is displayed. It is desirable to highlight the corresponding hold image more than the hold image corresponding to the operation hold ball of the first special symbol, and in the state where the open extension function is not activated (non-electric chew support state, non-time saving state), the first 1 Display only the hold image corresponding to the operation hold ball of the special symbol, or highlight the hold image corresponding to the operation hold ball of the first special symbol more than the hold image corresponding to the operation hold ball of the second special symbol. Is desirable. Further, in the hold change look-ahead, it is preferable that only one hold image is changed in the same special symbol type (first special symbol, second special symbol). However, two or more pending images may be changed, but in that case, there is no chance (the preceding pending change may suggest a jackpot, and the subsequent pending change may suggest a jackpot). It is preferable that there is no complete image). Further, when the transition to the special game is performed while the reserved image that has been held and changed is left, it is desirable that the reserved image that has been held and changed returns to the default image (white) after the end of the special game.

In the hold change look-ahead notice effect, among the hold images displayed on the hold display units 701 and 702 of the effect display device 70, the hold image (corresponding to the trigger hold) that is the target of the look-ahead based on the result of the above-mentioned advance determination. An effect of changing the reserved image) from a normal display mode to a special display mode is performed. In this example, while the hold change look-ahead notice effect is being executed, the display color of the hold image corresponding to the trigger hold is one of four colors of "blue", "green", "red", and "rainbow color". You can take either. In addition, on the drawing, four types of display modes of "blue", "green", "red", and "rainbow color" are expressed by "lattice pattern", "diagonal line", "shading", and "filling", respectively. To do. The above four types of display modes used in this pending change look-ahead notice effect are related to the reliability (referred to as "big hit reliability") at which the lottery result is a big hit, and are "blue", "green", and "red". , "Iridescent", and the jackpot reliability is set to increase one step at a time. The "rainbow-colored" reserved image means a reserved image for which the jackpot winning is confirmed. Therefore, when a "rainbow-colored" reserved image appears or the reserved image changes to "rainbow-colored", it is guaranteed that a big hit will be won on the symbol variation display related to the reserved image (operating holding ball). To. In the hold change look-ahead notice effect, the change in the display mode of the hold image may be expressed by a shape, a pattern, or the like instead of the display color.

In this example, the hold change look-ahead notice effect can be executed during the symbol change and the special game. That is, basically, the hold change look-ahead notice effect is executed during the symbol change, but in this example, the hold change look-ahead notice effect is executed during the special game as one aspect of the hold inner consecutive villa effect. In some cases (details below). The execution time of the look-ahead notice lottery process is set before the start of the symbol change and before the start of the special game. Then, at that timing, whether or not the hold change look-ahead notice effect can be executed and the hold change look-ahead notice pattern are drawn. In the hold change look-ahead notice effect, control is performed to change the display mode of the hold image based on the hold change look-ahead notice pattern selected from a plurality of types.

Next, the reserved inner consecutive villa production in the sixth embodiment will be described. In this example, as the reserved inner consecutive villa production, the first reserved inner consecutive villa production (held inner consecutive villa production A) that occurs during the symbol change and the second reserved inner consecutive villa production that occurs during the special game (the reserved inner consecutive villa production) The target is the pending villa production B). Whether or not the pending inner consecutive villa effect A can be executed is determined by lottery when the first execution condition is satisfied at the timing when the preceding operation pending ball is digested. In this example, it is premised that the preceding operation hold ball becomes a high profit jackpot (16R jackpot), and in addition to the case where there is a specific hold that becomes a high profit jackpot (16R jackpot) in the subsequent operation hold ball, the advance The first execution condition shall be satisfied even when the operation holding ball of (1) is removed (in that case, it does not matter whether or not there is a specific holding in the subsequent operation holding ball). Therefore, at the time when the reserved inner consecutive villa effect A occurs during the symbol change, the establishment of the reserved inner consecutive villa is not confirmed, and the result of "off" in the change display is a so-called ghost effect (fake effect). ) May be. To put it the other way around, if the result is a "big hit" in the fluctuation display after the hold inner consecutive villa production A occurs, the hold inner consecutive villa is established (there is a specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball). That) becomes definite. On the other hand, whether or not the pending Uchirenso effect B can be executed is determined when the second execution condition is satisfied at the timing of starting the special game. In this example, it is assumed that the preceding operation hold ball becomes a high profit jackpot (16R jackpot), and when there is a specific hold that becomes a high profit jackpot (16R jackpot) in the subsequent operation hold ball, the hold is in progress. It is assumed that the second execution condition is satisfied when the consecutive villa production A occurs as a true production. That is, the execution of the reserved inner consecutive villa production B is determined in response to the fact that the reserved inner consecutive villa production A occurs as a true production that announces the establishment of the reserved inner consecutive villa. Therefore, during the symbol change, when the pending in-house consecutive villa effect A does not occur, or when the reserved in-house consecutive villa effect A occurs but the effect is a ghost (the variation display is off. In the case), the pending in-house consecutive villa production B does not occur. In this example, when the pattern change when the preceding operation hold ball is digested, the hold inner consecutive villa effect A occurs, and when the change becomes a big hit, the establishment of the hold inner consecutive villa is confirmed. In the form of taking over the hold inner consecutive villa production A, the hold inner consecutive villa production B will occur during the execution of the special game after the change (after the big hit change). The reserved inner consecutive villa production A and the reserved inner consecutive villa production B are configured as continuous and related production contents across the symbol variation and the special game.

FIG. 69 is a schematic view showing an example of the production of the reserved inner consecutive villa effect in the sixth embodiment. In the figure, (A) to (D) are production examples during the symbol variation display (including the holding inner consecutive villa production A), and (E) to (H) are during the special game (holding inner consecutive villa production B). This is an example of the production of). In the normal game state (non-special game state) and the special game state, the position of the hold display area and the hold display mode (hold display mode)
It is preferable to configure them so that they have different sizes). The reason is to emphasize the pending Uchirenso production B, which will be described later.

First, as shown in FIGS. 69A and 69B, the screen is blacked out for a moment at a predetermined timing during the symbol variation display. Then, as shown in FIG. 69 (C), a special effect that does not appear in any scene other than the hold inner villa production A is displayed (premium movie is played). .. For example, as this premium movie, a video is played until the main character learns the ultimate mystery and reaches an unimaginable level. In this example, since the holding inner villa production A also includes the production of Gase, the establishment of the holding inner villa is not necessarily confirmed only by the occurrence of the holding inner villa production A (premium movie). During the symbol change, the hold image corresponding to the operation hold ball of the special symbol is displayed. In this example, as shown in the drawing, it is assumed that all four reserved images (operation holding balls of the second special symbol) are displayed in the normal display mode (white).

Then, as shown in FIG. 69 (D), after the end of the premium movie, the decorative symbol goes through the reach state and is stopped and displayed at the jackpot symbol "7, 7, 7", and the jackpot (the jackpot related to the preceding operation holding ball) is displayed. ) Occurs. After the hold inner villa production A (premium movie) is executed in this way, a big hit occurs due to the fluctuation, and the establishment of the hold inner villa (existence of specific hold) is guaranteed. In this example, when a big hit is won, a "hyper bonus" is normally generated as a big hit effect in the special game, but if the reserved inner villa is established due to the change as described above, the special As a big hit effect in the game, a "reincarnation bonus" will be generated.

As shown in FIG. 69 (E), when the special game is started, the "unimaginable reincarnation bonus" is started as the jackpot effect. At this time, the hold image (the hold image corresponding to the operation hold ball of the second special symbol) is continuously displayed even during the execution of the special game. In this example, it is assumed that the reserved image is displayed in almost the entire period of the jackpot start demo-round game-big hit end demo. The reserved image may not be displayed during the round game during the execution of the special game, but may be displayed only at the time of the big hit start demo and the big hit end demo, or may be displayed only at the time of the big hit end demo. ..

As shown in FIG. 69 (F), when the round game is started, the "unimaginable reincarnation plate" appears as the pending Uchirenso production B. The "unimaginable reincarnation plate" is, for example, an image in which the character information "unimaginable reincarnation" is displayed in a rectangular plate of white (at least a color other than rainbow color). In this example, the "unimaginable reincarnation plate" is displayed during the entire period from the first round to the 16th round.

Next, as shown in FIG. 69 (G), in the jackpot end demo, the "unimaginable reincarnation plate" changes to a rainbow-colored effect, and the hold image related to the trigger hold (hold for which the look-ahead result is determined to be a specific hold). Fly towards the image).

Then, as shown in FIG. 69 (H), the iridescent effect changes the display mode of the reserved image from white to iridescent. With the appearance of such a rainbow-colored reserved image, the establishment of the reserved inner villa will be visually and easily communicated to the player.

In the sixth embodiment described above, the rainbow-colored reserved image that appears even during the symbol change is used as the effect of the reserved inner villa during the special game, but the present invention is not limited to this. A special reserved image (for example, a reserved image of a giraffe pattern) that does not appear during the symbol variation may be used. Further, in the above-mentioned sixth embodiment, as an execution condition of the holding inner consecutive villa production, the condition that the preceding operation hold ball wins a high profit big hit (16R big hit) is mentioned, but it is limited to this. Regardless of which jackpot (16R jackpot, 8R jackpot, 4R jackpot) the preceding operation holding ball is, the execution condition may be satisfied.

As described above, according to the sixth embodiment, as the effect of the reserved inner villa during the special game, the reserved image is changed from the normal mode having a low jackpot expectation to the special mode having a high jackpot expectation. It is possible to teach the player the establishment in a visually easy-to-understand manner, and by causing a hold change even during a special game, it is possible to give the player a surprise or unexpectedness. The effect of the effect can be further enhanced, and as a result, the interest of the game can be improved. In addition, when the hold inner consecutive villa effect is executed during the special game, a special effect (for example, the hold inner consecutive villa effect) occurs as an effect of the symbol change (up to the change related to the specific hold) after the end of the special game. An effect that does not appear in the symbol change after the end of the special game when there is no special game) may be executed.

[7th Embodiment]
Next, the gaming machine according to the seventh embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the seventh embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, parts having the same configuration are designated by the same reference numerals. The explanation is omitted, and the different parts are mainly described.

The game machine of the seventh embodiment, like the game machine of the second embodiment, depends on whether or not the game ball wins a specific area (so-called "V area") in the large winning opening during the execution of the special game. Therefore, it is configured as a so-called ball probability type game machine that determines whether or not the game state shifts to the probability change state after the end of the special game. The probability change state may be continued until the symbol is changed a predetermined number of times (ST number of times), or may be continued until the next big hit occurs. In this case, in the former case, it is easier to win the big hit type in which the big hit with the second special symbol is easier to enter the specific area 658 than the big hit with the first special symbol, and the first 2 If you make a big hit with a special symbol, it is desirable to win the big hit type that makes it easy to enter the specific area 658 with a 100% probability. In the latter case, it is easier to win the big hit type that makes it easier to enter the specific area 658 when the big hit is made with the second special symbol than when the big hit is made with the first special symbol, and the second special symbol is used. In the case of a big hit, it is desirable to win the big hit type that makes it easy to enter the specific area 658 with a probability of less than 100%.

FIG. 70 is a front view of the pachinko gaming machine PM in the seventh embodiment. As shown in FIG. 70, in the seventh embodiment, only a single large winning opening 65 (a ball probability attacker having a specific area 658) is mounted in the game area PA. That is, in the above-mentioned second embodiment, the second large winning opening 65 having the specific area 658 is opened only in the specific round, and the first large winning opening 65 having no specific area 658 is opened in the rounds other than the specific round. Although 64 was configured to be open, in the fifth embodiment, the grand prize opening 65 having the specific area 658 is configured to be open in all rounds. Since the configuration of the large winning opening 65 has already been described in the second embodiment described above, duplicate description will be omitted here.

Further, the gaming machine of the seventh embodiment adopts so-called priority digestion in which the variable display of the second special symbol is preferentially executed over the variable display of the first special symbol, similarly to the gaming machine of the first embodiment. Therefore, while the operation-holding ball of the second special symbol is present, the operation-holding ball of the second special symbol is preferentially digested regardless of the presence of the operation-holding ball of the first special symbol. There is.

Next, the jackpot type (big hit breakdown) in the seventh embodiment will be described. FIG. 71 shows the breakdown of the jackpots of the special symbol lottery in the seventh embodiment.

The upper part of FIG. 71 is a diagram schematically showing a symbol table per first special symbol in the seventh embodiment. In this first special symbol per symbol table, the symbol group, the jackpot attribute, the number of times the probability variation time saving function is operated, and the operation pattern of the big winning opening are associated with the symbol random value per special symbol (this example). Then, for convenience, the description of the stop symbol is omitted). In the first special symbol per symbol table, three types of symbol groups A, B, and C are set according to the type of jackpot. Specifically, it is divided into symbol group A (16R long open jackpot), symbol group B (6R long open jackpot), and symbol group C (6R long / short open jackpot).

The lower part of FIG. 71 is a diagram schematically showing a symbol table per second special symbol in the seventh embodiment. In this second special symbol per symbol table, the symbol group, the jackpot attribute, the number of times the probability variation time saving function is operated, and the operation pattern of the big winning opening are associated with the symbol random value per special symbol (this example). Then, for convenience, the description of the stop symbol is omitted). In the second special symbol per symbol table, two types of symbol groups D and E are set according to the type of jackpot. Specifically, it is divided into a symbol group D (16R long open jackpot) and a symbol group E (8R long open jackpot).

As described above, each jackpot is roughly classified into a "long open jackpot" and a "long and short open jackpot". The long-open jackpot is a jackpot in which only the long-open round game exists as a round game in the special game. The long-short open jackpot is a jackpot in which a long-open round game and a short-open round game are mixed as a round game in the special game. As shown in FIG. 71, the jackpot of the first special symbol is classified into a long-open jackpot or a long-short open jackpot, and all the jackpots of the second special symbol are classified into a long-open jackpot. In this example, the long open round game is a round game in which the reference time or more (for example, 30 seconds of 20 seconds or more, which is the reference time) is set to be open, and the short open round game is less than the reference time. (For example, 0.5 seconds, which is less than the reference time of 20 seconds, etc.) This is a round game set to be open. However, in the specific round (the specific number of rounds in which the distribution device in the specific area 658 is operated), the opening pattern may be different from the other normal rounds (of course, as a modification thereof, the opening pattern is the same). May be). As an example, in the long open round game in a specific round, instead of opening for 30 seconds, opening for 0.5 seconds → closing for 2 seconds → opening for 29 seconds (the total value of the opening time is 29.5 seconds, from 30 seconds. There are few). Further, in the short open round game in the specific round, the open for 0.2 seconds (shorter than the open for 0.5 seconds) may be set.

Further, as shown in FIG. 71, each of the above jackpots is classified into "conditional specific jackpot" and "conditional normal jackpot" as the attributes of the jackpot. "Conditional specific jackpot" is a specific jackpot (probability variable jackpot) on the condition that winning a prize in a specific area 658 is set easily or possible, and basically a game ball wins in a specific area 658. Is a big hit that is confirmed. The reason for making it "conditional" is that even if the specific area 658 is a big hit that opens for a long time, if the game ball does not actually win the specific area 658, it will result in a normal big hit (non-probable variable big hit). Because there is a possibility. Further, the "conditional normal jackpot" is set to make it difficult or impossible to win a prize in the specific area 658, and basically, a normal jackpot (non-probability variable jackpot) on the condition that the game ball does not win in the specific area 658. ) Is a big hit that is confirmed to be. The reason for making it "conditional" is that even if the specific area 658 is a big hit with a short opening, when the game ball actually wins the specific area 658, there is a possibility that it will be a specific big hit (probability variable big hit) as a result. Because there is. Here, as shown in the upper part of FIG. 71, in the first special symbol lottery, the winning probability of the conditional specific jackpot is 60%, and the winning probability of the conditional normal jackpot is 40%. Further, as shown in the lower part of FIG. 71, in the second special symbol lottery, the winning probability of the conditional specific jackpot is 100%.

Here, regarding the breakdown of the jackpot in this example, the following relationships (1) to (3) are established.

(1) Expectation of high-profit jackpot In this example, the ratio of winning a high-profit jackpot (the jackpot with the highest expected value for winning a prize ball) is set higher in the first special symbol lottery than in the second special symbol lottery. Has been done. Specifically, the percentage of winning a high-profit jackpot (16R jackpot) in the first special symbol lottery is 40%, while the percentage of winning a high-profit jackpot (16R jackpot) in the second special symbol lottery is It is 25%, and the first special symbol lottery is configured to have a higher expectation of obtaining a high profit jackpot (16R jackpot) than the second special symbol lottery.

(2) Expectation of conditional specific jackpot In this example, as an attribute of jackpot, the ratio of winning a specific jackpot with a case (equivalent to a probability variation jackpot) is higher in the second special symbol lottery than in the first special symbol lottery. It is set. Specifically, the percentage of winning the conditional specific jackpot in the first special symbol lottery is 60%, while the percentage of winning the conditional specific jackpot in the second special symbol lottery is 100%. The second special symbol lottery is configured so that the expectation of the probability change transition is higher than that of the first special symbol lottery.

(3) Average number of rounds In this example, the average number of rounds of the special game executed by one big hit is the case where the big hit is in the first special symbol lottery and the case where the big hit is in the second special symbol lottery. They are set equally. Specifically, the average number of rounds of the special game in the case of a big hit in the first special symbol lottery is "10 rounds", whereas the average number of rounds of the special game in the case of a big hit in the second special symbol lottery The average number of rounds is "10 rounds", and each average number of rounds is configured to be the same.

Subsequently, FIG. 72 is a time chart for explaining the operation pattern of the large winning opening 65 in the seventh embodiment. In this example, a total of four types of operation patterns are prepared corresponding to the above-mentioned jackpot types. In the figure, the state change of the large winning opening 65 during the special game is shown in chronological order from left to right. Each operation pattern shown in FIG. 72 conceptually shows the execution state of each round game, and each time width and ratio of the opening time and closing time (including the interval time) of each round game is the actual time. It does not correspond to width and ratio. In the figure, "L" is added to the long open round game, and "S" is added to the short open round game.
"Is added.

In this example, regardless of which of the above five types of jackpots is applicable, in the specific round in the special game, the special game ends based on whether or not the game ball enters the specific area 658. Whether or not there is a probability change transition later is sorted. In the specific round in this example, the distribution member (blade member 655) opens and closes, and the specific area 658 is effective (the detection of entering the specific area 658 is treated as effective, that is, to the specific area 658. The probability change transition is determined by the entry of the ball). In the following, the rounds other than the specific round will also be referred to as "normal rounds". In this example, the specific round is set to the sixth round regardless of which jackpot corresponds to. In this specific round, the large winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 are synchronized (linked), and the specific area 658 is opened when the large winning opening 65 is opened (after the time when the large winning opening 65 is opened). The specific area 658 is opened), and the specific area 658 is closed when the large winning opening 65 is closed (the specific area 658 is closed after the time when the large winning opening 65 is closed). Therefore, basically, if the large winning opening 65 is long open, the specific area 658 is also long open, and if the large winning opening 65 is short open, the specific area 658 is also short open. In one special game, the number of executions of a specific round is not limited to one, and may be set a plurality of times. In the following, for convenience of explanation, a round in which a specific area 658 is opened for a long time and V winning is easy or possible is also referred to as a "V round", and a specific area 658 is shortly opened and V winning is difficult or impossible. Possible rounds are also referred to as "non-V rounds".

First, FIG. 72 (A) shows a 16R long opening pattern. In the 16R long open pattern, a long open round game is executed in all rounds (normal round, specific round). That is, the 16R long open jackpot is a jackpot equivalent to 16 rounds because the big winning opening 65 is opened for a long time in any round game. Since the long open round game is executed, the specific round (sixth round) is set as a V round in which it is easy or possible to enter the specific area 658.

FIG. 72 (B) shows a 6R long opening pattern. In the 6R long opening pattern, the long opening round game is executed in all rounds as in the 16R long opening pattern described above. That is, the 6R long open jackpot is a jackpot equivalent to 6 rounds because the big winning opening 65 is opened for a long time in any round game. The specific round (sixth round) is set as a V round in which it is easy or possible to enter the specific area 658.

FIG. 72 (C) shows a 6R long / short open pattern. In the 6R long / short open pattern, a long open round game is executed in a normal round, and a short open round game is executed in a specific round. That is, the 6R long / short open jackpot is a jackpot equivalent to 5 rounds because the big winning opening 65 is opened long only in the normal round. Since the short open round game is executed, the specific round (sixth round) is set as a non-V round in which it is difficult or impossible to enter the specific area 658.

FIG. 72 (D) shows an 8R long opening pattern. In the 8R long opening pattern, the long opening round game is executed in all rounds as in the 16R long opening pattern described above. That is, the 8R long open jackpot is a jackpot equivalent to 8 rounds because the big winning opening 65 is opened for a long time in any round game. The specific round (sixth round) is set as a V round in which it is easy or possible to enter the specific area 658.

Subsequently, the promotion effect during the special game in the seventh embodiment will be described. In this example, as a plurality of types of promotion effects, a first promotion effect (probability change promotion effect) and a second probability change promotion effect (round promotion effect) are provided. The promotion effect in this example is the actual profit related to the jackpot during the jackpot with respect to the profit mode related to the jackpot (referred to as "provisional profit mode" for convenience) suggested or notified before the start of the jackpot or at the start of the jackpot. The aspect is an effect of suggesting or notifying whether or not the degree of profit is higher than the provisional profit aspect. That is, a series of suggestion or notification of whether the profit mode of the jackpot suggested or notified before the start of the jackpot or at the start of the jackpot is true (the profit mode as it is) or false (higher profit mode). It is a production that shows whether or not the profit mode of the jackpot is promoted (changed) throughout the process. Furthermore, it is an effect that suggests or informs whether the jackpot is actually a jackpot with a relatively high advantage or a jackpot with a relatively low advantage through a series of processes before the start of the jackpot or from the start of the jackpot to the jackpot. In addition, as a form other than suggesting or notifying the truth or false information related to the profit mode before or at the start of the big hit, the information related to the above profit mode (truth or false information) may not be specified at all. .. For example, when a "challenge bonus" appears, until the challenge succeeds or fails, the profit mode is 1) whether the specific round is a V round or a non-V round, and 2) the specified number of rounds of the special game is 16 rounds and Which of the eight rounds may be kept secret. The promotion effect is executed as one aspect of the jackpot effect during the special game.

Here, FIG. 73 is a diagram schematically showing the relationship between the jackpot type and the promotion effect. In this example, the type of promotion effect and whether or not it can be executed are determined according to the type of special symbol, the jackpot type, the jackpot symbol (decorative symbol), the game state when the jackpot occurs, and the like. As will be described in detail later, in this example, when a big hit occurs in the first special symbol, if the game state at the time of the big hit is the normal state (low probability / no opening extension), the probability changes as the first promotion effect. When the promotion effect is executed and the game state at the time of the big hit is the probability change state (high probability / with open extension), the probability change promotion effect is not executed. In addition, when the game state at the time of the big hit is the probability change state (high probability / with open extension), the execution of the probability change promotion effect at least before the specific round is prohibited, and the execution of the probability change promotion effect after the specific round is allowed. You may. On the other hand, when a big hit is made with the second special symbol, if the game state at the time of the big hit is a probability change state (high probability / with open extension), a round promotion effect is executed as the second promotion effect, and the big hit. If the game state at the time of occurrence is the normal state (low probability / no open extension), the round promotion effect is not executed.

Here, the jackpot symbols (stop symbols) of the decorative symbols in this example are basically "1.1.1", "3.3.3", "5.5.5.5", and "7.7". Probability change confirmation symbols (odd symbols) indicating probabilistic jackpots such as "7" and "9/9/9", and "2.2.2", "4/4/4", "6/6/6", " It is distinguished from an uncertain symbol (even symbol) indicating a normal jackpot or a probabilistic jackpot such as "8/8/8". In the following, for convenience of explanation, among the above odd-numbered symbols, "3.3.3" and "7,7,7" are also referred to as the first odd-numbered symbols, and "1.1.1" and "5.5". "5" and "9/9/9" are also referred to as a second odd numbered symbol. In this example, in either the first special symbol lottery or the second special symbol lottery, if the 16R long open jackpot (high profit jackpot) is won, the first odd number symbol (big hit symbol) is ""3.3.3" or "7,7,7" is selected, and the appearance of the jackpot symbol teaches that the high-profit jackpot (16 rounds won) and the probability variation transition after the special game are definite. .. Then, in this example, various promotion effects can be executed by using other jackpot symbols. In this example, when the jackpot is won in the second special symbol, only the odd-numbered symbol is selected as the jackpot symbol (decorative symbol), and the even-numbered symbol is not selected, but the present invention is limited to this. Instead, even if a big hit is won in the second special symbol, an even numbered symbol may be selected as the jackpot symbol (decorative symbol). In that case, it is preferable that the "8-round final effect" and the "V final effect" are executed in the normal state, and the "8 round final effect" and the "V final effect" are executed even in the probabilistic state. In relation to this, when a big hit is won in the second special symbol in the normal state, in addition to the "16 round final effect" and the "8 round final effect", the "V final effect" is configured to be executed. May be good.

If the first special symbol is a big hit, a V confirmation effect or a probability change promotion effect can be executed during the special game. The V-fixed effect is an effect that notifies that the probability variation acquisition is definite before or at the start of the special game, that is, it is definitely determined that a specific round is executed as a V-round (long open round game). It is a production to notify. The probabilistic promotion effect is an effect that suggests the degree of expectation of probabilistic acquisition in this specific round in a round before a specific round during execution of a special game, that is, a V round (long open round game) due to the occurrence of the jackpot. It is a production that suggests the possibility of being executed. At this time, when a big hit is made in the first special symbol, which of the V confirmation effect and the probabilistic promotion effect is executed in the special game depends on the type of the stop symbol (big hit symbol) of the decorative symbol and the relevant. It is decided according to the game state at the time of big hit.

As shown in FIG. 73, when the game state is the normal state and the 16R long open jackpot is won in the first special symbol, that is, the jackpot symbol becomes the first odd number symbol (for example, "7, 7, 7"). In that case, the V final effect is selected. On the other hand, when the game state is the normal state and the 6R long open jackpot is won in the first special symbol, if the jackpot symbol becomes the second odd symbol (for example, "1.1.1"), the V confirmation effect is produced. If it is selected and the jackpot symbol becomes an even symbol (for example, "2.2.2"), the probabilistic promotion effect is selected. In addition, when the game state is the normal state and the 6R long / short open jackpot is won in the first special symbol, that is, when the jackpot symbol becomes an even number symbol (for example, "2.2.2"), the probabilistic promotion effect is performed. Be selected.

On the other hand, when the game state is in the probabilistic state and the 16R long open jackpot is won in the first special symbol, that is, when the jackpot symbol becomes the first odd number symbol (for example, "7, 7, 7"). , V final production is selected. On the other hand, when the game state is in the probabilistic state, if the 6R long open jackpot is won in the first special symbol, that is, if the jackpot symbol becomes the second odd symbol (for example, "1.1.1"), V is confirmed. The production is selected. In addition, when the game state is in the probabilistic state and the 6R long / short open jackpot is won in the first special symbol, that is, when the jackpot symbol becomes an even number symbol (for example, "2.2.2"), the V confirmation effect is also performed. Probability change promotion production is not selected either. That is, when the game state is a probabilistic state, if a conditional specific jackpot (16R long open jackpot, 6R long open jackpot) is won as the jackpot attribute, the V confirmation effect is executed while the condition is conditional. If the normal jackpot (6R long / short open jackpot) is won, neither the V confirmation effect nor the probability change promotion effect is executed.

Here, when the first special symbol is a big hit, the probability variation promotion effect is executed when the game state at the time of the big hit is the normal state (low probability / no opening extension), that is, This is the so-called first hit. The "first hit" means a big hit generated by winning in the winning / failing judgment of the special symbol at least when the electric chew support function is not operating (the opening extension function is not operating). Therefore, the case where the first special symbol becomes a big hit is typically the time when the first hit occurs, and the player pays close attention to whether or not the game state after the first hit becomes a probable change state. By suggesting the possibility that a specific round becomes a V round (long open round game) in the promotion effect, it is possible to maintain the expectation of the player during the special game.

Next, when the second special symbol is a big hit, a round confirmation effect or a round promotion effect can be executed during the special game. The round confirmation effect is an effect that definitively notifies the number of big hit rounds (16 rounds or 8 rounds) before or at the start of the special game. Specifically, in this example, a 16-round finalized effect and an 8-round finalized effect are prepared. The round promotion effect is an effect (also referred to as a "roundup effect") that suggests that a specified number of rounds or more may be continued in a round game before the specified number of rounds during the execution of the special game. At this time, if the second special symbol is a big hit, which of the round confirmation effect and the round promotion effect is executed in the special game depends on the type of the stop symbol (big hit symbol) of the decorative symbol and the time of the big hit. It is decided according to the game state of.

As shown in FIG. 73, when the game state is the normal state and the 16R long open jackpot is won in the second special symbol, that is, the jackpot symbol becomes the first odd number symbol (for example, "7, 7, 7"). In that case, a 16-round final production is selected. On the other hand, when the game state is the normal state and the 8R long open jackpot is won in the second special symbol, that is, when the jackpot symbol becomes the second odd number symbol (for example, "1.1.1"), 8 rounds. A final production is selected.

On the other hand, when the game state is in the probabilistic state, if the 16R long open jackpot is won in the second special symbol, and the jackpot symbol becomes the first odd symbol (for example, "7, 7, 7"), 16 rounds. When the final effect is selected and the jackpot symbol becomes the second odd number symbol (for example, "1.1.1"), the round promotion effect is selected. On the other hand, when the game state is in the probabilistic state, if the 8R long open jackpot is won in the second special symbol, that is, if the jackpot symbol becomes the second odd symbol (for example, "1.1.1"), the round is promoted. The production is selected.

Here, when the second special symbol is a big hit, the round promotion effect is executed when the game state at the time of the big hit is a probabilistic state (high probability / with open extension), that is, a so-called consecutive villa. It's time. As mentioned above, "Renso" is a special game in which the result of the hit / fail judgment of the special symbol becomes a big hit at least when the electric chew support function is operating (the opening extension function is operating). It means that the state in which the electric chew support function is operating again (the operating state of the open extension function) continues as the gaming state after the end of. That is, the case where the second special symbol becomes a big hit is typically the time of the consecutive villa, and it is generally guaranteed that the probabilistic state will be continuously given at the time of the consecutive villa, and the player Since the number of rounds acquired in the special game (number of balls) is focused on, not whether or not the probability change is acquired, it is possible to maintain the expectation of the player during the special game by suggesting the possibility of continuing the second half round. ..

In addition, the above-mentioned effect contents (promotion effect, final effect) may be configured so as to be executed only in the non-electric chew support state if it is a game of the first special symbol, or a game of the second special symbol. If so, it may be configured so that it is executed only in the electric chew support state. Further, the probabilistic promotion effect may be configured as follows (1) to (3). (1) If a big hit is made with the first special symbol in the non-electric chew support state, the probability change promotion effect is executed during the special game (during the big hit), while the second special is in the non-electric chew support state. If the symbol is a big hit, the probabilistic promotion effect may be executed before the start of the special game (before the big hit) instead of during the special game (during the big hit) (as a mode, the variation related to the big hit). By changing the combination of decorative symbols from "6,6,6" to "7,7,7" during display, it is suggested that the probabilistic change has been promoted. That is, this pattern change is regarded as a V final effect). (2) If a big hit is obtained with the first special symbol in the electric chew support state, the probability change promotion effect is executed before the start of the special game (before the big hit) and the probability change promotion effect during the special game (during the big hit). If a big hit is made with the second special symbol while the electric chew is supported, a probability change promotion effect is executed before the start of the special game (before the big hit) (in this case, V winning is always easy). Because it is a big hit, it will definitely be promoted). (3) However, when the above (2) is applied, even if the first special symbol is a big hit in the electric chew support state, the player's expectation during the special game (during the big hit) You may perform a probabilistic promotion effect during the special game (during the big hit) so that

(First promotion production)
First, the probabilistic promotion effect (first promotion effect) will be described with reference to a specific example of the effect. FIG. 74 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the effect content of the probabilistic promotion effect. In the probabilistic promotion effect, when the game state is a normal state and a big hit is made in the first special symbol, the next 6th round (specific round) spans the 2nd to 5th rounds in the special game. ) Is a production that suggests or informs the possibility of becoming a V round (long open round game). The probabilistic promotion effect in this example consists of a ball entry effect (also referred to as "first ball entry effect") executed from the second round to the fourth round and a V round acquisition effect executed in the fifth round. Become.

The first ball entry effect is displayed in the second round to the fourth round as shown in FIGS. 74 (A) to 74 (C). The first winning effect is an effect in which various objects are sequentially displayed on the screen according to the entry of the game ball into the large winning opening 65, and the V winning round is entered according to the display mode of the specific object. The transition expectation (that is, the probability variation expectation) of is suggested.

First, as shown in FIG. 74 (A), when the second round is started, a meter image (meter image for the second round) is displayed on the screen of the effect display device 70. This meter image is displayed in a horizontally long strip, and a scale is attached to the inside. At the start of each round game (2nd to 4th rounds), the scale of the meter image is "0", and each time the game ball enters the grand prize opening 65, the object of one scale is displayed on the meter image ( The color object) is displayed, and the meter image is incremented by one scale (the scale is cleared to zero when moving to the next round). The meter image is set to a total of 9 scales, which corresponds to the maximum number of balls (10) of the large winning opening 65 in each round game. That is, in the round game, when the maximum number of balls (10) is entered into the large winning opening 65, the scale of the meter image is scaled by accumulating objects for 10 scales (objects for 1 scale x 10). Is full. In this example, one of two types of colors, "white" and "giraffe pattern", can be taken as the display mode of the object for one scale of the meter image. On the drawings, two types of display modes, white and giraffe pattern, are represented by "plain" and "diagonal lines", respectively. At this time, one star (an image imitating a star) is displayed each time a giraffe pattern object for one scale appears (one star can be acquired). On the other hand, even if a white object for one scale appears, the star is not displayed (the star cannot be acquired). In this example, a maximum of three stars can be displayed, suggesting that a specific round may be a V round (long open round game) depending on the number of stars acquired. In the illustrated example, in this second round, by inserting seven game balls into the grand prize opening 65, the meter image increased to seven scales, but the giraffe pattern object did not appear and the star was displayed. It shows the state that could not be acquired.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 74 (B), when the third round is started, a new meter image (meter image for the third round) is displayed on the screen. In the illustrated example, in this third round, a giraffe pattern object appears at the fifth ball entering the grand prize opening 65, and one star has been acquired.

Then, as shown in FIG. 74 (C), when the fourth round is started, a new meter image (meter image for the fourth round) is displayed on the screen. In the illustrated example, in this fourth round, a giraffe pattern object appears at the seventh ball entering the grand prize opening 65, and another star has been acquired. Then, at the end of the fourth round, the total number of stars (two) acquired in the first ball entry effect is determined. In this example, the number of giraffe pattern objects acquired in one round game is one, but the number is not limited to this, and a plurality of giraffe pattern objects can be acquired in one round game. It may be configured.

Next, the V-round acquisition effect is displayed in the fifth round as shown in FIGS. 74 (D) to (F). This V-round acquisition effect is closely related to the display mode (effect result) of the first ball entry effect, and the effect content corresponding to the effect result (object display mode) of the ball entry effect is derived. , The degree of expectation of acquisition of probability variation (the degree of expectation of transition to V round) is suggested according to the content of the production.

As shown in FIG. 74 (D), in the fifth round, the title image is notified with the start of the V round acquisition effect. In this example, the title image "Probability change promotion chance time" is displayed on the screen. According to the attribute of the display mode of this title (in this example, a plurality of types of display colors are prepared), the degree of expectation of transition to the V round is announced. Details will be described later, but in this example, the title display color is set so that the degree of expectation for transition to the V round increases in the order of "blue" <"green" <"purple" <"red". The attribute (display color) of this title differs depending on the number of stars acquired in the ball entry effect. In the illustrated example, the display color of the title is "purple" corresponding to the number of acquired stars "2". In addition, a message "Press the button to see the result!" Is displayed on the screen, prompting the player to operate the effect button 15. In response to this, when the player operates the effect button 15, the effect result is displayed.

As shown in FIG. 74 (E), when the probabilistic promotion is successful (when the next round is the V round), the characters "V round acquisition success" are displayed on the screen. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 74 (F), when the probabilistic promotion has failed (when the next round becomes a non-V round), the characters "V round acquisition failure" are displayed on the screen. .. However, in reality, since the type of big hit (whether or not the V round is executed) is determined in advance at the time of the winning / failing lottery, the effect development (effect result) is performed according to the type. That is, if the 6R long open jackpot (conditional specific jackpot) is won, the probabilistic promotion is successful, and if the 6R long / short open jackpot (conditional normal jackpot) is won, the probabilistic promotion fails.

Then, although not shown, in the next sixth round (specific round), a round game (long open round game or short open round game) is executed according to the notification result by the probabilistic promotion effect. At this time, when the sixth round is a long-open round game, a predetermined effect image in which a message such as "Aim for V" appears is displayed in order to encourage the player to win a prize in the specific area 658. However, in the case of a short open round game, the above-mentioned predetermined effect image is not displayed. However, even if it is a short open round game in which it is difficult or impossible to enter the specific area 658, if the specific area 658 can be won as a result, the game state will be changed to the probable state after the end of the special game. It will be migrated.

The effect content (effect pattern) of such a probability variation promotion effect is selected with reference to the probability variation promotion effect pattern table. FIG. 75 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a probability variation promotion effect pattern table. A plurality of types of probabilistic promotion effect patterns are defined in the probabilistic promotion effect pattern table. In each figure, "selectivity" is shown for convenience of explanation, but in reality, a judgment value (range of random numbers) for determining the probability variation promotion effect pattern according to the probability variation promotion effect pattern random value. Is set, and the probabilistic promotion effect pattern is determined based on which determination value the random value belongs to.

In the probabilistic promotion effect pattern table, according to the probabilistic promotion effect pattern, the content of the ball entry effect (whether or not a giraffe pattern object appears, the number of stars acquired) and the content of the V round acquisition effect (title display color) Is defined (see the "Production content" column in the figure). In FIG. 75, the presence or absence of the giraffe pattern object in each round is defined, “○” means that the giraffe pattern object appears, and “-” means that the giraffe pattern object does not appear. There is. The number of stars acquired is determined according to the number of ○ marks (that is, the number of giraffe pattern objects appearing). Then, the display color of the title in the V-round acquisition effect is determined according to the number of stars acquired in the ball entry effect. Specifically, for the number of stars acquired "0", the title display color "blue", for the number of stars acquired "1", the title display color "green", and for the number of stars acquired "2" The title display color "purple" and the title display color "red" are specified for the number of stars acquired "3". In addition, in the above-mentioned production example of FIG. 74, the case where the probability variation promotion production pattern PS107 is selected is illustrated.

In this probability variation promotion effect pattern table, the selection rate of the probability variation promotion effect pattern is set to be different according to the jackpot type. Basically, each effect pattern is assigned a selection rate according to the final number of stars acquired and the display color of the title. That is, when the jackpot type is a 6R long open jackpot (when it is a jackpot with a V round), the selection rate is higher in the order of "0" <"1" <"2" <"3" for the number of stars acquired. Therefore, the selection rate increases in the order of "blue" <"green" <"purple" <"red" for the title display color. On the other hand, when the jackpot type is a 6R long / short open jackpot (when it is a jackpot with a non-V round), the selection rate is higher in the order of "3" <"2" <"1" <"0". Therefore, the selection rate increases in the order of "red" <"purple" <"green" <"blue" for the title display color. Therefore, in this example, the total number of points earned is "0 points" <"1 point" <"2 points" <"3 points", and the title display color is "blue" <"green" <"purple". <In the order of "red", the degree of expectation for transition to the V round (long open round game) increases. It should be noted that the specification may be such that the long open jackpot (V round acquisition) is confirmed by the appearance of "red" as the display color of the title. In this case, for example, the selectivity of "red" in FIG. 75 is set to long-open jackpot: long-short open jackpot = 20: 0.

(Second promotion production)
Next, the round promotion effect (second promotion effect) will be described. FIG. 76 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the effect content of the round promotion effect. The round promotion effect suggests that if a big hit is made in the second special symbol, the ninth and subsequent rounds (that is, the latter eight rounds) may be executed across the seventh to eighth rounds in the special game. It is a production to notify. That is, this round promotion effect is, for example, a promotion effect (8R jackpot is 16R jackpot) that suggests or notifies that it is actually a 16R jackpot (high profit jackpot) during the round by pretending to be an 8R jackpot when the decorative symbol is stopped. It is a kind of production that makes you look like you have been promoted to. The round promotion effect in this example includes a ball entry effect (also referred to as a "second ball entry effect") executed in the seventh round and a second half round acquisition effect executed in the eighth round.

The second ball entry effect is displayed in the seventh round, as shown in FIGS. 76A to 76C. The second ball entry effect is an effect in which various objects are sequentially displayed on the screen according to the entry of the game ball into the large winning opening 65, and the latter eight rounds are performed according to the display mode of the specific object. Continuation expectations (ie, Roundup expectations) are suggested. In the first ball entry effect, it was suggested that the expectation of transition to the V round (long open round game) was expected according to the number of appearances of a specific object (giraffe pattern object) among multiple types of objects. In the second ball entry effect, the roundup becomes definite when a special object (golden object) appears among a plurality of types of objects. On the drawing, the gold display mode is expressed by "filling". As a modified example thereof, the second ball entry effect may be configured with the same effect pattern (effect content) as the first ball entry effect, and in that case, depending on the number of giraffe-patterned objects acquired. It may be configured so that the expectation of round promotion is different.

First of all, as shown in FIG. 76A, when the seventh round is started, a meter image is displayed on the screen of the effect display device 70. Also in this example, the scale of the meter image is "0" at the start of each round game, and each time the game ball enters the large winning opening 65 in the round game, the object (white) of one scale is displayed on the meter image. An object or a golden object) is displayed, and the meter image is incremented by one scale. In the following, the description of the parts common to the above-mentioned first ball entry effect will be omitted.

As shown in FIG. 76 (B), in this example, it is assumed that the golden object does not appear until the sixth ball enters the large winning opening 65, and only the white object appears. Then, as shown in FIG. 76 (C), in this example, a golden object appears by the seventh ball entering the large winning opening 65, and at this point, the roundup for the latter eight rounds is definite. Become. At this time, with the appearance of the golden object, three stars can be acquired at a time (three stars are lit).

Next, the second half round acquisition effect is displayed in the eighth round as shown in FIGS. 76 (D) to (F). This second half round acquisition effect is closely related to the display mode (display result) of the ball entry effect, and is an effect in which the effect image corresponding to the display mode (object display mode) of the ball entry effect is displayed. Depending on the image, the expected degree of acquisition in the latter eight rounds is suggested. In this example, as shown in FIG. 76 (D), when a golden object is acquired, the three stars acquired in the previous round are continuously displayed and in order to arouse the satisfaction of promotion to the round. A production image (golden effect) related to the golden object is displayed.

Then, as shown in FIG. 76 (E), the characters "successful acquisition of the second half round" are displayed on the screen as a roundup success effect. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 76 (F), if the golden object cannot be acquired by the 7th round, the characters "Round acquisition failure" are displayed on the screen as a roundup failure effect in the 8th round. That is, in the 8th round, the acquisition results of the latter 8 rounds (9th to 16th rounds) are confirmed and displayed. However, in reality, since the type of jackpot at the time of the winning / failing lottery (that is, the presence / absence of the latter eight rounds) is determined in advance, the effect development (effect result) is performed according to the type. That is, if the 16R long open jackpot is won, the round promotion is successful, and if the 8R long open jackpot is won, the round promotion fails.

The effect content (effect pattern) of such a round promotion effect is selected with reference to the round promotion effect pattern table. FIG. 77 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a round promotion effect pattern table. In the round promotion effect pattern table, a plurality of types of round promotion effect patterns are defined. In each figure, the "selection rate" is shown for convenience of explanation, but in reality, the judgment value (range of random values) for determining the round promotion effect pattern according to the round promotion effect pattern random value is It is set, and the round promotion effect pattern is determined based on which determination value the round promotion effect pattern random value belongs to.

In the round promotion effect pattern table, the presence or absence of a special object (golden object) in the ball entry effect and the display result in the second half round acquisition effect are specified according to the round promotion effect pattern (in the figure). See the "Production content" column). In FIG. 77, the presence or absence of the appearance of the gold object in the seventh round is defined, “◯” indicates the appearance of the gold object, and “−” indicates the appearance of the gold object. Therefore, if "○" is attached to any of the round columns in the figure, the round promotion production pattern will be the production content that will result in a successful Roundup, and "○" will be attached to all round columns. If not, the Roundup promotion production pattern will be the production content of Roundup failure.

In this round promotion effect pattern table, the selection rate of the round promotion effect pattern is set to be different according to the jackpot type. Basically, each effect pattern is assigned a selection rate according to the display mode (appearance / non-appearance and appearance timing) of the gold object. That is, when the jackpot type is a 16R long open jackpot (when the total number of rounds is 16), the round promotion effect pattern PS202 in which a golden object appears and the roundup is successful is selected. On the other hand, when the jackpot type is an 8R long open jackpot (when the total number of rounds is 8), the round promotion effect pattern PS201 in which the golden object does not appear and the roundup fails is selected. In this way, since the gold object is selected only when the hit / fail judgment result is the 16R long open jackpot (not selected in the case of the 8R long open jackpot), the appearance of the golden object is the confirmation of the 16R jackpot, that is, the latter half 8 rounds. Will be shown to secure. As a modification, even if the golden object cannot be acquired in the round promotion effect, the round promotion may be successful. Also, in the round promotion production, when a giraffe pattern object appears and a golden object is acquired, the round promotion is confirmed, and even if the golden object cannot be acquired, the round promotion is performed according to the number of acquired giraffe pattern objects. It may be configured to suggest the degree of expectation.

As described above, in this example, a conditional specific jackpot (equivalent to a probable variable jackpot) and a conditional normal jackpot (equivalent to a non-probable variable jackpot) are provided as jackpot attributes of the first special symbol, and the conditional specific jackpot is won. Then, while the specific round is set to the V round (long open round game), if the conditional normal jackpot is won, the specific round is set to the non-V round (short open round game). Therefore, regardless of the jackpot attribute, whether or not there is a V prize (probability change acquisition) is sorted in the specific round. Therefore, the probabilistic promotion effect in this example is whether or not the specific round becomes a V round (long open round game) before the specific round is started, that is, the expectation of the probabilistic promotion in the specific round. It suggests or informs the degree. On the other hand, as the jackpot attribute of the second special symbol, only the conditional specific jackpot is provided, and the specific round is set to the V round (long open round game). In the case of a conditional specific jackpot, basically, V prize (probability change acquisition) is almost guaranteed in a specific round. Therefore, it can be said that the significance of executing the probabilistic promotion effect before the start of a specific round is low. Therefore, instead, if a big hit occurs in the second special symbol, there is a possibility that the round game will continue after the predetermined round as information on the expected value of winning the prize ball in the special game, that is, the degree of expectation of round promotion. Is suggested or notified.

As described above, according to the seventh embodiment, two types of promotion effects are provided according to the type of jackpot before a predetermined round during the special game, and some of the two types of promotion effects that are different from each other are included in the same system. If the game is composed of ball effects and a big hit is made with the first special symbol, the first promotion effect suggests the degree of expectation of probabilistic acquisition after a predetermined round (the degree of expectation of acquisition of V rounds), while the second special. If you win a big hit with a symbol, the second promotion effect suggests the expectation of continuing the round after the predetermined round (expected acquisition of the second half round), so that the same system effect that combines the two types of promotion effect (entry) While ensuring the frequency of occurrence of ball production), it is possible to give variation to the promotion production and enhance the production effect of the jackpot production, and as a result, it is possible to improve the fun of the game.

In the seventh embodiment described above, a configuration in which only a single large winning opening 65 (only a large winning opening 65 having a specific area 658) is provided in the game area PA has been illustrated, but the configuration is limited to this configuration. For example, as in the second embodiment described above, there are two large winning openings 64,65 (a large winning opening 64 having no specific area 658 and a large winning opening 658 having a specific area 658) in the game area PA. It may be applied to the configuration provided with the mouth 65). At this time, in the above-mentioned second embodiment, the first prize opening 64 and the second prize opening 65 are arranged so as to be vertically close to the lower right region in the game area PA, and during the execution of the special game. Was configured to open the lower second big winning opening 65 (and the specific area 658) in a specific round, and open the upper first big winning opening 65) in a round other than the specific round. It is not limited to the configuration. For example, while adopting the same arrangement of the large winning openings 64 and 65 as in the second embodiment described above, the opening pattern of the large winning openings 64 and 65 may be different from that of the second embodiment. As an example, when a 16R special game is executed, in an odd number of round games (1R, 3R, 5R ...), the upper first large winning opening 64 is opened and an even number of times (2R, 4R, 6R ...) In the round game of, the lower second big winning opening 65 is opened. Then, in the odd number of round games, the large winning opening 64 is opened for a long time (opened for 29 seconds) in any of the round games. On the other hand, in even-numbered round games, in rounds other than the specific round, the large winning opening 65 is opened for a long time (opened for 29 seconds) and the specific area 658 is always closed, while in the first specific round (1R), The large winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 are opened shortly (opening for 0.5 seconds), and in the second specific round (7R), the large winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 are opened long (opening for 29 seconds). At this time, the first special winning opening 64 and the second large winning opening 65 are alternately opened and closed every round, so that one large winning opening is closed in a certain round and the other large winning opening is closed at the same time. Will be released and the next round will start. Therefore, in a certain round, there is an increased chance that a game ball that could not be entered due to the closure of one of the large winning openings or a game ball that could not be entered in time can enter the other large winning opening adjacent to the game ball. To do. Further, since the first large winning opening 64 and the second large winning opening 65 are close to each other in the vertical direction, the player only needs to aim at the same position, and the game can be played without changing the launch strength of the game ball. As a result, the efficiency of entering the ball into the large winning opening is improved, and the player's sense of gain is improved. At this time, even in the case of a long / short open jackpot or a short open jackpot, in rounds other than the specific round, all the big winning openings 64 and 65 are long open (open for 29 seconds), and the ball entry efficiency is improved as described above. Because of this, there are more opportunities to win balls than before, which is also beneficial for players. As a modified example, the operating rounds of the large winning openings 64 and 65 are reversed from the above, and the first large winning opening 64 is opened in an even number of round games (2R, 4R, 6R ...), and the second winning opening is won. The mouth 65 may be opened in an odd number of round games (1R, 3R, 5R ...).

Further, in the above-mentioned seventh embodiment, during the execution of the special game, a specific round is set to determine whether or not to shift to the probabilistic state after the end of the special game depending on whether or not the ball has entered the specific area 658. A specific area entry instruction effect that instructs the ball to enter the specific area 658 by launching a game ball aiming at the large winning opening 65 (specific area 658), and a probability change after the end of the special game by entering the specific area 658. A specific area entry notification effect (see the second embodiment) for notifying the transition to the state is executed. As an example of the effect of entering a specific area, displaying a message such as "Aim for V!" Or "If you enter V, it is a certain change!" Can be displayed on the screen. In addition, as an example of the production of the specific area entry notification effect, displaying a message such as "V prize!" Or "Probability change get" can be mentioned on the screen. At this time, if a big hit is made with the first special symbol in the non-specific game state (in this example, when the open extension function is not activated), the second special is in the specific game state (in this example, when the open extension function is activated). It is configured so that the execution probability of at least one of the specific area entry instruction effect and the specific area entry effect is lower than that in the case of a big hit with a symbol, or at least one of the specific area entry instruction effect and the specific area entry effect. It may be configured not to be executed. That is, in this example, in the case of a big hit with the first special symbol (that is, in the case of the first hit), it is uncertain whether or not the probability change is acquired (16R or 6R long open jackpot, the probability change can be acquired. It is highly probable, and the possibility of acquiring a probability change is low when the 6R long / short open jackpot is obtained), and the player pays attention to the presence / absence of the probability change acquisition. By executing the instruction effect and the specific area entry notification effect, it is possible to increase the expectation and satisfaction of acquiring the probability change. On the other hand, in the case of a big hit with the second special symbol (that is, in the case of a consecutive villa state), basically, there is a possibility of a probability change acquisition in a situation where the probability change acquisition is definite (16R or 8R long open jackpot). (High), and the player's interest in acquiring the probability change is not so great, so at least one of the specific area entry instruction effect and the specific area entry notification effect is not executed, or even if it is executed, the above message is displayed. It may be displayed smaller or the display mode may be simplified. In addition, when two or more specific rounds (both are V rounds) are set, if a V prize is won in the previous specific round, a specific area entry effect ("Aim for V") is executed in the later specific round. It is not necessary (however, in the previous specific round, a specific area entry effect is executed).

Further, in the above-mentioned seventh embodiment, when the so-called consecutive villas are continued for a predetermined number of times, a rare special effect (so-called ascension effect) may be generated. Also in this example, similarly to the first embodiment described above, it is determined whether or not the special effect (so-called ascension effect) can be executed when the predetermined conditions are satisfied with respect to the so-called consecutive villa state. The predetermined conditions are, for example, that the number of consecutive villas reaches a predetermined number, the cumulative number of specific jackpots in the consecutive villa state reaches the predetermined number, the cumulative number of prize balls won in the consecutive villa state reaches the predetermined number, and the consecutive villas. For example, when a specific effect (a specific effect during a symbol change or a special game) is generated during the villa state. This special effect is executed straddling the symbol variation effect related to the jackpot of the N = Nset times (Nset: specified number of times) of the number of consecutive villas and the special game related to the jackpot of the Nset times. As a modified example, the special effect does not straddle the symbol variation effect related to the jackpot of the N = Nset times (Nset: specified number of times) and the special game related to the jackpot of the Nset times. Good (may be executed by either one). At this time, when the special effect is executed, the execution probability of at least one of the specific area entry instruction effect and the specific area entry effect is lower in the specific round in the special game than when the special effect is not executed. Or at least one of the specific area entry instruction effect and the specific area entry effect may not be executed. Further, even if the specific area entry instruction effect or the specific area entry effect is executed, the above message may be displayed small or simplified. The reason is to prevent the effects of both effects from being diluted due to the competition between the special effect during the execution of the special game and the specific area entry instruction effect (specific area entry notification effect). In this case, it is more satisfactory for the player to give priority to the execution of the highly rare special effect.

[8th Embodiment]
Next, the gaming machine according to the eighth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the eighth embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the parts having the same configuration are designated by the same reference numerals. The explanation is omitted, and the different parts are mainly described.

The game machine of the eighth embodiment, like the game machine of the seventh embodiment, depends on whether or not the game ball wins a specific area (so-called "V area") in the large winning opening during the execution of the special game. Therefore, it is configured as a so-called ball probability type game machine that determines whether or not the game state shifts to the probability change state after the end of the special game. The probability change state may be continued until the symbol is changed a predetermined number of times (ST number of times), or may be continued until the next big hit occurs.

Further, the gaming machine of the eighth embodiment, like the gaming machine of the seventh embodiment, is equipped with only a single large winning opening 65 (a ball probability attacker having a specific area 658) in the PA in the game area. ing. That is, also in the eighth embodiment, the large winning opening 65 having the specific area 658 is opened in all rounds. Since the configuration of the large winning opening 65 has already been described in the second embodiment described above, duplicate description will be omitted here.

Subsequently, the jackpot type (big hit breakdown) in the eighth embodiment will be described. FIG. 78 shows the breakdown of the jackpot of the special symbol lottery in the eighth embodiment. In the following, for convenience of explanation, the description regarding "small hit" will be omitted except in special cases.

The upper part of FIG. 78 is a diagram schematically showing a symbol table per first special symbol in the eighth embodiment. In this first special symbol per symbol table, the symbol group, the jackpot attribute, the number of times the probability variation / time saving function is operated, and the operation pattern of the big winning opening are associated with the symbol random value per special symbol (book). In the example, the description of the stop symbol is omitted for convenience). In the first special symbol hit symbol table, as three types of symbol groups according to the type of jackpot, symbol group A (16R long open jackpot), symbol group B (12R long and short open jackpot 1), and symbol group C (12R) Long and short open jackpot 2) is set. As shown in the upper part of FIG. 78, in the first special symbol lottery, the winning probability of the conditional specific jackpot (corresponding to the probabilistic jackpot) is 50%, and the winning probability of the conditional normal jackpot (corresponding to the non-probability variable jackpot) is 50%. Is.

The lower part of FIG. 78 is a diagram schematically showing a symbol table per second special symbol in the eighth embodiment. In this second special symbol per symbol table, the symbol group, the jackpot attribute, the number of times the probability variation / time saving function is operated, and the operation pattern of the big winning opening are associated with the symbol random value per special symbol (book). In the example, the description of the stop symbol is omitted for convenience). In the second special symbol hit symbol table, symbol group D (16R long open jackpot) and symbol group E (7R long open jackpot) are set as two types of symbol groups according to the type of jackpot. As shown in the lower part of FIG. 78, in the second special symbol lottery, the winning probability of the conditional specific jackpot (corresponding to the probability variation jackpot) is 100%.

In this example, the average number of rounds of the special game executed by the occurrence of one big hit is set equally between the case where the big hit is obtained in the first special symbol lottery and the case where the big hit is obtained in the second special symbol lottery. Specifically, the average number of rounds of the special game in the case of a big hit in the first special symbol lottery is "12.4 rounds", whereas the special in the case of a big hit in the second special symbol lottery. The average number of rounds of the game is "12.4 rounds", and each average number of rounds is configured to be the same.

Subsequently, FIG. 79 is a time chart for explaining the operation pattern of the large winning opening 65 in the eighth embodiment. In this example, a total of four types of operation patterns are prepared corresponding to the above-mentioned jackpot types. In the figure, the state change of the large winning opening 65 during the special game is shown in chronological order from left to right. Each operation pattern shown in FIG. 79 conceptually shows the execution state of each round game, and each time width and ratio of the opening time and closing time (including the interval time) of each round game is the actual time. It does not correspond to width and ratio. That is, in the figure, the time width of each round and each interval is evenly described in order to express the progress of each round in an easy-to-understand manner, but in reality, the time width of each round and each interval is the time width of the round. It differs depending on the opening mode and the like. In the figure, "L" is added to the long open round game, and "S" is added to the short open round game.

Here, the one-time opening / closing operation (opening operation) of the large winning opening 65 is a long opening (also referred to as "long opening operation") in which the opening time becomes relatively long depending on the length of the opening time. And short opening (also referred to as "short opening operation") in which the opening time is relatively short. In one round game, regardless of the length of the opening time, the opening / closing operation of the large winning opening 65 may be executed only once, or the opening / closing operation of the large winning opening 65 may be executed multiple times. There is. Here, the round game is divided into a long open round game and a short open round game. In the long open round game, after the round game is started and the large winning opening 65 is opened, when the number of winning balls to the large winning opening 65 reaches the specified number (“10 balls” in this example), or , When the opening time of the large winning opening 65 (if it is opened multiple times in one round, the total opening time of the multiple opening times) elapses the first specified time, the large winning opening 65 is closed. , This round game is over. The first specified time is a time width in which the number of winning game balls to the large winning opening 65 may reach the specified number (10 balls), and in this example, "29 seconds" is set. In this example, in the long opening round game, there are cases where only one long opening operation is executed, and there are cases where one long opening operation and one short opening operation are executed. That is, in the long-opening round game, when the first specified time is reached by one long-opening operation (29 seconds), one long-opening operation (28.8 seconds) and one short-opening operation (0. 2 seconds) may reach the first specified time. As a modification thereof, the above-mentioned one long opening operation may not be 28.8 seconds, but may always be 29 seconds regardless of the combination with the short opening operation. On the other hand, in the short opening round game, when the opening time of the large winning opening 65 elapses after the second specified time (“0.2 seconds” in this example) has passed after the round game is started and the large winning opening 65 is opened. , The big prize opening 65 is closed, and this round game is over. The second specified time is a time width in which it becomes difficult for the game ball to win the big winning opening 65, and in this example, "0.2 seconds" is set. Therefore, it is practically impossible to obtain a specified number of prizes in the large winning opening 65 in the short open round game. The short opening round game may involve a plurality of short opening operations in one round. In the following, the "long opening round game" means that one round includes at least one long opening operation, regardless of the presence or absence of the short opening operation (the short opening operation may be included). .. The "short opening round game" means that one round includes at least one short opening operation, and does not include a long opening operation. Here, in this example, as shown in FIGS. 79 (B) and 79 (C), the actual number of rounds is set to 7 for each of the 12R long / short open patterns 1 and 2 (12R long / short open jackpots 1 and 2). ing.

First, FIG. 79 (A) shows a 16R long opening pattern. In the 16R long open pattern, a long open round game is executed in all rounds (normal round, specific round). That is, the 16R long open jackpot is a jackpot equivalent to 16 rounds because the big winning opening 65 is opened for a long time in any round game. Since the long open round game is executed as described above, the specific round (fifth round) is set as a V round in which it is easy or possible to enter the specific area 658.

FIG. 79 (B) shows the 12R long / short open pattern 1. In the 12R long / short open pattern 1, long open round games in the 1st to 3rd rounds, short open round games in the 4th round, long open round games in the 5th to 8th rounds, and short open rounds in the 9th to 12th rounds. The game is executed. The 12R long / short open jackpot 1 is a jackpot equivalent to 7 rounds because the big winning opening 65 is opened for a long time in 7 round games out of 12 round games. As described above, the specific round (fifth round) is a long open round game, and is therefore set as a V round in which it is easy or possible to enter the specific area 658.

FIG. 79 (C) shows a 12R long / short open pattern 2. In the 12R long / short open pattern 2, long open round games in the 1st to 4th rounds, short open round games in the 5th round, long open round games in the 6th to 8th rounds, and short open rounds in the 9th to 12th rounds. The game is executed. Similar to the above 12R long / short open jackpot 1, the 12R long / short open jackpot 2 is a jackpot equivalent to 7 rounds because the big winning opening 65 is opened long in 7 round games out of 12 round games. .. As described above, the specific round (fifth round) is set as a non-V round in which it is difficult or impossible to enter the specific area 658 because the short open round game is executed.

First, FIG. 79 (D) shows a 7R long opening pattern. In the 7R long open pattern, a long open round game is executed in all rounds (normal round, specific round). That is, the 7R long open jackpot is a jackpot equivalent to 7 rounds because the big winning opening 65 is opened for a long time in any round game. Since the long open round game is executed as described above, the specific round (fifth round) is set as a V round in which it is easy or possible to enter the specific area 658.

Here, the opening / closing operation of the large winning opening 65 in the above 12R long / short opening patterns 1 and 2 will be described in more detail. First, for both the 12R long and short opening patterns 1 and 2, the large winning opening 65 is opened only once in each of the 1st to 3rd rounds and the 7th to 8th rounds, and in each of the 9th to 12th rounds. The big winning opening 65 is opened only once. Therefore, in the 12R long / short opening patterns 1 and 2, the opening / closing operation of the large winning opening 65 matches in each of the above rounds. On the other hand, in the 12R long / short opening patterns 1 and 2, the opening / closing operation of the large winning opening 65 is different in each of the 4th to 6th rounds. Specifically, in the 12R long / short opening pattern 1, one short opening in the fourth round and one long opening in the fifth round.
In the 6th round, one short opening and one long opening will be performed. That is, in the 12R long / short opening pattern 1, the large winning opening 65 opens and closes in the order of "short opening → long opening → short opening → long opening" in the sections from the fourth to the sixth round. On the other hand, in the 12R long / short opening pattern 2, one short opening and one long opening are performed in the fourth round, a short opening is performed in the fifth round, and one long opening is performed in the sixth round. .. That is, in the 12R long / short opening pattern 2, in the section from the 4th round to the 6th round, the large winning opening 65 opens and closes in the order of “short opening → long opening → short opening → long opening”. That is, when comparing the 12R long / short opening patterns 1 and 2 and looking at each round from the 4th to the 6th rounds individually, the opening / closing operation of the large winning opening 65 is different, but from the 4th to the 6th rounds. Looking at the section as a series of flows in total, the opening and closing operations of the grand prize opening 65 are the same. In the figure, for convenience of explanation, the time width of each round is evenly divided, so that the interval period is expressed in various lengths, but in reality, the interval period is set to be substantially the same. Therefore, in the figure, as shown by the broken line arrows, each operation (corresponding operation) in the above-mentioned sections from the fourth to the sixth rounds is set at substantially the same timing on the time axis. There is. As a modified example thereof, in FIGS. 79 (B) and 79 (C), the above-mentioned opening pattern may be used up to the fifth round, and the short opening round game may be used after the sixth round (that is, substantially the first round). It may be completed in 5 rounds). Further, in FIG. 79 (B), the opening operation in the sixth round is a combination of the short opening and the long opening, but the present invention is not limited to this, and only the long opening operation may be used.

Subsequently, the jackpot effect in the eighth embodiment will be described. In this example, as in the above-described embodiment, when a big hit is obtained with the first special symbol or the second special symbol, various types of big hit effects (big hit effects according to the big hit type) in the special game are performed. A movie image, instruction information for encouraging launching (right-handed) to the jackpot 65, the number of winning prize balls during the jackpot, and the like are displayed. On the other hand, if the first special symbol is a big hit (typically at the time of the first hit), in each round during the special game, what round is the current round (further specific)? A round number display effect that notifies information on the number of rounds that can determine (whether or not it is a round), and a V acquisition that notifies that a game ball has passed through a specific area 658 and has acquired a probability change (that is, a V prize). Execution of display effect is not set. Alternatively, you may want to display an object that shows the number of long open rounds that have been executed (completed), or an object that shows the number of long open rounds that you plan to run. In the former case, the number of objects is increased each time the long open round is executed, and in the latter case, the objects are subtracted each time the long open round is executed. In other words, the object does not increase or subtract in the short open round. On the other hand, if the second special symbol is a big hit (typically in the case of a consecutive villa), the execution of the round number display effect and the V acquisition display effect is set in each round during the special game. Has been done.

In this way, even if any of the 12R long / short opening patterns 1 and 2 is executed during the special game, the information related to the probability change transition such as the round number information and the V winning information is not notified as the jackpot effect, and the information is kept secret. , It can be difficult to determine whether or not a V prize has been won from the production mode during the special game. In this example as well, various promotion effects may be executed during the special game, as in the above-described embodiment.

Subsequently, the variation pattern table of the special symbol in the sixth embodiment will be described. As described above, the game machine in this example is configured as a so-called ball game machine in which the probability change transition after the special game is confirmed when the game ball wins the specific area 658 in the specific round during the special game. If the specific area 658 is not V-winned in the special game (when the game state after the special game becomes the normal state), the normal variation pattern table is set as the variation pattern table of the special symbol, and in the special game. When a V prize is won in the specific area 658 (when the gaming state after the special game is in the probabilistic state), the shortened variation pattern table is set as the variation pattern table of the special symbol. That is, also in this example, as a general rule, the variation pattern table selected after the special game may differ depending on the game state after the special game. In this way, the variable pattern table is set according to the game state after the special game (depending on whether or not the specific area 658 has been won during the special game), so that the game state is the normal state. The selection tendency of the fluctuation pattern (fluctuation time) may differ from that of the probabilistic state.

Subsequently, the effect mode in the eighth embodiment will be described. Also in this example, the effect mode transition control is executed on the effect control board 200 side in a manner consistent with the game state (or variation pattern selection state) managed on the main control board 100 side. Then, the effect display device 70 displays an effect mode notification image (in this example, a background image that is a back display of the decorative pattern) corresponding to the effect mode during the current stay, and the background images are mutually displayed in each effect mode. Since the settings are different, the player can recognize which of the effect modes during the current stay is based on the type of the background image. In addition, by suggesting the type of effect mode to the player in this way, the type of game state and the type of variable effect content (variable effect pattern) during symbol variation are based on the type of effect mode during stay. Is suggested to the player. At this time, in this example, as the effect mode after the special game, the mode shifts to the common effect mode (secret effect mode) regardless of whether the game state after the special game is the normal state or the probabilistic state. That is, the concealment effect mode is an effect mode in which the player is instigated by setting whether the current game state (internal game state) is the normal state or the probabilistic state as the concealment state. In this example, when the secret effect mode is set as the effect mode, a "special background" is displayed as the background image. In this example, a variable effect pattern table is set for each effect mode during the stay, and even if the variation pattern of the special symbol is different, if the effect modes are the same, the effect contents are common to each other. The variable effect pattern to be used can be selected. That is, even if the fluctuation time selected on the main control board 100 side (the effect scale corresponding to it) differs depending on the game state, the game state is probablely changed on the effect control board 200 side. Since the mode shifts to the same effect mode regardless of the state, the background effect and the variable effect having the same effect contents are selected. Therefore, not only during the execution of the special game, but also in the symbol variation game after the end of the special game, the concealed state relating to the presence or absence of the probability change transition is continued, and the player can play the current game from the production mode. It becomes difficult to determine the state, and the game can be advanced while expecting that the state has shifted to the probabilistic state. As described above, in this example, although the presence or absence of the probability change transition is internally determined by the presence or absence of the V prize in the specific round, the presence or absence of the probability change transition is determined from the production mode of the jackpot effect and the symbol variation effect. By making it difficult to discriminate, it is possible to maintain the player's expectation and interest in the probabilistic transition from the special game to the symbol variation game. Regarding the transition to the concealment effect mode, only the conditional specific jackpot (12R long / short open jackpot 1) and the conditional normal jackpot (12R long / short open jackpot 2) are the triggers for the transition. Further, when the number of symbol fluctuations after the end of the big hit reaches a predetermined number of times, it may be definitively notified that the current gaming state is a probable change state.

As described above, according to the eighth embodiment, the operation pattern related to the conditional specific jackpot (12R long / short open jackpot 1) and the operation pattern related to the conditional normal jackpot (12R long / short open jackpot 2) are large throughout all rounds. A series of opening and closing operations (long opening and short opening operation order) of the winning opening 65 are made substantially the same mode, and it is determined which jackpot type is won and in which round the specific round was executed. By making it difficult, it becomes possible to maintain a sense of expectation for the acquisition of probability change until the end of the special game, and as a result, it becomes possible to improve the interest of the game.

[9th Embodiment]
Next, the gaming machine according to the ninth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the ninth embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the parts having the same configuration are designated by the same reference numerals. The explanation is omitted, and the different parts are mainly described.

The game machine of the ninth embodiment, like the game machine of the second embodiment, depends on whether or not the game ball wins a specific area (so-called "V area") in the large winning opening during the execution of the special game. Therefore, it is configured as a so-called ball probability type game machine that determines whether or not the game state shifts to the probability change state after the end of the special game. The probability change state may be continued until the symbol is changed a predetermined number of times (ST number of times), or may be continued until the next big hit occurs.

Further, the gaming machine of the ninth embodiment, like the gaming machine of the seventh embodiment, is equipped with only a single large winning opening 65 (a ball probability attacker having a specific area 658) in the PA in the game area. ing. That is, also in the ninth embodiment, the large winning opening 65 having the specific area 658 is opened in all rounds. Since the configuration of the large winning opening 65 has already been described in the second embodiment described above, duplicate description will be omitted here.

Further, the gaming machine of the ninth embodiment adopts so-called priority digestion in which the variable display of the second special symbol is preferentially executed over the variable display of the first special symbol, similarly to the gaming machine of the first embodiment. Therefore, while the operation-holding ball of the second special symbol is present, the operation-holding ball of the second special symbol is preferentially digested regardless of the presence of the operation-holding ball of the first special symbol. There is.

First, the jackpot type (big hit breakdown) in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 80 shows the breakdown of the jackpots of the special symbol lottery in the ninth embodiment. In the following, for convenience of explanation, the description regarding "small hit" will be omitted except in special cases.

The upper part of FIG. 80 is a diagram schematically showing a symbol table per first special symbol in the ninth embodiment. In this first special symbol per symbol table, the symbol group, the jackpot attribute, the number of times the probability variation / time saving function is operated, and the operation pattern of the big winning opening are associated with the symbol random value per special symbol (book). In the example, the description of the stop symbol is omitted for convenience). In the first special symbol hit symbol table, as three types of symbol groups according to the type of jackpot, symbol group A (15R long / short open jackpot 1), symbol group B (15R long / short open jackpot 2), and symbol group C ( 7R long and short open jackpot) is set.

The lower part of FIG. 80 is a diagram schematically showing a symbol table per second special symbol in the ninth embodiment. In this first special symbol per symbol table, the symbol group, the jackpot attribute, the number of times the probability variation / time saving function is operated, and the operation pattern of the big winning opening are associated with the symbol random value per special symbol (book). In the example, the description of the stop symbol is omitted for convenience). In the first special symbol hit symbol table, as five kinds of symbol groups according to the type of jackpot, symbol group D (16R long open jackpot 1), symbol group E (16R long open jackpot 2), and symbol group F ( 8R long open jackpot), symbol group G (4R long open jackpot 1), and symbol H (4R long open jackpot 2) are set.

Also in this example, each of the above jackpots is classified into "conditional specific jackpot" or "conditional normal jackpot" as the attributes of the jackpot. As shown in the upper part of FIG. 80, in the first special symbol lottery, the winning probability of the conditional specific jackpot (equivalent to the probabilistic jackpot) is 50%, and the winning probability of the conditional normal jackpot (equivalent to the non-probability variable jackpot) is 50%. Is. Further, as shown in the lower part of FIG. 80, in the second special symbol lottery, the winning probability of the conditional specific jackpot (corresponding to the probability variation jackpot) is 100%. In the following, among the jackpot types of the second special symbol, "16R long open jackpot 1" and "4R long open jackpot 1" are collectively referred to as "big hit α", and other jackpot types "16R". Long open jackpot 2 ”,“ 8R long open jackpot ”and“ 4R long open jackpot 2 ”
Is also collectively referred to as "big hit β". Here, the jackpot β will be described in detail later, but regardless of whether it is inside or outside the limited period, it is a jackpot in which "Seven Star Charge" is executed as the jackpot effect, and a special symbol ("A. A ・ A ”etc.) will be available. The special symbol may be one in which only one special symbol is displayed in the middle symbol column (the left and right column symbols are arbitrary symbols). On the other hand, the jackpot α is a jackpot in which the “seven star charge” is executed as the jackpot effect only within the limited period, which will be described in detail later, and the number symbols (odd symbols) are aligned as the jackpot symbols.

In this example, the average number of rounds of the special game executed by one big hit is set equally between the case where the big hit is obtained in the first special symbol lottery and the case where the big hit is obtained in the second special symbol lottery. There is. Specifically, the average number of rounds of the special game in the case of a big hit in the first special symbol lottery is "11 rounds", whereas the average number of rounds of the special game in the case of a big hit in the second special symbol lottery The average number of rounds is "11 rounds", and each average number of rounds is configured to be the same. The average number of rounds of the special game is the same in the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery, but the jackpots of the first special symbol are all set as "long and short open jackpots". Since all the jackpots of the 2nd special symbol are set as "long open jackpots", the expected value of winning balls in the 2nd special symbol lottery is higher than that of the 1st special symbol lottery (substantial average number of rounds). Is set high.

In this example, regardless of which jackpot type is won, when the game ball enters the specific area 658 in the specific round during the special game, the game state after the special game ends is probable. It becomes a state. The probabilistic state does not continue until the next big hit occurs, but is limited to the period (130 times) until the number of fluctuations after the end of the special game reaches the final number of probable changes. On the other hand, regardless of which jackpot type is won, if the game ball does not enter the specific area 658 in the specific round during the special game, the game state after the special game ends is the time saving state. Become. The time saving state does not continue until the next big hit occurs, but is limited to the period (100 times) until the number of fluctuations after the end of the special game reaches the number of times at the end of the time saving. After the end of the special game, if the final number of times (130 times or 100 times) has passed without the next big hit occurring, the game state returns to the normal state.

Subsequently, FIG. 81 is a time chart for explaining the operation pattern of the large winning opening 65 in the ninth embodiment. In this example, a total of five types of operation patterns are prepared corresponding to the above-mentioned jackpot types. That is, as shown in FIG. 80, in this example, if the specified number of rounds of the special game corresponding to each jackpot is the same, the same operation pattern is set (the operation pattern is common for each specified number of rounds). is there). In the figure, the state change of the large winning opening 65 during the special game is shown in chronological order from left to right. Each operation pattern shown in FIG. 81 conceptually shows the execution state of each round game, and each time width and ratio of the opening time and closing time (including the interval time) of each round game is the actual time. It does not correspond to width and ratio. In the figure, "L" is added to the long open round game, and "S" is added to the short open round game.

In this example, regardless of which of the above five types of jackpots is applicable, in the specific round in the special game, there is a probability variation prize based on whether or not the game ball enters the specific area 658. Are sorted. In the following, the rounds other than the specific round will also be referred to as "normal rounds". In this example, the specific round is set to the third round regardless of which jackpot corresponds to. In this specific round, the large winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 are synchronized (linked), and the specific area 658 is opened when the large winning opening 65 is opened (after the time when the large winning opening 65 is opened). The specific area 658 is opened), and the specific area 658 is closed when the large winning opening 65 is closed (the specific area 658 is closed after the time when the large winning opening 65 is closed). Therefore, basically, if the large winning opening 65 is long open, the specific area 658 is also long open, and if the large winning opening 65 is short open, the specific area 658 is also short open. In one special game, the number of executions of a specific round is not limited to one, and may be set a plurality of times.

First, FIG. 81 (A) shows a 15R long / short open pattern. In the 15R long / short open pattern, a long open round game is executed in the first round and the third to sixth rounds, and a short open round game is executed in the second round and the seventh to fifteenth rounds. That is, the 15R long / short open jackpots 1 and 2 are jackpots equivalent to 5 rounds because the big winning opening 65 is opened long in the above 5 round games. Since the long open round game is executed, the specific round (third round) is set as a V round in which it is easy or possible to enter the specific area 658.

FIG. 81B shows a 7R long / short open pattern. In the 7R long / short open pattern, the long open round game is executed in the first to second rounds and the fourth to sixth rounds, and the short open round game is executed in the third round and the seventh round. That is, the 7R long / short open jackpot is a jackpot equivalent to 5 rounds because the big winning opening 65 is opened long in the above 5 round games. The specific round (third round) is set as a non-V winning round in which it is difficult or impossible to enter the specific area 658 because the short open round game is executed. In the 7th round described above, 9 short opening operations may be involved, and in that case, the number of short opening operations after the 7th round in the 15R long / short opening pattern may be the same. it can.

FIG. 81 (C) shows a 16R long opening pattern. In the 16R long open pattern, a long open round game is executed in all rounds (normal round, specific round). That is, the 16R long open jackpot is a jackpot equivalent to 16 rounds because the big winning opening 65 is opened for a long time in any round game. Since the long open round game is executed, the specific round (third round) is set as a V round in which it is easy or possible to enter the specific area 658.

FIG. 81 (D) shows an 8R long opening pattern. In the 8R long opening pattern, the long opening round game is executed in all rounds as in the 16R long opening pattern described above. That is, the 8R long open jackpot is a jackpot equivalent to 8 rounds because the big winning opening 65 is opened for a long time in any round game. The specific round (third round) is set as a V round in which it is easy or possible to enter the specific area 658.

FIG. 81 (E) shows a 4R long open pattern. In the 4R long open pattern, the long open round game is executed in all rounds as in the 16R and 8R long open patterns described above. That is, the 4R long open jackpot is a jackpot equivalent to 4 rounds because the big winning opening 65 is opened for a long time in any round game. The specific round (third round) is set as a V round in which it is easy or possible to enter the specific area 658.

Here, the operation pattern of the large winning opening 65 in the case of a big hit in the first special symbol, that is, the opening / closing operation of the large winning opening 65 in the 15R long / short opening pattern and the 7R long / short opening pattern will be described in more detail. First, in each operation pattern, the large winning opening 65 is opened only once in each round of the first round and the fifth to sixth rounds, and the large winning opening 65 is one in each round of the seventh to fifteenth rounds. It is released only once. Therefore, in the 15R long / short opening pattern and the 7R long / short opening pattern, the opening / closing operation of the large winning opening 65 matches in each of the above rounds. On the other hand, in each operation pattern, the opening / closing operation of the large winning opening 65 is different in each of the second to fourth rounds. Specifically, in the 15R long / short opening pattern, one short opening in the second round, one long opening in the third round, one short opening and one long opening in the fourth round. Will be done. That is, in the 15R long / short opening pattern, the large winning opening 65 opens and closes in the order of "short opening → long opening → short opening → long opening" in the sections from the second to the fourth round. On the other hand, in the 7R long / short opening pattern, one short opening and one long opening are performed in the second round, a short opening is performed in the third round, and one long opening is performed in the fourth round. That is, in the 7R long / short opening pattern, in the section from the second round to the fourth round, the large winning opening 65 opens and closes in the order of “short opening → long opening → short opening → long opening”. That is, when comparing each operation pattern, looking at each round from the second to the fourth round individually, although the opening and closing operation of the grand prize opening 65 is different, the sections from the second to the fourth round are serialized. When viewed in total as the flow of, the opening and closing operations of the grand prize opening 65 are the same. .. In the figure, for convenience of explanation, the time width of each round is evenly divided, so that the interval period is expressed in various lengths, but in reality, the interval period is set to be substantially the same. Therefore, in the figure, as shown by the broken line arrows, each operation (corresponding operation) in the above-mentioned sections from the fourth to the sixth rounds is set at substantially the same timing on the time axis. There is.

Therefore, in the operation pattern related to the conditional specific jackpot (15R long / short opening jackpot 1, 2) and the operating pattern related to the conditional normal jackpot (7R long / short opening jackpot), a series of opening / closing operations (long opening) of the big winning opening 65 And by making the operation order of short opening) substantially the same, it is difficult to determine which jackpot type was won and in which round a specific round was executed, which is a special game. You will be able to maintain your expectations for the acquisition of probability changes until the end of. Here, if the first special symbol is a big hit, the current round is the number of rounds until at least the sixth round (the round in which the probabilistic promotion effect described later is set) as the big hit effect during the special game. The information on the number of rounds that can be determined (and whether or not it is a specific round) and the V winning information indicating that the game ball has passed through the specific area 658 and acquired the probability change are not notified, and the big winning opening From the operation pattern of 65 and the above-mentioned production mode, the presence or absence of the probability change transition is kept secret (details will be described later). Instead, an object indicating the number of long open rounds executed (executed) may be displayed, or an object indicating the number of long open rounds scheduled to be executed may be displayed. In the former case, the number of objects is increased each time the long open round is executed, and in the latter case, the objects are subtracted each time the long open round is executed. In other words, the object does not increase or subtract in the short open round. Further, as a modification, as described above, the seventh round in the 7R long / short opening pattern may be configured to involve nine short opening operations. In that case, the seventh round in the 15R long / short opening pattern may be involved. Since the number of subsequent short opening operations can be the same, a series of opening operations of the large winning opening 65 can be substantially the same throughout the entire round.

Subsequently, the jackpot symbol (combination of the stop symbol of the decorative symbol) in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 82 is a schematic diagram showing a jackpot symbol table (decorative symbol per symbol table) according to the ninth embodiment. As described above, the jackpot symbol is determined with reference to the jackpot symbol table. The jackpot symbol is basically composed of a combination "* ・ * ・ *" of a stop mode in which three symbols of the same number or the same character are aligned (*: an arbitrary decorative symbol). However, as shown in FIG. 82, even if the jackpot type is the same, the jackpot symbol may differ depending on the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot. Here, the jackpot symbols (stop symbols) of the decorative symbols in this example are basically "1.1.1", "3.3.3", "5.5.5.5", and "7.7".・ 7 ”,“ 9 ・ 9 ・ 9 ”,“ A ・ A ・ A ”,“ B ・ B ・ B ”,“ C ・ C ・ C ”, which are probable change definite symbols (odd symbols, character symbols) And an uncertain symbol (even number symbol) indicating a normal jackpot or a probabilistic jackpot such as "2.2.2", "44.4", "6/6/6", "8/8/8". Distinguished. In the following, for convenience of explanation, among the above odd-numbered symbols, "3.3.
"3" and "7,7,7" are also referred to as the first odd-numbered symbol, and "1.1.1", "5,5.5" and "9,9,9" are also referred to as the second odd-numbered symbol. ..

First, when the game state is the normal state, if the 15R long / short open jackpot 1 is won in the lottery process of the first special symbol, the second odd number such as "1.1.1" or "5.5.5" A symbol (probability variation symbol) is selected. In addition, when the game state is the normal state, if the 15R long / short open jackpot 2 or the 7R long / short open jackpot is won in the lottery process of the first special symbol, "2.2.2", "44.4", etc. Even-numbered symbols (uncertain symbols) such as are selected. After the stop display of the uncertain symbol, the probabilistic promotion effect is executed in the special game (details will be described later). On the other hand, when the game state is in the probabilistic state or the time saving state, if the 15R long / short open jackpots 1 and 2 are won, the second odd-numbered symbols such as "1.1.1", "5.5.5", etc. (Symbol) is selected, and if the 7R long / short open jackpot is won, even-numbered symbols (uncertain symbols) such as “2.2.2” and “4 ・ 4 ・ 4” are selected. This means that if a big hit is made with the first special symbol in the probability change state or the time saving state, the probability change promotion effect is not executed (the possibility of the probability change transition is not hidden), and the probability change transition is based on the type of the jackpot symbol. The purpose is to teach the player in advance whether or not there is.

Next, when the game state is the normal state, if the 16R long open jackpot 1 is won in the lottery process of the second special symbol, the first odd number symbol such as "3.3.3" or "7,7,7" (Probability variation symbol) is selected. On the other hand, when the game state is a probabilistic state or a time saving state, if the above 16R long open jackpot 1 is won, a first odd number such as "3.3.3" or "7,7,7" is obtained by random number lottery. When a symbol (probability variation symbol) is selected, and when a second odd number symbol (probability variation symbol) such as "1.1.1", "5.5.5", "9/9/9" is selected. There is. At this time, if it is the first odd number symbol, it is definitely notified that it is a high profit jackpot (16R jackpot), and if it is the second odd number symbol, it is a high profit jackpot (16R jackpot). Is kept secret, and a round promotion effect (success) is executed during the big hit. In addition, when the game state is a probable change state or a time saving state, even if the 4R long open jackpot 1 is won in the lottery process of the second special symbol, the same as when the 16R long open jackpot 1 is won, "1.1 A second odd-numbered symbol (probability variation symbol) such as "1", "5.5.5", or "9/9/9" is selected, and a round promotion effect (failure) is executed during the jackpot. In addition, regardless of the gaming state, if the 16R long open jackpot 2, 8R long open jackpot 2, or the 4R long open jackpot 2 is won, that is, if the above-mentioned jackpot β is won, "AA. Character symbols (probability variation symbols) such as "A", "B / B / B", and "C / C / C" are selected.

Subsequently, the jackpot effect pattern in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 83 is a diagram schematically showing a jackpot effect pattern table according to the ninth embodiment. The jackpot effect pattern table shows the correspondence between the jackpot type and the jackpot effect pattern. Basically, the jackpot production pattern is determined based on the jackpot type. However, even if the jackpot type is the same, the jackpot effect pattern may differ depending on the game state at the time of winning the jackpot and predetermined occurrence conditions (for example, consecutive villa conditions). In this example, fierce fighting bonuses A to B, phantom fighting bonuses A to D, Musou bonuses A to C, and seven star charges A to D are prepared as 13 types of jackpot production patterns. Here, in the figure, as one of the selection criteria of the jackpot effect pattern, the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot is defined as the operating state of the special symbol game (high probability / low probability) and the operating state of the normal symbol game (opening extension). By combining with (with / without open extension), (1) low probability / non-open extension, (2) low probability / open extension, and (3) high probability / open extension are specified. That is, the gaming state described in the figure is the gaming state when the jackpot corresponding to each jackpot type occurs (the gaming state when the jackpot symbol corresponding to each jackpot type is stopped). In this example, "high probability / non-open extension" is not set as the game state.

First, when the 15R long / short open jackpot 1 is won in the first special symbol, "phantom fight bonus A" is selected as the jackpot production pattern regardless of the game state at the time of winning the jackpot. In addition, when the 15R long / short open jackpot 2 is won, if the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot is the normal state, "fierce fight bonus A" is selected as the jackpot production pattern, and the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot is in a probable state or a short time. If it is in the state, "Phantom Fight Bonus A" is selected as the jackpot production pattern. In addition, when the 7R long / short open jackpot is won, if the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot is the normal state, "Fierce fight bonus B" is selected as the jackpot production pattern, and the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot is in a probable state or a time saving state. If so, "Phantom Fight Bonus B" is selected as the jackpot production pattern. Here, when the game state is the normal state, the probabilistic promotion effect is executed in the fierce battle bonuses A and B selected when the 15R long / short open jackpot 2 or the 7R long / short open jackpot is won. On the other hand, when the game state is the probability change state or the time reduction state, the probability change promotion effect is not executed in the phantom fight bonuses A and B selected when the 15R long / short open jackpot 2 or the 7R long / short open jackpot is won. That is, also in this example, if the first special symbol is a big hit when the game state is in the normal state, the probability change promotion effect can be executed, but when the game state is in the probability change state, the first special If the symbol is a big hit, the probabilistic promotion effect is not executed. A specific example of this probabilistic promotion promotion production will be described later.

On the other hand, when the 16R long open jackpot 1 is won in the second special symbol, basically, "Musou Bonus A" or "Phantom Fight Bonus D" is used as the jackpot production pattern regardless of the game state at the time of winning the jackpot. Is selected. At this time, as described above with reference to FIG. 82, if the jackpot symbol is the first odd-numbered symbol (such as "7, 7, 7"), "Musou Bonus A" is selected and the jackpot symbol is the second. If it is an odd numbered symbol (such as "1.1.1"), "Phantom Fight Bonus D" will be selected. That is, if the first odd-numbered symbol is a big hit, the Musou Bonus A will execute the 16-round finalization effect, and if the second odd-numbered symbol is a big hit, the phantom fight bonus D will execute the round promotion effect. .. In this example, as can be seen from the selection rate (selection rate of the first odd-numbered symbol and the second odd-numbered symbol) shown in FIG. 82, the “Musou bonus” is higher than the selection rate of the “phantom fight bonus D”. The ratio at which "A" is selected is set higher. As a variation example, when the 16R long open jackpot 1 is won in the normal state, "Musou Bonus A" is always selected and the round promotion effect may not be executed, or the 16R long open jackpot in the probability change state. Rather than winning 1, it may be difficult to select "Phantom Fight Bonus D" to reduce the probability of executing a round promotion effect linked to it. On the other hand, if the reserved inner villa is established under the specified conditions (details will be described later) and the 16R long open jackpot 1 is won within the limited period after the special game, "Seven Star Charge C" is selected as the jackpot production pattern. Will be done. Further, when a special condition (consecutive villa condition) regarding the big hit is satisfied, "Musou Bonus B" or "Musou Bonus C" is selected as the big hit effect pattern. The contents of the consecutive villa conditions will be described later.

Further, when the 16R long open jackpot 2 is won in the second special symbol, "Seven Star Charge C" is selected as the jackpot effect pattern regardless of the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot. Further, when the 8R long open jackpot is won, "Seven Star Charge B" is selected as the jackpot production pattern regardless of the game state at the time of winning the jackpot. Further, when the 4R long open jackpot 1 is won, "phantom fight bonus B" is basically selected as the jackpot production pattern regardless of the game state at the time of winning the jackpot. If the reserved inner villa is established under the specified conditions (details will be described later) and the 4R long open jackpot 1 is won within the limited period after the special game, "Seven Star Charge A" is selected as the jackpot production pattern. Will be done. If the 4R long open jackpot 2 is won, "Seven Star Charge A" is selected as the jackpot production pattern. As described above, each jackpot belonging to the jackpot β (16R long open jackpot 2, 8R long open jackpot 2) is a jackpot type in which only "Seven Star Charges A to C" is selected as the jackpot effect pattern.

Subsequently, FIGS. 84 to 87 are schematic views for explaining the contents of the jackpot effect pattern. In each figure, the correspondence between various effects and their occurrence timing is shown for each jackpot effect pattern. Here, in the figure, the "open mode" represents the type of round game. That is, when a long open round game is set as a round game, "long open" is displayed, and when a short open round game is set as a round game, "short open" is displayed. As a matter of course, the "opening mode" in the figure corresponds to the operation pattern of the large winning opening 65 in FIG. 81.

Further, in the figure, "look-ahead possible" means a period in which the current operation hold ball information can be read-ahead. That is, it means that the lottery of the pending villa production and the execution of the production are possible within this pre-readable period. Therefore, in this example, the second reserved inner consecutive villa production (held inner consecutive villa production B) that occurs during the special game is targeted as the reserved inner consecutive villa production. Whether or not the pending villa production can be executed is determined when a predetermined execution condition is satisfied during the pre-readable period. In this example, as described above, priority digestion is adopted in which the operation-holding ball of the second special symbol is preferentially digested over the operation-holding ball of the first special symbol, and the jackpot and the specific of the second special symbol are specified. Hold is subject to the pending villa. And, in the hold inner consecutive villa, the game state when the preceding operation hold ball wins the big hit is the probability change state (at the time of high probability / at the time of extension of opening), that is, within the ST period (130 times) after the special game. It occurs on the premise that Therefore, when the game state is in the probabilistic state (at the time of high probability / at the time of extension of opening), the preceding operation holding ball wins a specific jackpot (high profit jackpot: 16R long opening jackpot 1 of the second special symbol). On the premise of, a predetermined execution condition is satisfied when one or more specific holds are present in the operation hold ball of the subsequent second special symbol. In this example, even if all of the subsequent operation-holding balls are on hold, there may be a case where a ghost effect is generated to encourage the establishment of the hold-in-range villa. However, in this example, the display mode is such that it is possible to determine whether it is a true production or a Gase production by looking at the production result of the pending Uchirenso production. The look-ahead period is set in units of one round. Therefore, in the round (one round) set as the pre-readable period, whether or not the pending villa production can be executed is decided by lottery, and when it is decided to execute the pending villa production. In the round, a pending villa production will occur. In addition, even though there is a specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball, if the lottery for the consecutive villa production in the hold is not won in all the rounds for which the pre-readable period is set (in all rounds, the hold is in hold). If the consecutive villa production is not executed), the pending villa production (“Nanaboshi Charge Announcement” described later) will be executed in the jackpot end demo. As a variation example, if the lottery for the pending villa production is not won in all rounds for which the look-ahead period is set (when the pending villa production is not executed in all rounds), the big hit Even in the end demo, the hold inner consecutive villa effect may not be executed (after all, the hold inner consecutive villa effect is not executed during the big hit). In addition, in the big hit end demo, the hold inner villa production occurs, even though the pre-readable period is set in at least any round, the hold inner villa production is not actually executed. In this case, if the pre-readable period is not set in any of the rounds, the hold-in consecutive villa performance will not occur in the big hit end demo. As a variation example, if the jackpot has no pre-readable period set throughout all rounds, the pending inner consecutive villa production may be executed in the jackpot end demo. As described above, since the target of the hold inner consecutive villa production is the jackpot of the second special symbol and the specific hold, the pre-readable period is set only for the jackpot effect pattern of at least the second special symbol. The look-ahead period is set for rounds after a specific round (third round). The reason is that, as described above, the game state after the end of the special game is probabilistic unless a specific round has passed (at least after it is determined whether or not the game ball has entered the specific area 658). This is because it is uncertain whether to shift to the state (high probability state) or the time saving state (low probability state), and it is necessary to avoid the execution of the pending villa production in this uncertain situation. That is, when the lottery result of whether or not the subsequent operation holding ball existing during the special game actually becomes a big hit changes according to the game state (high probability state or low probability state) after the end of the special game. Therefore, by setting the lottery for whether or not to execute the pending villa production after a specific round, it is possible to make a definite notification of the reserved villa. Therefore, in this example, on the premise that the game ball has entered the specific area 658 in the specific round, that is, the transition to the probabilistic state has been promised after the end of the special game, whether or not the pending in-house consecutive villa production can be executed Is determined. Therefore, in the hold-in-ream villa production in this example, it is confirmed that there is a specific hold that becomes a big hit in the subsequent operation hold ball, and that the game state after the special game is a probabilistic state (high probability state). It is meaningful as a production to inform the target. That is, even if the pre-readable period is set for each round, if there is no entry into the specific area 658 in the specific round, the execution lottery for the pending villa production is not performed. A specific example of this pending villa production will be described later.

Further, in the figure, the “round number display” means that the current number of rounds (round number information) is notified during the execution of the round game. In this example, a jackpot production pattern that notifies the player of the current number of rounds and teaches the player the progress of the special game, and the progress of the special game is concealed from the player without notifying the current number of rounds. A jackpot production pattern to be in a state is prepared. Further, in the figure, "V acquisition display" means to notify the occurrence of V winning (probability change transition) in a specific round. In this example, a jackpot effect pattern that notifies the player of the occurrence of the V prize and teaches the player the probability change transition, and a jackpot that does not notify the occurrence of the V prize and keeps the player in a concealed state of the presence or absence of the probability variation transition. A production pattern is prepared. In the jackpot effect pattern for notifying the V prize, the V prize can be notified in any of the plurality of rounds described as "at the time of designation" in the figure (notification timing is specifications, lottery, etc.). It is set appropriately in). Further, in the figure, the "identification mark" is an identification display provided for the notification effect of the effect mode that shifts after the special game, the promotion effect during the special game, and the pending villa effect. In this example, a fierce battle mission mark, a phantom battle rush mark, a seven-star charge mark, an extra bonus mark, etc. are set as identification marks. Then, the specific contents of each jackpot effect pattern will be described in detail with reference to each figure.

FIG. 84 (A) shows the contents of the fierce fight bonus A. The fierce fight bonus A is a jackpot effect that is executed when the 15R long / short open jackpot 2 of the first special symbol is won in the normal state. The fierce fight bonus A includes a production content (probability promotion promotion production) that succeeds in probabilistic promotion during the jackpot. This probabilistic promotion effect is set in the sixth round. Then, in the sixth round, the "fierce fight mark" (displayed from the first to fifth rounds) changes to the "phantom fight mark" as the identification mark, which suggests or informs that the probabilistic promotion has been successful. A specific example of this probabilistic promotion effect will be described later. In the fierce battle bonus A, "round number display" and "V acquisition display" are not performed during the special game, and there is a probability change transition for the player until the probability change promotion effect is executed in the sixth round. Is kept secret. Further, in the figure, the "phantom fighting character selection" is an opportunity to determine the phantom fighting character (the phantom fighting character production format) that appears in the phantom fighting rush mode in the phantom fighting rush mode after the big hit is completed. It is a period during which the production element) can be selected. As a result, the symbol variation effect after the end of the big hit is set to the effect display format corresponding to the selected phantom fighting character. Therefore, although the basic mode is the same illusion rush mode, the production mode (for example, character A mode, character B mode, etc.) corresponding to the illusion character is developed as the detailed mode. This phantom character selection period is set in the 7th to 15th rounds and the end demo. In this example, the section from the 7th round to the big hit end demo is set as the "takeover demo". At this time, the 7th to 15th rounds are set as the rounds at the time of opening the short, and by using the round at the time of opening the short as a part of the phantom fighting character selection period in this way, the execution time of the end demo can be set. I'm saving. During the phantom fighting character selection period, a favorite character can be selected from the plurality of characters displayed on the screen by the effect button 15. In addition, in the fierce battle bonus A, the look-ahead period is not set for all rounds, and the pending villa production does not occur. This is because, as described above, the fierce battle bonus A, which is a big hit of the first special symbol, is not subject to the production of the pending Uchirenso.

FIG. 84 (B) shows the contents of the fierce fighting bonus B. The fierce fight bonus B is a jackpot effect that is executed when the 7R long / short open jackpot of the first special symbol is won in the normal state. This fierce fight bonus B includes a production content (probability promotion promotion production) in which the probability change promotion fails during the jackpot. This probabilistic promotion effect is set in the sixth round, as in the fierce battle bonus A described above. Then, in the 6th round, the "fierce fight mark" (displayed from the 1st to 5th rounds) does not change to the "phantom fight mark" as the identification mark, and the "fierce fight mark" is continuously displayed as it is. It is suggested or notified that the promotion has failed. Further, in the fierce fighting bonus B, as in the fierce fighting bonus A above, the "round number display" and the "V acquisition display" are not performed during the special game, and until the probabilistic promotion effect is executed in the sixth round. Whether or not there is a probability change transition is kept secret from the player. Further, in the fierce fighting bonus B, as in the fierce fighting bonus A above, the pre-readable period is not set throughout all the rounds, and the hold-in villa production does not occur.

FIG. 85 (A) shows the contents of the phantom fight bonus A. The phantom fight bonus A is executed when the 15R long / short open jackpot 1 of the first special symbol is won regardless of the game state, or when the 15R long / short open jackpot 2 of the first special symbol is won in the probabilistic state or the time saving state. It is a big hit production to be done. In this phantom fight bonus A as well, the phantom fight character selection period is set in the 7th to 15th rounds and the end demo as in the above-mentioned fierce fight bonus A. That is, even in the fierce fight bonus A, the execution time of the end demo is saved by using the round at the time of opening the short as a part of the phantom fight character selection period. In this example, the section from the 7th round to the big hit end demo is set as the "takeover demo". Further, in the phantom fight bonus A, "round number display" and "V acquisition display" are set in the 1st to 6th rounds, and it is possible to teach the progress of the game and the presence or absence of the probability change transition. There is. In addition, in the phantom fight bonus A, as with the fierce fight bonuses A and B above, since it is planned as a big hit production with the first special symbol, the pre-readable period is not set throughout all rounds and is on hold. There is no consecutive villa production. As a modified example, the jackpot (specific hold) of the first special symbol may be targeted as the target of the pending villa. In that case, only the round at the time of full opening is set in the look-ahead period, and the round at the time of short opening is not set in the look-ahead period. This is because there is not enough time to execute the lottery process of the pending villa production and the production display only for a short time when the short is opened.

FIG. 85B shows the contents of the phantom fight bonus B. The phantom fight bonus B is a jackpot effect that is executed when the 4R long open jackpot 1 of the second special symbol is won. This phantom fight bonus B includes a production content (round promotion production) in which the roundup that fails to win the second half 12 rounds during the jackpot is failed. This round promotion effect is set in the fourth round. In this example, in the fourth round, the "phantom fight mark" (displayed from the first to third rounds) does not change to the "extra bonus mark" as the identification mark, and the "phantom fight mark" is continuously displayed as it is. This suggests or informs that the round promotion has failed. A specific example of this round promotion effect will be described later.

FIG. 85 (C) shows the contents of the phantom fight bonus C. The phantom fight bonus C is a jackpot effect that is executed when the 7R long / short open jackpot of the first special symbol is won in the probabilistic state or the time saving state. In this phantom fight bonus C, unlike the fierce fight bonus B described above, a probabilistic promotion effect is not set in any of the rounds. That is, even in the case of a 7R long / short open jackpot, when the above-mentioned fierce fighting bonus B is transferred as the jackpot production, the probability change promotion effect is executed in the sixth round, while the phantom fighting bonus C is transferred. At that time, the probabilistic promotion effect is not executed. That is, in the big hit production (phantom fight bonus B) scheduled to win the big hit at the time of consecutive villas, it is not meaningful to provide a probabilistic promotion production. In addition, in the phantom fight bonus C, as with the above-mentioned fierce fight bonuses A and B and the phantom fight bonus A, since it is planned as a big hit production with the first special symbol, the pre-readable period is set throughout all rounds. No, there will be no pending villa production. In this example, the number of rounds is displayed in each round, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the number of rounds may not be displayed. Further, basically, when a short open round is sandwiched between a long open round and a long open round, it is desirable not to notify the number of rounds in each round.

FIG. 85 (D) shows the contents of the phantom fight bonus D. The phantom fight bonus D is a jackpot effect that is executed when the 16R long / short open jackpot 1 of the second special symbol is won regardless of the game state. This phantom fight bonus D includes a production content (round promotion production) that succeeds in rounding up to obtain 12 rounds in the latter half during the jackpot. In the phantom fight bonus D, the round promotion effect is set to the 4th to 5th rounds. Then, in the 4th to 5th rounds, the "phantom fight mark" (displayed from the 1st to 3rd rounds) changes to the "extra bonus mark" as an identification mark, suggesting or notifying that the round promotion was successful. Will be done. A specific example of this round promotion effect will be described later. In the figure, the "character reselection acceptance period" is a period for accepting the reselection of the phantom fighting character in order to change the selected phantom fighting character. Further, the "character reselection period" is a period during which the phantom fighting character can be reselected on condition that the phantom fighting character reselection is accepted within the above character reselection acceptance period. Here, the phantom fight bonus D is a big hit effect that is executed when a big hit is made in the second special symbol, and is basically a big hit effect at the time of consecutive villas, not at the time of the first hit. Therefore, in the normal case, the phantom fighting character should have already been selected at the time of the first hit (fierce fighting bonus A or phantom fighting bonus A), so here it is expressed as "reselection" instead of "selection". Has been done. At this time, the character reselection acceptance period is set to the 7th to 11th rounds, and the phantom fighting character selection period is set to the 12th to 16th rounds. On the other hand, the look-ahead period is set from the 7th to the 16th rounds. That is, the pre-readable period overlaps with the character reselection acceptance period and the phantom fight character selection period. However, if the reselection of the phantom fighting character is accepted during the character reselection acceptance period, that is, if the phantom fighting character is reselected, even if the look-ahead processing (holding in-house consecutive villa production) Even if the lottery process) is executed, the pending villa production is not executed regardless of whether the production lottery is successful or not. In other words, within the phantom fight character reselection period (provided that the reselection is accepted), the pending villa production is not executed. In this way, by not overlapping the pre-readable period and the phantom fighting character selection period, it is possible to avoid conflict (simultaneous execution) between the pending Uchirenso production and the phantom fighting character selection production, and the effects of both effects are mutually exclusive. It prevents it from becoming diluted. On the other hand, within the character reselection acceptance period, the hold inner consecutive villa production can be executed on condition that the lottery process for the hold inner consecutive villa production is won. This character reselection reception is only a matter of whether or not to reselect the phantom fighting character, and the effect on the production is originally low, so even if the pending internal villa production is executed during the period, the pending internal villa production This is because it is unlikely that the effect of the effect will be diminished. As a modified example, the lottery process for the production of the pending villa may not be performed during the phantom fighting character selection period. Further, even within the phantom fighting character reselection period, the pending inner consecutive villa production may be executed as long as the phantom fighting character is reselected. In addition, in the phantom battle bonus D, "round number display" and "V acquisition display" are set in the 1st to 16th rounds (rounds when fully open), and the progress of the game and the presence or absence of a probability change transition are displayed. It is possible to teach.

FIG. 86 (A) shows the contents of the Musou Bonus A. The Musou Bonus A is a jackpot effect that is executed when the 16R long / short open jackpot 1 of the second special symbol is won under the condition that the predetermined consecutive villa condition (details will be described later) is not satisfied. In the Musou Bonus A, the character reselection acceptance period is set to the 7th to 11th rounds, and the phantom fight character reselection period is set to the 12th to 16th rounds, as in the above-mentioned phantom fight bonus D. On the other hand, the look-ahead period is set from the 4th to the 16th rounds, unlike the above-mentioned phantom fight bonus D. In other words, in Musou Bonus A, unlike the above-mentioned Phantom Fight Bonus D, the round promotion effect is not set, so there is no risk of the round promotion effect and the pending Uchirenso effect conflicting, and the pre-readable period is set as the round promotion effect. This is because there is no need to provide it thereafter. In addition, a part of the pre-readable period overlaps with the phantom fight character reselection acceptance period and the phantom fight character reselection period. As with the above-mentioned phantom fight bonus D, even if the look-ahead process (lottery process for the production of the consecutive villas on hold) is executed during the phantom fight character reselection period, it is held regardless of whether the production lottery is successful or not. The Uchirenso production will not be performed. In addition, in Musou Bonus A, "Round number display" and "V acquisition display" are set in the 1st to 16th rounds (rounds when fully open) to teach the progress of the game and the presence or absence of a probability change transition. It has become possible.

FIG. 86 (B) shows the contents of the Musou Bonus B. Musou Bonus B is a big hit effect that is executed when the first consecutive villa condition is satisfied in the phantom fight rush mode. The establishment of the "first consecutive villa condition" means that the first 16R long open jackpot is achieved after the consecutive villa state is continued for the first specified number of times (3 times in this example) during a game with the same phantom fighting character. It is when you win 1 (win the first Musou bonus). In other words, it occurs as the first Musou bonus after hitting the same phantom fighting character three times. As described above, the "renso" means that when a predetermined jackpot is obtained in the specific game state, the specific game state continues again as the game state after the end of the special game. In this example, as described above, in addition to the specific game state, it is a condition that the player stays in the phantom fight rush mode as the production mode. Therefore, when the illusion fight rush mode is demoted to another production mode (normal mode), the condition counter (first consecutive villa condition counter) is reset. Also, when the phantom fighting character is changed, the condition counter (first consecutive villa condition counter) is reset. While this Musou Bonus B is being executed, a special movie is played as the first special effect. The Musou Bonus B basically has the same production settings as the above Musou Bonus A, except that the first special effect (special movie) is displayed, and is set to the Musou Bonus A. In the same round as the round, the character reselection acceptance period, the phantom fight character reselection period, the look-ahead possible period, etc. are set.

FIG. 86 (C) shows the contents of the Musou Bonus C. The Musou Bonus C is a jackpot effect that is executed when the second consecutive villa condition is satisfied in the phantom fight rush mode. Here, the establishment of the "second consecutive villa condition" means that the number of consecutive villas in the phantom fight rush mode continues for the second specified number of times (19 in this example), and then the first after the 20th consecutive villas. It is when the 16R long open jackpot 1 is won (the first Musou bonus is won). In other words, it occurs as the first Musou bonus after 19 consecutive villas in the phantom fight rush mode. While the Musou Bonus C is being executed, the ending movie is played as a second special effect. If the first consecutive villa condition and the second consecutive villa condition are satisfied at the same time, priority is given to the establishment of the second consecutive villa condition, and the more rare Musou Bonus C (second special production). Priority is given to the execution of the ending movie). In that case, the first consecutive villa condition will be carried over until the next Musou Bonus occurs. That is, the establishment of the second consecutive villa condition temporarily reserves the establishment of the first consecutive villa condition, but if a Musou bonus occurs in the next big hit, the first consecutive villa condition will be renewed. It will be treated as established, and the Musou Bonus B (special movie as the first special production) will be executed. The Musou Bonus C is basically the same as the Musou Bonus A, except that the second special effect (ending movie) is displayed, and is set to the Musou Bonus A. In the same round as the round, the character reselection acceptance period, the phantom fight character reselection period, the look-ahead possible period, etc. are set. As a modification, in the above Musou Bonus B and C, the character reselection acceptance period is not set or the reselection acceptance period is set, but unlike the case of Musou Bonus A, the phantom fight character selection screen The display mode may be different in order to emphasize the special movie or the ending movie, such as reducing the display. In addition, in Musou Bonus B and C, the 7th to 16th rounds in which the character reselection acceptance period and the phantom fighting character reselection period are set even if the pre-readable period is not set or the pre-readable period is set. In that case, the holding inner consecutive villa production may not be executed, and in that case, the pending inner consecutive villa production may be executed in the big hit end demo. In addition, if you win the 16R long open jackpot 1 within the limited period, even if the above conditions for consecutive villas are satisfied, priority is given to the execution of "Nanaboshi Charge C" as the jackpot production pattern, and "Musou Bonus B" And the execution of "Musou Bonus C" may be postponed.

87 (A) to 87 (C) show the contents of the seven star charges A to C. Seven-star charge A is a jackpot effect that is executed when the 4R long open jackpot 2 is won, seven-star charge B is won when the 8R long-open jackpot is won, and seven-star charge C is won when the 16R long-open jackpot 2 is won. is there. That is, when the above jackpot β is won as the jackpot type, the seven star charges A to C are selected as the jackpot effect. In addition, even if it is a jackpot type other than the above, in the limited period (ream villa stage) in the second and subsequent phantom fighting rush modes, if the 4R long open jackpot 1 is won in the second special symbol, the seven star charge A Is selected, and if the 16R long open jackpot 1 of the second special symbol is won, the seven-star charge C is selected. That is, in this example, when the second special symbol is a big hit in the above limited period, the seven star charges A to C are always selected as the big hit effect pattern. In that case, the seven-star charge introduction effect is executed in the symbol fluctuation related to the big hit, and the number of HITs acquired in the big hit start demo in the big hit effect (this time seven-star charges A to D) is announced (described later). It is executed, and the total acquired HIT number addition effect (described later) is executed in the round game and the big hit end demo. Therefore, it occurs as a series of effects (collectively referred to as "seven star charge effects") in which the seven-star charge introduction effect, the acquired HIT number notification effect, and the total HIT number addition effect are continuously connected across the time when the big hit occurs. To do. A specific example of this seven-star charge production will be described later. In addition, in Nanaboshi Charges A to C, the look-ahead period is not set for all rounds, and the pending villa production does not occur. This is because in the seven-star charge A to D, the above-mentioned seven-star charge effect is executed during the special game, so that the conflict (simultaneous execution) between the pending Uchirenso effect and the seven-star charge effect is avoided, and the effect of both effects This is because it prevents them from becoming diluted with each other. In addition, in the seven star charges A to C, the "round number display" and the "V acquisition display" are not performed during the special game.

FIG. 88 is a schematic diagram for explaining the contents of the start demonstration effect. FIG. 88 defines the relationship between the type of start demo effect (effect at the start of the jackpot) for the jackpot effect pattern determined above and the effect scale thereof. In this example, the type of start demo production is set for each jackpot production pattern. When the jackpot production pattern is fierce fight bonus A or B, "fierce fight bonus (common)" is selected as the type of start demo production. When the jackpot production pattern is the phantom fight bonuses A to D, "phantom fight bonus (common)" is selected as the type of the start demo production. If the jackpot production pattern is Musou Bonus A, "Musou Bonus Start (Normal)" is selected as the start demo production type, and if the jackpot production pattern is Musou Bonus B, "Musou" is selected as the start demo production type. If "bonus start (SP: special movie)" is selected and the jackpot production pattern is Musou Bonus C, "Musou Bonus Start (ED: ending movie)" is selected as the type of start demo production. If the jackpot production pattern is Seven Star Charge A, "Acquired HIT number increase production (1 stage)" is selected as the type of start demo production, and if the jackpot production pattern is Seven Star Charge B, the type of start demo production. "Acquired HIT number increase effect (2 stages)" is selected, and if the jackpot effect pattern is Seven Star Charge C, "Acquired HIT number increase effect (3 stages)" is selected as the type of start demo effect. Here, in this example, the time values of the jackpot start demo and the jackpot end demo described later are as follows. First, the execution time of the jackpot start demo (big hit start demo time) does not always match the execution time of the start demo production (start demo production time), and the execution time of the jackpot end demo (big hit end demo time) ends. It does not always match the execution time of the demo production (end demo production time). That is, the start demo production time and the end demo production time are one period (production time) in the execution process of the jackpot start demo and the jackpot end demo. The jackpot start demo time and jackpot end demo time are basically set in advance according to the type of jackpot. Also, even if you win the same type of jackpot
The jackpot start demo time may differ and the jackpot end demo time may also differ depending on the game state at the time of winning the jackpot. In addition, the above demo time value basically tends to be the shortest value when the big hit is won in the probability variation state, and is the longest value when the big hit is won in the normal state, and the big hit in the time saving state. If you win, it tends to be the middle value.

Subsequently, FIG. 89 is a schematic diagram showing the end demo production table. In this example, the type of end demo effect is determined with reference to the end demo effect table shown in FIG. 89. In this example, the types of end demo production are "takeover demo", "fierce fight rush", "phantom fight rush A", "phantom fight rush B", "seven star end A", "seven star end B", "seven star announcement" "A" and "Seven Stars Announcement B" are set. In FIG. 89, "Seven Star Announcement A" and "Seven Star Announcement B" are not set as the types of the end demo production (see FIG. 90), but "Seven Star Announcement A" is "Phantom Fighting A". When the reserved inner villa is established under the situation where it occurs, "Seven Star Announcement B" is executed when the reserved inner villa is established under the situation where "Seven Star End A" occurs. Therefore, in the case of "Seven Stars Announcement A" and "Seven Stars Announcement B", in the probabilistic state, when the reserved Uchirenso production occurs as a true production during the round, or during the round, the reserved Uchirenso production is a true production. Although it did not occur as a result, it is an end demo production that is actually executed when the pending villa is established. Therefore, the seven-star announcements A and B themselves (the seven-star charge announcement effect described later) function as a hold-in villa effect to announce the establishment of the hold-in villa.

The type of end demo production is basically determined based on the jackpot type, jackpot production pattern, game state when a jackpot occurs, etc. (however, there are some exceptions shown below). Therefore, with some exceptions, the type of end demo effect can be determined at the start of the jackpot effect regardless of the progress during the special game (whether or not there is a V prize). On the other hand, if the 7R long / short open jackpot is won in the first special symbol and the fierce fight bonus B is selected as the jackpot production pattern, even if the gaming state at the time of the jackpot is the same, the V prize during the special game The content of the end demo production may differ depending on the presence or absence of. Specifically, if you win a 7R long / short open jackpot in the normal state (low probability / non-opening extension), a fierce fight bonus B is executed as the jackpot production pattern, and if you win a V during the special game, the end demo "Phantom battle rush B" is selected as the type of production, and if V is not won during the special game, "Phantom battle rush A" is selected as the type of end demo production. That is, in this case, the type of the end demo effect cannot be determined until after the end of the specific round (whether or not the V prize is confirmed). Therefore, in this example, 1) the type of end demo production is determined at the timing after a specific round, or 2) the type of end demo production is determined at the timing of the start of the big hit in principle. Regarding exceptions, the type of end demo production will be decided at the timing after a specific round. However, as a variation example, if the jackpot from the normal state belongs to the conditional specific jackpot and there is no entry into the specific area 658 (unless V wins), the type of end demo production is set as a fierce battle rush. May be good. In that case, what would normally be the jackpot end demo time of "35 seconds" becomes "20 seconds".

Subsequently, FIG. 90 is a schematic diagram showing the contents of the end demo effect. In FIG. 90, the relationship between the type of the end demo effect selected in the end demo effect table, the effect content, and the effect scale is defined. In this example, regardless of the type of the end demo effect, the mode rush effect that notifies the type of the effect mode (or effect stage) that shifts after the end of the special game is executed. The mode rush production includes a fierce battle mission rush production that notifies the transition to the fierce battle mission, a phantom rush rush production that notifies the transition to the phantom battle rush mode, and a notification of the transition to the consecutive villa stage in the phantom battle mode. There is a seven-star charge announcement production. Each mode rush effect appears in a mode in which a logo, characters, and identification marks corresponding to the type of the effect mode (or effect stage) are displayed on the screen. Further, depending on the type of the end demo effect, a character selection effect for selecting an ally character (fierce fighting character, phantom fighting character) in the above-mentioned effect mode may be executed. As described above, the character selection production includes a fierce fighting character selection production and a phantom fighting character selection production. The character selection effect may be completed only during the execution period of the end demo, or may be completed throughout the execution period from the round game to the end demo. That is, a part of the character selection effect is during a round game (a round at the time of short opening when it is a big hit of the first special symbol, and a round at the time of long opening when it is a big hit related to the second special symbol). May also be executed. Further, as described above, since "Seven Star Announcement A" and "Seven Star Announcement B" are executed with the establishment of the reserved inner villa, these effects function as a kind of the reserved inner villa effect. Here, the execution time of the jackpot end demo (big hit end demo time) in this example is set to any one of "6 seconds", "20 seconds", and "30 seconds". Then, even if the same jackpot type is won, the length of the jackpot end demo time may change depending on the game state at the time of winning the jackpot. Basically, if the game state at the time of winning the big hit is a low probability state, the big hit end demo time is "35 seconds", and if the game state at the time of winning the big hit is a high probability state, the big hit end demo time is "6". Seconds are set. However, if a predetermined jackpot (7R long / short open jackpot of the first special symbol) is won in a low probability state, "20 seconds" may be set as the jackpot end demo time. At the end of each end demo effect, a time scale of "1 second" is set as an omission effect, but it is omitted in the figure.

When the type of the end demo effect is "takeover demo", the illusionary character selection effect is executed for 29 seconds, and then the illusionary rush rush effect is executed for 6 seconds. Therefore, the execution time (directing scale) of the takeover demonstration is 35 seconds. The "takeover demo" is started from the seventh round during the special game, and is executed across the round game and the jackpot end demo. That is, in the 7th to 15th rounds (rounds when the short is opened) in the above-mentioned fierce fighting bonus A or phantom fighting bonus A, the phantom fighting character selection effect is to be executed, but this round section is also a takeover demonstration It is configured as part of.

When the type of the end demo effect is "fierce battle rush", the fierce battle character selection effect is executed for 14 seconds, and then the fierce battle mission rush effect is executed for 6 seconds. Therefore, the execution time (directing scale) of "fierce battle rush" is 20 seconds. As described above, the phantom fighting character selection effect may be executed not only during the jackpot end demo but also during the round, but the fierce fighting character selection effect is executed only during the jackpot end demo. In addition, the production scale of the fierce fighting character selection production is set shorter than the production scale of the phantom fighting character selection production.

When the type of the end demo effect is "Phantom Fight Rush A", the Phantom Rush Rush effect is executed for 6 seconds. Therefore, the execution time (directing scale) of "Phantom Fighting Rush A" is 6 seconds. As described above, in the phantom fight rush A, the phantom fight character selection effect is not set, and the effect scale is set in a short time. Even if the phantom fight character selection effect is not set for the phantom fight rush A, if a part of the jackpot (16R long open jackpot 1) is won, before the jackpot end demo is executed. In the jackpot production (Phantom Fighting Bonus D and Musou Bonus A to C), the Phantom Fighting Character Selection Production is set using the round (during the round when the long is open), and the Phantom Fighting Character is reselected. Opportunities are secured.

When the type of the end demo effect is "Phantom Fighting Rush B", the Phantom Fighting character selection effect is executed for 29 seconds, and then the Phantom Fighting Rush Rushing effect is executed for 6 seconds. Therefore, the execution time (directing scale) of "Phantom Fighting Rush B" is 35 seconds.

When the type of the end demo effect is "Seven Stars End A", the total acquired HIT number display is executed for 3 seconds, and then the phantom fight rush rush effect is executed for 3 seconds. Therefore, the execution time (directing scale) of "Seven Stars End A" is 6 seconds. As described above, at the end of the seven stars A, the phantom fighting character selection effect is not set, and the effect scale is set in a short time.

When the type of the end demo effect is "Seven Stars End B", the total acquired HIT number display is executed for 3 seconds, and then the illusionary character selection effect is executed for 29 seconds, and the illusionary rush rush effect is performed. Is executed for 3 seconds. Therefore, the execution time (directing scale) of "Seven Stars End B" is 35 seconds.

Here, as shown in FIG. 89, when the jackpot α (16R long open jackpot 1, 4R long open jackpot 1) is won and the gaming state at the time of the jackpot is a high probability state (probability variation state), , "Phantom fight rush A" is selected, and when it is in a low probability state (normal state or time saving state), "phantom fight rush B" is selected. As described above, in the phantom fight rush A, the phantom fight character selection effect is not set, and the execution time (effect scale) is set shorter than that in the phantom fight rush B. Similarly, when the jackpot β (16R long open jackpot 2, 8R long open jackpot 2) is won and the gaming state at the time of the jackpot occurrence is a high probability state (probability variation state), " "Seven star end A" is selected, and when it is in a low probability state (normal state or time saving state), "seven star end B" is selected. As described above, in the seven-star end A, the phantom fighting character selection effect is not set, and the execution time (effect scale) is set shorter than in the seven-star end B. In this example, if a big hit is won in such a probable state, after the round game, the big hit end demo is ended early and the symbol change is started immediately, so that the consecutive villas are maintained in the probable state. The state can be smoothly digested and the operating efficiency of the game machine can be improved.

When the type of the end demo effect is "Seven Star Notification A", the Seven Star Charge Notification effect is executed for 6 seconds. Therefore, the execution time (directing scale) of "Seven Stars Announcement A" is 6 seconds.

When the type of the end demo effect is "Seven Star Announcement B", the total acquisition HIT number display is executed for 3 seconds, and then the Seven Star Charge Announcement effect is executed for 3 seconds. Therefore, the execution time (directing scale) of "Seven Stars Announcement B" is 6 seconds.

Here, "Seven Stars Announcement A" and "Seven Stars Announcement B" are when the game state at the time of a big hit is a probabilistic state (high probability / extension of opening), triggered by the establishment of the pending villa during the special game. It can be replaced as an alternative production of the selected "Phantom Fighting Rush A" and "Seven Stars End A". For this reason as well, in this example, as described above, only when the big hit is won in the probabilistic state (high probability / open extension) of the game state, the hold inner consecutive villa production can be executed during the special game. I understand. Therefore, even if the "pre-readable period" is set in each of the above-mentioned jackpot production patterns, if the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is not in a probabilistic state (high probability / extension of opening), pre-reading processing (holding consecutive villa production) The lottery process) is not executed, or even if it is executed, the pending Uchirenso effect is not displayed.

Subsequently, the effect mode in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 91 is a transition diagram of the effect mode according to the ninth embodiment. In this example, 1) normal mode, 2) fierce fighting mission mode, and 3) phantom fighting rush mode are set as three types of production modes. The contents of each production mode will be described later.

First, when the gaming state is the normal state (low probability / non-open extension), the "normal mode" is set as the effect mode. That is, the normal mode is an effect mode that suggests or notifies that the gaming state is a normal state (low probability / non-open extension). Although not shown, while staying in the normal mode, a plurality of types of production stages having different production contents are prepared, and it is possible to go back and forth between each production stage with a predetermined number of digestions and a stage selection lottery as an opportunity.

If a jackpot occurs when the effect mode is the normal mode, the effect mode after the end of the special game may differ depending on the type of the jackpot. Specifically, in the normal mode, if a 7R long / short open jackpot is won in the first special symbol, if no V prize is generated in the special game (if there is no probability change transition), the production mode after the special game As a "fierce fight mission mode" is set, and if a V prize occurs (if a probability change shifts), a "phantom fight rush mode" is set as a production mode after the special game. In other words, in the case of a 7R long / short open jackpot, if the game state immediately after the special game is in the time saving state, it shifts to the "fierce fight mission mode", and if it is in the probable change state, it shifts to the "phantom fight rush mode". .. Also, in the normal mode, if the 15R long / short open jackpot 1 or the 15R long / short open jackpot 2 is won in the first special symbol, regardless of whether or not there is a V prize in the special game (whether or not there is a probability change transition), after the special game "Phantom fight rush mode" is set as the production mode. In this way, when a big hit is made with the first special symbol in the normal mode, the production mode after the special game is "fierce fight mission mode" and "phantom fight rush mode" depending on the big hit type and whether or not the V prize is established. The transition is controlled to one of.

On the other hand, when the production mode is the "normal mode", if a big hit is made with the second special symbol, regardless of the big hit type, it does not matter whether or not the V prize is established (whether or not there is a probability change transition) in the special game. Instead, "Phantom Fight Rush Mode" is set as the production mode after the special game.

Next, the "fierce fighting mission mode" is an effect mode that suggests or notifies that the gaming state is a time saving state (low probability state / open extension state). When the production mode is "Fierce Fighting Mission Mode", if a big hit is obtained in the lottery process of the 1st special symbol or the 2nd special symbol, the V prize will be established in the special game regardless of the jackpot type. Regardless of the presence / absence (presence / absence of probability change transition), the "phantom fight rush mode" is set as the production mode after the special game. In this example, based on the occurrence of a big hit, the transition from the fierce battle mission mode to the normal mode or the re-transition from the fierce battle mission mode to the fierce battle mission mode is not set immediately after the special game. In the fierce battle mission mode, when the next big hit does not occur and the number of fluctuations of the special symbol exceeds 100 times, that is, when the time saving state (low probability state / open extension state) ends, the normal mode is set. Transition.

Subsequently, the "phantom fight rush mode" is a mode that suggests or notifies that the gaming state is a probabilistic state (high probability / open extension) or a time saving state (low probability / open extension). While staying in the "phantom battle rush mode", a battle-type production (details will be described later) in which a friendly character and an enemy character play against each other can be executed as a reach effect during the symbol change. When the production mode is "Phantom Fight Rush Mode", if a big hit is made with the 1st special symbol or the 2nd special symbol, regardless of the jackpot type, whether or not the V prize is established in the special game ( Regardless of whether or not there is a probability change transition), the "phantom fight rush mode" is set again as the production mode after the special game. Here, in the case of shifting from the phantom fight rush mode to the phantom fight rush mode again, that is, in the case of the second and subsequent transitions to the phantom fight rush mode, the symbol changes four times immediately after the end of the special game. During the entire period (referred to as "limited period"), he / she will stay at the "renso stage" set in the phantom fight rush mode. That is, the "limited period" in this example means the first four rotations in the second and subsequent phantom fighting rush modes. When staying at the "Renso Stage", the production content is basically the same as when staying at the "Phantom Fighting Rush Mode". However, during the special game based on the previous jackpot, the pending inner consecutive villa production (truth production) is executed, and within the limited period immediately after the end of the special game, the subsequent jackpot based on the reserved inner consecutive villa (second special). When a big hit of a symbol occurs), a special background is displayed on the screen during the period of staying at the consecutive villa stage (the period from the end of the special game to the change of the big hit). In this example, a rainbow-colored band image is displayed on the left and right edges of the screen as a special background (see FIG. 96). In addition, in this rainbow-colored image, for example, a message "Preparing for seven-star charge" is displayed to suggest to the player that an immediate hit effect (seven-star charge effect) will occur within four rotations, which is a limited period. May be good. In addition, as the seven-star charge production outside the limited period, there is also a production mode other than the above-mentioned immediate hit production (for example, a seven-star charge appears in the resurrection production after the defeat of the battle, and the production scale is relatively long). Here, as described above, the hold-in-range villa production is executed when the player wins the lottery within the pre-readable period set for each round during the special game, and during the above round. It may be executed during the jackpot end demo without any notice. Therefore, at least depending on the situation of the operation-holding ball at the start of the big hit or the end of the big hit, the possibility of executing the hold-in-ream villa production during the special game changes, and within the limited period immediately after the end of the special game. At least a part of the symbol variation effect may differ in whether or not the above special background (band image) is displayed on the (renso stage).

In addition, when the next big hit does not occur in the "Renso stage" and the number of fluctuations of the special symbol exceeds 4 times, that is, when the limited period ends, the player exits the "Renso stage" and usually It will return to the "phantom fight rush mode" of the time. In the "phantom fight rush mode", when the next big hit does not occur and the number of fluctuations of the special symbol exceeds the predetermined number of times (time reduction state: 100 times, probability change state: 120 times), that is, the time reduction state or probability change state When finished, it shifts to "normal mode". In addition, the transition from "phantom fight rush mode" to "fierce fight mission mode" is not set. As a variation example, when a big hit is made in the "phantom fight rush mode", if there is no entry into the specific area 658 in the specific round, the configuration may be such that the mode shifts to the "fierce fight mission mode".

Subsequently, the variation pattern of the special symbol in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 92 is a diagram schematically showing a variation pattern table of special symbols according to the ninth embodiment. In this example, 1) normal fluctuation pattern table, 2) shortened fluctuation pattern table, and 3) special fluctuation pattern table are prepared as fluctuation pattern tables of special symbols. The normal fluctuation pattern table is a fluctuation pattern table selected when the gaming state is the normal state (low probability / non-open extension). The shortened variation pattern table is a variation pattern table selected when the gaming state is a time saving state (low probability / open extension) or a probability variation state (high probability / open extension) (however, except for the limited period described later). .. The special fluctuation pattern table shows the number of symbol fluctuations (4 times) corresponding to the limited period immediately after the end of the special game (maximum number of operation-holding balls (4) of the second special symbol) when the game state is a time-saving state or a probability change state. ) Is a variation pattern table that allows selection only during the period over the variation display. In addition, the limited period in this example is set in the period corresponding to the above-mentioned consecutive villa stage. That is, on the main control board 100 side, the consistency with the effect mode managed on the effect control board 200 side is maintained by the transition of the fluctuation pattern selection state, whereby the limited period and the consecutive villa stage stay period are maintained. Correspondence is taken. Further, in this example, since the game state after the end of the special game differs depending on whether or not the game ball has entered the specific area 658 in the specific round in the special game, the game state is selected according to the game state. The variation pattern table can also be different. Here, each fluctuation pattern table may differ depending on the result of the winning / losing lottery (big hit / miss), the big hit type, and the like. Further, each variation pattern table is different for the first special symbol and the second special symbol, so that even if the same special symbol variation pattern random value is acquired, different variation patterns can be selected. It is configured. At this time, as shown in the figure, the variation pattern number is common to the first special symbol and the second special symbol, but the effect control command from the main control board 100 to the effect control board 200 (variation start). The command) includes information that can identify whether the variation pattern is for the first special symbol or the second special symbol. In each figure, "selectivity" is shown for convenience of explanation, but in reality, a judgment value (range of random number values) for determining a fluctuation pattern according to a special symbol fluctuation pattern random value. Is set, and the fluctuation pattern is determined based on which determination value the special symbol fluctuation pattern random value belongs to.

FIG. 92 (A) shows a variation pattern table for big hits. In the figure, (A1) in the upper row is a normal fluctuation pattern table, (A2) in the middle row is a shortened fluctuation pattern table, and (A3) in the lower row is a special fluctuation pattern table. In the figure, all fluctuation patterns are listed so that the commonalities and differences with other fluctuation pattern tables can be clearly understood.

As shown in (A1) in the figure, in the normal fluctuation pattern table (for jackpot), when a jackpot is obtained in the first special symbol, the fluctuation pattern PX4 (normal reach) or the fluctuation pattern PX5 regardless of the jackpot type. (Super Reach 1) is selected. Further, in the case of a big hit in the second special symbol, if the big hit type is big hit α, the fluctuation pattern PX4 (normal reach) or the fluctuation pattern PX5 (super reach 1) is selected, and the big hit type is big hit β. For example, the fluctuation pattern PX4 (normal reach) or the fluctuation pattern PX6 (super reach 2) is selected. In this normal fluctuation pattern table (for big hits), the fluctuation pattern of the non-reach mode is not selected, and when a big hit occurs in the normal state, the fluctuation pattern of the reach mode is always selected.

As shown in (A2) in the figure, in the shortened fluctuation pattern table (for jackpot), when a jackpot is obtained in the first special symbol, the fluctuation pattern PX7 (super reach 3) is selected regardless of the jackpot type. Will be done. Further, in the case of a big hit in the second special symbol, if the big hit type is big hit α, the fluctuation pattern PX7 (super reach 3) is selected, and if the big hit type is big hit β, the fluctuation pattern PX8 (super). Reach 4) is selected. In this shortened fluctuation pattern table (for big hits), the fluctuation patterns of the non-reach mode and the normal reach mode are not selected, and when a big hit occurs in the probabilistic state or the time saving state, the fluctuation pattern of the super reach mode is always selected. Be selected.

As shown in (A3) in the figure, in the special variation pattern table (for jackpot), when the first special symbol is a jackpot, the variation pattern PX7 (super reach 3) is selected regardless of the jackpot type. Will be done. Further, when a big hit is obtained in the second special symbol, the fluctuation pattern PX1 (ultra-shortened fluctuation) is selected regardless of the big hit type. In this special fluctuation pattern table (for big hit), if the first special symbol is a big hit within the limited period, the fluctuation pattern of the super reach mode is selected, while the second special symbol is a big hit. In that case, the fluctuation pattern of the ultra-shortening fluctuation is selected regardless of the jackpot type.

Next, FIG. 92 (B) shows a variation pattern table for detachment. In the figure, (B1) in the upper row is a normal fluctuation pattern table, (B2) in the middle row is a shortened fluctuation pattern table, and (B3) in the lower row is a special fluctuation pattern table. In the figure, all fluctuation patterns are listed so that the commonalities and differences with other fluctuation pattern tables can be clearly understood.

As shown in (B1) in the figure, in the normal fluctuation pattern table (for deviation), when the first special symbol is out of alignment, the fluctuation pattern PH2 (shortening fluctuation), the fluctuation pattern PH3 (normal fluctuation), and the fluctuation pattern PH4 Either (normal reach) or variation pattern PH5 (super reach 1) is selected. If the second special symbol is out of alignment, one of the fluctuation pattern PH2 (shortening fluctuation), the fluctuation pattern PH3 (normal fluctuation), the fluctuation pattern PH4 (normal reach), and the fluctuation pattern PH6 (super reach 2) is selected. To.

As shown in (B2) in the figure, in the shortened variation pattern table (for deviation), the variation pattern PH3 (normal variation) is selected when the first special symbol is out of alignment. If the second special symbol is out of alignment, the fluctuation pattern PH1 (ultra-shortening fluctuation), the fluctuation pattern PH2 (shortening fluctuation), the fluctuation pattern PH3 (normal fluctuation), the fluctuation pattern PH4 (normal reach), and the fluctuation pattern PH7 (super). Either reach 3) or variation pattern PH8 (super reach 4) is selected.

As shown in (B3) in the figure, in the special variation pattern table (for deviation), the variation pattern PH3 (normal variation) is selected when the first special symbol is out of alignment. Further, when the second special symbol is out of alignment, the fluctuation pattern PH1 (ultra-shortening fluctuation) or the fluctuation pattern PH2 (shortening fluctuation) is selected.

If the result of the winning / losing lottery is out of order, a different variation pattern table may be selected according to the number of balls (0 to 4) on which the special symbol is held. That is, by using a fluctuation pattern table according to the number of operation-holding balls of the special symbol, the ratio of selecting a relatively short fluctuation time increases as the number of operation-holding balls increases, and conversely, the number of operation-holding balls decreases. The proportion of relatively long fluctuation times selected can be increased. The fluctuation pattern table (normal fluctuation pattern table, shortened fluctuation pattern table, special fluctuation pattern table) is a table when 0 to 4 operation holding balls are present.

Subsequently, the variation effect pattern in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 93 is a diagram schematically showing a variation effect pattern table according to the ninth embodiment. In this example, a plurality of types of variation effect pattern tables that are referred to when selecting a variation effect pattern are held, and a variation pattern (variation time) of a special symbol is supported from these multiple types of variation effect pattern tables. The variable effect pattern table is selected. Further, in each variation effect pattern table, one or a plurality of variation effect patterns are associated with each variation pattern of the special symbol. Then, a random number value (number of determination values) is assigned so that any one of a plurality of types of fluctuation effect patterns can be selected for the fluctuation pattern that is different from the fluctuation pattern of the jackpot. As described above, the variation effect pattern defines a variation display mode of the decorative symbol, that is, a scenario of a series of effect display processes from the start of the variation of the decorative symbol to the end of the variation, and during the display process. The timing for generating a notice effect at each stage is also defined as a time schedule. Further, regarding this variation effect pattern, even if the variation pattern of the special symbol is the same (even if the variation start command of the same information is received), if the effect mode (or effect stage) during the stay is different, Variable production patterns with different production contents can be selected. That is, the variable effect pattern table is prepared for each effect mode (or effect stage) during the stay. Here, for convenience of explanation, only the variation effect pattern table relating to the length shortening variation and the super reach is shown, and the variation effect pattern table relating to other types is omitted. However, as shown in FIG. 93, in this example, a plurality of types of variation effect pattern tables are expressed as a single variation effect pattern table. In each figure, the "selectivity" is shown for convenience of explanation, but in reality, the judgment value (range of random value) for determining the fluctuation effect pattern according to the variation effect pattern random value. Is set, and the variation pattern is determined based on which determination value the variation effect pattern random value belongs to.

Specifically, the variation pattern PX1 (ultra-shortening variation) of the jackpot is associated with the variation effect pattern PXR11 in the phantom fight rush mode. As described above, the variation pattern PX1 is a variation pattern that can be selected only within the limited period, and the variation effect pattern PXR11 corresponding to this variation pattern PX1 is selected only during the stay at the consecutive villa stage during the limited period. Will be done. When the variable effect pattern PXR11 is selected, an immediate hit effect (seven star charge introduction effect) is executed as the variable effect. The immediate hit effect in this example is an effect in which the seven-star charge mark is displayed immediately after the start of the fluctuation of the symbol and becomes a big hit.

Further, the fluctuation pattern PX5 (super reach 1) of the jackpot is associated with the fluctuation effect patterns XT51 to 53 in the normal mode. When the variable effect pattern XT51 to 53 is selected, a story-based reach effect (a jackpot reach effect in which a story associated with characters A to C is developed) is executed as the variable effect.

Further, the fluctuation pattern PX6 (super reach 2) of the jackpot is associated with the fluctuation effect patterns XT61 to 63 in the normal mode. Fluctuation production pattern XT61-1
When 63 is selected, the story-based reach effect described above is executed as the variable effect, and then the seven-star charge introduction effect (the effect in which the seven-star charge mark appears) is executed.

Further, the jackpot variation pattern PX7 (super reach 3) is associated with a plurality of types of variation effect patterns for each effect mode. That is, the variable effect pattern selected differs depending on the effect mode during the stay. Specifically, when the effect mode is the fierce battle mission mode, the variable effect patterns PXM71 to 73 are associated with each other. When the variable effect pattern PXM71 to 73 is selected, the mission success effect (successful in missions A to C) is executed as the variable effect. Here, the mission effect is an effect of presenting to the player a command indicating that the effect should exhibit a specific mode as a condition for the result of the winning / failing lottery to be a big hit. In the fierce fighting mission production in this example, as the command, if the fierce fighting character selected by the player can defeat the enemy character, the mission will be successful (big hit), and if the enemy character cannot be defeated, the mission will be unsuccessful (missing). is there. On the other hand, when the effect mode is the phantom fight rush mode, the variable effect patterns PXR71 to 73 are associated with each other. When the variable effect pattern PXR71 to 73 is selected, the battle victory effect (winning the enemy characters A to C) is executed as the variable effect. In the phantom battle rush production in this example, as a battle-type production (battle reach production), if the phantom fighting character selected by the player can defeat the enemy character, the battle wins (big hit), and if the enemy character cannot be defeated, the battle It is a production that will be defeated.

Further, the jackpot variation pattern PX8 (super reach 4) is associated with a plurality of types of variation effect patterns for each effect mode. That is, the variable effect pattern selected differs depending on the effect mode during the stay. Specifically, when the effect mode is the fierce battle mission mode, the variable effect patterns PXM81 to 83 are associated with each other. When the variable effect pattern PXM81 to 83 is selected, as the variable effect, the mission failure effect (failure in missions A to C) is executed, and then the seven star charge introduction effect (the effect in which the seven star charge mark appears) is executed. To. On the other hand, when the effect mode is the phantom fight rush mode, the variable effect patterns PXR81 to 83 are associated with each other. When the variable effect pattern PXR81 to 83 is selected, the battle defeat effect (defeated by enemy characters A to C) is executed as the variable effect, and then the seven star charge introduction effect (the effect that the seven star charge mark appears) is executed. Will be done.

Next, the variation pattern PH1 (ultra-shortening variation) of the outlier is associated with the variation effect patterns PHM11 and PHR11 in the fierce battle mission mode or the phantom battle rush mode. When the variable effect patterns PHM11 and PHR11 are selected, a non-reach off effect (ultra-shortened variable effect) is executed as the variable effect.

The deviation pattern PH5 (super reach 1) is associated with the variation effect patterns PHT51 to 53 in the normal mode. When the variable effect pattern PHT 51 to 53 is selected, a story-based reach effect (a story-based reach effect in which a story associated with characters A to C is developed) is executed as the variable effect.

Further, the deviation pattern PH6 (super reach 2) is associated with the variation effect patterns PHT61 to 63 in the normal mode. When the variable effect pattern PHT61 to 63 is selected, the story-based reach effect is executed as the variable effect.

Further, the out-of-order variation pattern PH7 (super reach 3) is associated with a plurality of types of variation effect patterns for each effect mode. Specifically, when the effect mode is the fierce battle mission mode, the variable effect patterns PHM71 to 73 are associated with each other. When the variation effect pattern PHM71 to 73 is selected, the mission failure effect (failure in missions A to C) is executed as the variation effect. On the other hand, when the effect mode is the phantom fight rush mode, the variable effect patterns PHR71 to 73 are associated with each other. When the variable effect pattern PHR71 to 73 is selected, a battle defeat effect (defeated by enemy characters A to C) is executed as the variable effect.

Further, the out-of-order variation pattern PH8 (super reach 4) is associated with a plurality of types of variation effect patterns for each effect mode. Specifically, when the effect mode is the fierce battle mission mode, the variable effect patterns PHM81 to 83 are associated with each other. When the variation effect pattern PHM81 to 83 is selected, the mission failure effect (failure in missions A to C) is executed as the variation effect. On the other hand, when the effect mode is the phantom fight rush mode, the variable effect patterns PHR81 to 83 are associated with each other. When the variable effect pattern PHR81 to 83 is selected, a battle defeat effect (defeated by enemy characters A to C) is executed as the variable effect.

In such a configuration, the selection process of the fluctuation pattern and the fluctuation effect pattern within and outside the limited period will be described.

First, a case where a big hit is obtained in the second special symbol will be described. In this example, as described above, the jackpot of the second special symbol is roughly classified into a jackpot α and a jackpot β. In the following, for convenience of explanation, a 16R long open jackpot 1 as the jackpot α and an 8R long open jackpot as the jackpot β will be described as an example.

As shown in FIG. 92 (A2), when the gaming state is a probabilistic state or a time saving state (outside the limited period) and the 16R long open jackpot is 1 in the second special symbol, the fluctuation pattern PX7 (super reach 3) ) Is selected. At this time, in this example, it is assumed that the phantom fight rush mode is set as the effect mode corresponding to the probability change state or the time saving state. Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 93, when the phantom fight rush mode is set, one of the variation effect patterns PXR71 to 73 is selected as the variation effect pattern corresponding to the variation pattern PX7. Then, when any one of the variation effect patterns PXR71 to 73 is selected, a "battle victory effect" in which the phantom fighting character of the ally wins the enemy character in the battle is executed as the symbol variation effect.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 92 (A2), when the gaming state is a probabilistic state or a time saving state (outside the limited period), and the 8R long open jackpot is obtained in the second special symbol, the fluctuation pattern PX8 (super) Reach 4) is selected. Similarly to the above, in this example, it is assumed that the phantom fight rush mode is set as the effect mode corresponding to the probability change state or the time saving state. Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 93, when the phantom fight rush mode is set, one of the variation effect patterns PXR81 to 83 is selected as the variation effect pattern corresponding to the variation pattern PX8. Then, when any of the variable effect patterns PXR81 to 83 is selected, the seven-star charge immediately after the "battle defeat effect" in which the phantom fighting character of the ally is defeated by the enemy character in the battle is executed as the symbol variable effect. The "Seven Star Charge Introduction Production" in which the mark suddenly appears is executed.

As described above, in this example, when a big hit is won outside the limited period in the probabilistic state or the time saving state, the selected fluctuation pattern and the fluctuation effect pattern may differ depending on the big hit type (big hit α or big hit β). .. Then, if one of the jackpot types (big hit α) is won outside the limited period, the battle-type effect is executed in the variable display, but the seven-star charge introduction effect is not executed. On the other hand, if the other jackpot type (big hit β) is won outside the limited period, the battle-type effect and the seven-star charge effect are executed in the variable display.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 92 (A3), when the 16R long open jackpot 1 or the 8R long open jackpot is obtained in the second special symbol within the limited period immediately after the special game, the fluctuation pattern PX1 (ultra-shortened). Fluctuation) is selected. In this example, it is assumed that the phantom fight rush mode (ream villa stage) is set as the production mode corresponding to the limited period. Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 93, when the phantom fight rush mode (ream villa stage) is set, the variation effect pattern PXR11 is selected as the variation effect pattern corresponding to the variation pattern PX1. Then, when the variable effect pattern PXR11 is selected, the "seven-star charge introduction effect" in which the seven-star charge mark suddenly appears immediately after the symbol variation display is started is executed as a so-called "immediate hit effect" in the symbol variation effect. Will be done.

As described above, in this example, when a big hit is won within the limited period in the probability variation state or the time saving state, the selected fluctuation pattern and the fluctuation effect pattern are the same regardless of the jackpot type (big hit α or jackpot β). obtain. Then, within the limited period, regardless of which jackpot type (big hit α or jackpot β) is won, the seven-star charge introduction effect is executed in the variable display.

Therefore, outside the limited period in the probabilistic state or the time saving state, if one of the jackpot types of the second special symbol (big hit α) is won, the symbol variation display will display "Seven star charge introduction effect". Is not executed, but when the other jackpot type (big hit β) is won, the "seven star charge introduction effect" is executed on the symbol variation display. On the other hand, within the limited period (ream villa stage) in the probabilistic state or the time saving state, regardless of which big hit type (big hit α or big hit β) is won, the symbol variation display shows "Seven stars". "Charge introduction effect" is executed.

Next, a case where a big hit is obtained in the first special symbol will be described. As shown in FIG. 92 (A2), when the gaming state is a probabilistic state or a time saving state (outside the limited period) and a big hit is made in the first special symbol, the fluctuation pattern PX7 (super reach 3) is selected. To. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 92 (A3), when the gaming state is within the limited period in the probabilistic state or the time saving state, even when a big hit is made in the first special symbol, the fluctuation pattern PX7 (super reach) 3) is selected. At this time, in this example, it is assumed that the phantom fight rush mode is set as the effect mode corresponding to the probability change state or the time saving state as described above. Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 93, when the phantom fight rush mode is set, one of the variation effect patterns PXR71 to 73 is selected as the variation effect pattern corresponding to the variation pattern PX7. Then, when any one of the variation effect patterns PXR71 to 73 is selected, a "battle victory effect" in which the phantom fighting character of the ally wins the enemy character in the battle is executed as the symbol variation effect.

As described above, in this example, when the gaming state is in the probabilistic state or the time saving state, regardless of whether it is within the limited period or outside the limited period, when a big hit is made with the first special symbol, the symbol variation display is displayed. Therefore, the seven-star charge introduction effect is not executed (instead, the battle effect is executed). As an example of the modification, if a big hit is made by the first special symbol within the limited period in the probabilistic state or the time saving state, a special effect that does not appear outside the limited period is executed. You may. As a special effect, for example, a special enemy character that is not set in the battle effect outside the limited period may appear. On the contrary, this special effect is executed when the first special symbol becomes a big hit outside the limited period in the probabilistic state or the time saving state, while it is executed by the second special symbol outside the limited period in the probabilistic state or the time saving state. If it becomes a big hit, it may be configured not to be executed.

(Action: 9th Embodiment)
Next, in order to facilitate the understanding of the ninth embodiment, the characteristic operation of the game machine will be described.

First, an example of the probabilistic promotion effect in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 94 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the probabilistic promotion effect in the ninth embodiment.

In this example, as the first promotion effect, the probabilistic promotion effect in the fierce fight bonus A and the probabilistic promotion effect in the fierce battle bonus B are targeted. As described above, the fierce fighting bonus A is a jackpot effect pattern when the 15R long / short open jackpot 2 is won in the first special symbol when the gaming state is the normal state, and the fierce fighting bonus B is the normal playing state. This is a jackpot effect pattern when a 7R long / short open jackpot is won in the first special symbol when in the state. Here, the fierce fight bonus A includes the production content that succeeds in the probabilistic promotion, and the fierce fight bonus B includes the production content that fails in the probabilistic promotion. Note that (A) to (D) in the figure are effects common to fierce fighting bonuses A and B (normal effect and fanning effect), and (E) to (F) in the figure are effects of fierce fighting bonus A (successful effect). ), And (G) to (H) in the figure are the production (failure production) of the fierce battle bonus B. Therefore, in the fierce fight bonus A, the production is developed in the order of (A) → (B) → (C) → (D) → (E) → (F) in the figure, and in the fierce fight bonus B, in the figure (A). ) → (B) → (C) → (D) → (G) → (H).

As shown in FIG. 94 (A), the jackpot symbol "2.2.2" is stopped and displayed in the fluctuation of the decorative symbol, and the jackpot occurs. In this example, it is suggested that there is a high possibility that the conditional normal jackpot (equivalent to the non-probability variable jackpot) has been won by the stop display of the even numbered symbol (uncertain symbol). Further, as shown in FIG. 94 (B), a big hit start demo is displayed with the start of the special game.

As shown in FIG. 94 (C), in the first round, a circular mark image (identification mark) is displayed in the center of the screen. This mark image has front and back sides, with a "fierce fighting mission mark" on the front side and a "phantom fighting rush mark" on the back side. This mark image (identification mark) suggests the effect mode to be shifted after the end of the special game, and at the same time suggests the type of the specific round (third round) during the special game. In other words, the fierce battle mission mark suggests that a specific round is set as a non-V round, and there is a high possibility that the mode will shift to the fierce battle mission mode after the end of the special game. In addition, the phantom fight rush mark suggests that a specific round is set as a V round and there is a high possibility that the mode will shift to the phantom fight rush mode after the end of the special game. In the figure, the "fierce battle mission mark" on the front side is displayed as the default image. Although not shown, the mark image does not change in the second to fifth rounds, and the "fierce battle mission" mark on the front side is continuously displayed.

As shown in FIG. 94 (D), the probabilistic promotion effect is started in the sixth round, and the mark image starts to rotate. The rotation of the mark image raises expectations for probabilistic promotion.

As shown in FIG. 94 (E), when the mark image stops on the back surface side and the "phantom fight rush mark" on the back surface side is displayed, it is notified that the probabilistic promotion has been successful. In that case, as shown in FIG. 94 (F), in the jackpot end demo, the illusion rush rush effect is executed, and it is notified that the illusion rush mode is entered after the end of the special game.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 94 (G), when the mark image stops on the front surface side and the "fierce fight mission mark" on the front surface side is displayed, it is notified that the probabilistic promotion has failed. In that case, as shown in FIG. 94 (H), in the jackpot end demo, the fierce fight mission rush effect is executed, and it is notified that the fierce fight mission mode is entered after the end of the special game.

However, in reality, since the type of big hit (that is, whether or not the V round is executed) is determined in advance at the time of the winning / failing lottery, the effect development (effect result) is performed according to the type. That is, if the 15R long / short open jackpot 1 (conditional specific jackpot) is won, it is determined in advance that the promotion will be successful, and if the 7R long / short open jackpot (conditional normal jackpot) is won, It has been confirmed in advance that the probabilistic promotion will fail. As a variation example, depending on whether or not the ball has entered the specific area 658, if there is a ball, it shifts to the phantom fight rush mode, and if there is no ball, it shifts to the fierce fight mission mode. Only "conditional specific jackpot" or "conditional normal jackpot") may be configured to be independent of probabilistic promotion success / failure.

Next, an example of the round promotion effect in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 95 is a schematic view showing an example of the round promotion effect in the ninth embodiment.

In this example, as the second promotion effect, the round promotion effect in the illusionary battle bonus D and the probabilistic promotion effect in the illusionary battle bonus B are targeted. As described above, the phantom fight bonus D is a jackpot production pattern when the 16R long open jackpot 1 is won in the second special symbol, and the phantom fight bonus B is the 4R long open jackpot 1 in the second special symbol. It is a big hit production pattern when winning. Here, the phantom fight bonus D includes the production content that succeeds in the round promotion, and the phantom fight bonus B includes the production content that fails in the round promotion. Note that (A) to (D) in the figure are effects common to the illusionary bonuses B and D (normal effects and fanning effects), and (E) to (F) in the figure are effects of the illusionary bonus D (normal effects and fanning effects). (Success production), and (G) to (H) in the figure are productions of the phantom fight bonus D (failure production). Therefore, in the phantom fight bonus D, the production is developed in the order of (A) → (B) → (C) → (D) → (E) → (F) in the figure, and in the phantom fight bonus B, in the figure. The production is developed in the order of (A) → (B) → (C) → (D) → (G) → (H).

As shown in FIG. 95 (A), the jackpot symbol "1.1.1" is stopped and displayed in the fluctuation of the decorative symbol, and the jackpot occurs. In this example, there is a high possibility that the 4R long open jackpot has been won (the possibility that the 16R long open jackpot, which is a high profit jackpot, has not been won) in the stop display of the second odd numbered symbol (probability variation symbol). Is suggested. Further, as shown in FIG. 95 (B), a big hit start demo is displayed with the start of the special game. In addition, in the big hit start demo, the display of "phantom fight bonus" as a big hit production pattern also suggests that there is a high possibility that the 4R long open big hit has been won (winning the 16R long open big hit). If so, it is likely that the "Musou Bonus" is displayed).

As shown in FIG. 95 (C), in the first round, a circular mark image (identification mark) is displayed in the center of the screen. This mark image has two sides, a "phantom fight rush mark" is attached to the front side, and an "extra bonus mark" is attached to the back side. In the figure, the "phantom fight rush" mark on the front side is displayed as the default image. Although not shown, the mark image does not change in the second to third rounds, and the "phantom fight rush mark" on the front side is continuously displayed.

As shown in FIG. 95 (D), the promotion effect is started in the fourth round, and the mark image starts to rotate. The rotation of the mark image raises expectations for Roundup (acquisition of the latter 12 rounds).

As shown in FIG. 95 (E), when the mark image stops on the back side and the "extra bonus mark" on the back side is displayed, it is notified that the round promotion (Roundup) has been successful. .. That is, it is confirmed that the special game does not end in the fourth round and continues after the fifth round. Then, as shown in FIG. 95 (F), in the fifth round, the character information "Musou complete security" is displayed, and in fact, the same profit acquisition as when the "Musou bonus" is won (16R: 2400). It is notified that it is possible. From the sixth round onward after the promotion production is completed, the jackpot production proceeds with substantially the same contents as the Musou Bonus A (see FIGS. 85 and 86).

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 95 (G), when the mark image stops on the front side and the "phantom fight rush" mark on the front side is displayed, the round promotion (Roundup) has failed. Be notified. In that case, as shown in FIG. 95 (H), after the end of the 4th round, the 5th round is not started, and the big hit end demonstration is performed, and the current big hit is finished.

However, in reality, since the type of big hit (that is, whether or not the latter half 12 rounds are continued) is determined in advance at the time of the winning / failing lottery, the effect development (effect result) is performed according to the type. That is, if the 16R long open jackpot 1 is won, it is determined in advance that the round promotion will be successful, and if the 4R long open jackpot 1 is won, the round promotion will be unsuccessful. There is. Regarding this, regarding the second promotion effect (round promotion effect), the presence or absence of V prize in the specific area 658 is not related to the effect result (promotion success / failure), but the first promotion effect (probability change promotion effect). ), It is preferable that the presence or absence of the V prize in the specific area 658 is related to the effect result (promotion success / failure).

Next, an example of the production of the pending villa production in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 96 is a schematic view showing an example of the reserved inner consecutive villa production in the ninth embodiment.

Whether or not the pending Uchirenso production can be performed will be decided by lottery during the pre-readable period described above. Each look-ahead period is set for each round of the special game, and in each round it is decided whether or not to execute the pending villa production, and if the execution of that production is decided, in that round. Generate a rendezvous production on hold. Therefore, for each round (pre-readable period), the production lottery to the production execution related to the pending villa production are completed. In the following production example, it is assumed that a high-profit jackpot (16R long open jackpot 1) is won and "Musou Bonus A" is developed as a jackpot production pattern. In this Musou Bonus A, a look-ahead period is set in the 4th to 16th rounds. However, as described above, when the phantom fighting character reselection effect is executed in the 12th to 16th rounds, it is possible to avoid conflict between the phantom fighting character selection effect and the pending villa production in the same round. Therefore, in the 12th to 16th rounds, the pending inner consecutive villa production is not executed. In this example, it is assumed that "specific hold (big hit hold)" exists in one or more subsequent operation hold balls existing at the start of the special game.

As shown in FIG. 96A, a circular mark image (identification mark) is displayed in the center of the screen in the first round of the special game. This mark image has front and back sides, with a "phantom fight rush mark" on the front side and a "seven star charge mark" on the back side. In the figure, the "phantom fight rush mark" on the front side is displayed as the default image. In this example, although not shown, it is assumed that in each of the 4th to 5th rounds of the above-mentioned pre-readable period, the non-execution (non-winning) of the pending Uchirenso production is determined by the pre-reading process. To do. Therefore, at the end of the fifth round, the "phantom fight rush mark" on the front side of the mark image is continuously displayed.

As shown in FIG. 96 (B), in the sixth round, when the execution (winning) of the hold inner villa effect is determined by the look-ahead process, the mark image starts rotating as the hold inner villa effect.

As shown in FIG. 96 (C), when the reserved inner consecutive villa effect occurs as a true effect (fixed effect of the reserved inner consecutive villa), the "seven star charge mark" on the back side is displayed. On the other hand, although not shown, when the pending in-house consecutive villa effect occurs as a ghost effect, a "phantom fight rush mark" on the front side is displayed. In addition, when the pending Uchirenso effect is executed in a certain round, if it occurs as a true effect (seven star charge mark), the pre-reading process is not performed in the remaining rounds. On the other hand, if the pending Uchirenso production occurs as a Gase production (phantom fight rush mark), the look-ahead process is executed again in the remaining rounds, and the pending Uchirenso production is repeated as many times as necessary until it occurs as a true production. A production can occur. That is, within the look-ahead period, the look-ahead process can be executed in each round until the true effect of notifying the establishment of the pending villa is generated.

As shown in FIG. 96 (D), when the final round is completed, the characters "Seven Star Charge Activated" are displayed in the jackpot end demo. In this example, since the pending Uchirenso production (truth production) is occurring during the round, "Seven Star Charge Notification" is selected as the type of the end demo production, and "Seven Star Charge Notification Production" is displayed on the screen as the above-mentioned Seven Star Charge Notification Production. The words "Seven Star Charge Activated" are displayed. Then, after the end of the special game, the phantom fight rush mode is set as the production mode. In addition, we will stay at the consecutive villa stage for a limited period (4 times) immediately after the end of the special game. In this example, it is assumed that there are four operation-holding balls of the second special symbol at the end of the special game, and the fourth of them is a specific hold (the next big hit that is the target of the announcement of the consecutive villas in the hold). Suppose there is.

As shown in FIG. 96 (E), when the special game is completed, the variable display of the symbol is started on the consecutive villa stage. If you are staying at the Renso stage, a rainbow-colored band image will be displayed at both ends of the screen as a special effect during the variable display of the pattern, and the next big hit may occur during the limited period (within 4 rotations). It will be announced.

As shown in FIG. 96 (F), the first variation display after the special game is "off". In this example, although not shown, it will be "off" even in the second and third symbol variation displays. If it is within the limited period, the special effect (band image) will continue to be displayed not only during the jackpot fluctuation (during the next jackpot fluctuation that was the subject of the pending villa announcement) but also during the out-of-order fluctuation. Will be done. In other words, the band image will continue to be displayed throughout the entire period of the consecutive villa stage until the next big hit occurs.

As shown in FIG. 96 (G), as a result of digesting the specific hold that was the target of the notice of the consecutive villas in the hold, the "seven star charge mark" suddenly appears on the screen immediately after the start of the fourth variable display. By displaying the same mark image as when the pending villa was announced again in this way, the player can instinctively know that a big hit will occur in this variable display. In addition, the display of the "Seven Star Charge Mark" this time will also be used as the above-mentioned Seven Star Charge introduction production, and will continuously lead to the production of the number of hits acquired for the jackpot start demo (omitted in this figure). .. As a variation example thereof, the "seven star charge mark" may be continuously displayed even in the big hit end demonstration and the fluctuation up to the fluctuation related to the specific hold.

As shown in FIG. 96 (H), the jackpot symbol "7, 7, 7" is stopped and displayed in the fluctuation display, and the next jackpot occurs. The jackpot fluctuation this time (big hit fluctuation within a limited period) is configured as an immediate hit effect that is completed within a few seconds without being accompanied by a reach state after the symbol starts to fluctuate.

Next, an example of the effect of the seven-star charge effect in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 97 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the seven-star charge effect in the ninth embodiment.

The seven-star charge effect is executed from (1) the seven-star charge introduction effect executed in the big hit fluctuation, (2) the acquisition hit number notification effect executed in the big hit start demo, and (3) from the round game to the big hit end demo. It is composed of the total acquisition HIT number addition effect. The number of acquired hits (number of acquired prize balls) shown in the figure is the total number of prize balls acquired based on the winning of the large prize opening 65 in the special game during the continuation of the so-called consecutive villa state. .. The seven-star charge production will be displayed in a variable manner when the jackpot β is won in the second special symbol, or when the jackpot is won in the second special symbol while staying at the consecutive villa stage (limited period). It is a production that is executed almost continuously from the inside to the end of the special game.

As shown in FIG. 97 (A), a "seven star charge mark" is displayed as a seven star charge introduction effect during the variable display of the symbol. If the above jackpot β is won, a battle effect is executed in the variable display, and after the ally character is defeated by the enemy character, the "Seven Star Charge Mark" appears in the form of its resurrection effect. On the other hand, if a big hit is won during the stay in the above-mentioned consecutive villa stage, as already explained using FIG. 96 etc., an immediate hit effect is executed in the variable display, and in the short process, "Seven Star Charge" "Mark" appears.

As shown in Fig. 97 (B), "13600 HIT" is displayed on the front side of the "Seven Star Charge Mark" as the total number of HITs acquired so far (the number of prize balls acquired), and it is acquired by this big hit. "+0 HIT" is displayed as the initial value of the number of possible acquired HITs. In this example, "1 HIT" is counted for "1" prize balls. Although not shown, it is assumed that the jackpot symbol is stopped and displayed on the variable display after that, and a jackpot occurs.

As shown in FIGS. 97 (C), (D), and (E), with the start of the special game, the acquisition HIT number notification effect is executed in the jackpot start demo. The number of acquired hits notification effect is an effect of announcing the number of prize balls (number of balls) that can be acquired by this big hit as the number of acquired hits. The number of acquired hits increases in a maximum of three stages according to the specified number of rounds of the special game executed this time.

When the specified number of rounds of the special game is 4 rounds (when the 4R long open jackpot is a big hit), as shown in FIG. 97 (C), the number of hits acquired this time is only one step from "+0 HIT" to "+600 HIT". Ascend (4R x 10 counts x 15 = 600 HIT).

When the specified number of rounds of the special game is 8 rounds (8R long open jackpot), as shown in FIGS. 97 (C) to 97 (D), the number of hits acquired this time is from "+0 HIT" to "+600 HIT". , It rises from "+600 HIT" to "+ 1200 HIT" in two steps (8R x 10 counts x 15 = 1200 HIT).

When the specified number of rounds of the special game is 16 rounds (when the 16R long open jackpot is a big hit), the number of hits acquired this time is from "+0 HIT" to "+600 HIT" as shown in FIGS. 97 (C) to 97 (E). , From "+600 HIT" to "+ 1200 HIT" and from "+ 1200 HIT" to "+ 2400 HIT" in three stages (16R x 10 counts x 15 = 2400 HIT). In the following, it is assumed that the number of hits acquired this time is “+2400 hits”.

As shown in FIG. 97 (F), when the round game is started, the total acquired HIT number addition effect is executed. Specifically, each time a game ball wins a prize in the large prize opening 65, "+15 HIT" is moved from the number of acquired hits to the total number of acquired hits (15 prize balls per count).

As shown in FIG. 97 (G), in the case of so-called over-winning, the number of hits acquired this time does not include the over-winning amount (only 10 counts, which is the specified number per round, is included. (Because there is no such thing), instead of moving the value, a new information "+15 HIT" is displayed. At the same time, after outputting a special sound effect, the value is added to the total number of acquired hits. In addition, "over winning" means winning a prize exceeding the specified number (10 balls) to the large winning opening 65.

As shown in FIG. 97 (H), when all rounds are completed, the total number of hits won is enlarged and displayed in the jackpot end demo, and the result of the total number of balls (number of prize balls won) is announced. After that, although not shown, as a phantom fight rush rush effect, the logo of "phantom fight rush" is enlarged and displayed on the screen to notify the shift to the phantom fight rush mode.

Next, the execution process of the character selection effect during the jackpot in the ninth embodiment will be described. FIG. 98 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the execution process of the character selection effect in the ninth embodiment.

Regarding the execution process of the character selection effect, in the figure (A), when the 7R long / short open jackpot is won in the first special symbol in the normal state and the special game is completed, the time is shortened (B). In the normal state (or time saving state), when the 15R long / short open jackpot 1 is won in the first special symbol and the game shifts to the probabilistic state after the end of the special game, the time saving state (C) in the figure indicates Or in the normal state), when the 16R long open jackpot 1 is won in the second special symbol and the game shifts to the probabilistic state after the end of the special game, in (D) in the figure, the 16R length in the second special symbol in the probabilistic state. It shows the case where the player wins the open jackpot and re-enters the probabilistic state after the special game is completed. In each figure, the time axis is set from left to right, and the jackpot start demo, the round game, and the jackpot end demo are shown in order from left to right. It should be noted that each figure conceptually shows the execution state of the jackpot effect, and each time width and ratio does not correspond to the actual time width and ratio. That is, in this example, in (A) to (D) in the figure, actually different time widths are appropriately set to the same time width so that the time scales of the character selection effect can be easily compared.

First, the 7R long / short open jackpot of the first special symbol belongs to the conditional normal jackpot as its jackpot attribute. When the game state is the normal state (low probability, non-open extension), if a 7R long / short open jackpot is obtained, basically, V prize cannot be won in a specific round in the special game, and the game state after the special game ends is shortened. It becomes a state (low probability, open extension). At this time, in the above special game, "fierce fight bonus B" is selected as the jackpot production pattern. In addition, "Fierce fight bonus (common)" is selected as the type of start demo production, and "Fierce fight rush" is selected as the type of end demo production. As described above, when the type of the end demo production is "fierce battle rush", the execution time (effect scale) is N = 20 (seconds). And, during this big hit end demo (fierce battle rush), a fierce battle character selection production is set. On the other hand, the fierce fighting character selection effect is not set during the round game (fierce fighting bonus B). Therefore, the fierce fighting character selection effect is executed during the big hit end demonstration (fierce fighting rush). At this time, in the fierce fighting character selection effect, although not shown, four types of fierce fighting characters (ally characters) are displayed in a horizontal row, and the display mode of the selected image is displayed at regular intervals during the operation valid period of the effect button 15. By sequentially switching, any one of the plurality of fierce fighting characters can be selected according to the operation timing of the effect button 15. Next, the 15R long / short open jackpot 1 of the first special symbol belongs to the conditional specific jackpot. When the game state is the normal state (low probability / non-open extension) and the 15R long / short open jackpot is 1, basically, a V prize is won in a specific round in the special game, and the game state after the special game ends. Is in a probabilistic state (high probability, open extension). At this time, in the above special game, "phantom fight bonus A" is selected as the jackpot production pattern. In addition, "phantom fight bonus (common)" is selected as the type of start demo production, and "takeover demo" is selected as the type of end demo production. As described above, when the type of the end demo effect is "takeover demo", the execution time (effect scale) is Y = 35 (seconds). The takeover demo is, as mentioned above,
It is executed across the round game (7th to 15th rounds) and the big hit end demo. The production scale in the round game (7th to 15th rounds) is 29 (seconds), and the production scale in the jackpot end demo is 6 (seconds). Then, in the 7th to 15th rounds (short open round game) during this takeover demonstration, a phantom fighting character selection effect is set. Since the takeover demo is a production that is continuously executed from the 7th round to the big hit end demo, the end demo production is triggered by the big hit end demo command from the main control board 100 side (the takeover demo). Is not executed, but is executed starting from the 7th round. Therefore, the jackpot end command from the main control board 100 is ignored. For other end demo effects, the end demo effect is executed triggered by a jackpot end demo command from the main control board 100.

Next, the 16R long open jackpot 1 of the second special symbol belongs to the conditional specific jackpot. If the game state is a short time state (low probability, open extension) and the 16R long open jackpot is 1, basically, a V prize is won in a specific round in the special game, and the game state after the special game ends is It becomes a probabilistic state (high probability, open extension). At this time, in the above special game, "Musou Bonus A" or "Phantom Fight Bonus D" is selected as the jackpot effect pattern. In the following, it is assumed that "Musou Bonus A" is selected. In addition, "Musou Bonus (normal)" is selected as the type of start demo production, and "Phantom Fight Rush B" is selected as the type of end demo production. As described above, when the type of the end demo production is "phantom battle rush B", the execution time (effect scale) is N = 35 (seconds). Then, during this jackpot end demo (phantom fight rush B), a phantom fight character selection effect is set. In this example, as described above, the end demo (phantom fight rush B) is started triggered by the jackpot end demo command from the main control board 100, so that the phantom fight character selection effect is also during the jackpot end demo. Only executed. At this time, in the phantom fighting character selection effect, although not shown, 15 types of phantom fighting characters (ally characters) are prepared one screen at a time, and the screens can be switched by pressing the left and right keys to display the screens of the phantom fighting characters that can be selected. It is displayed, and any one of a plurality of phantom fighting characters can be selected according to the operation of the effect button 15. In this way, the fierce fighting character selection effect and the phantom fighting character selection effect are set so that their effect contents and effect scales are different from each other. Some of the 15 types of phantom fighting characters (4 types) are also used as fierce fighting characters.

On the other hand, if the game state is a probabilistic state (high probability / opening extension) and the 16R long open jackpot is 1, basically, a V prize is won in a specific round in the special game, and the game after the special game is completed. The state becomes a probabilistic state (high probability, open extension). At this time, in the above special game, "Musou Bonus A" or "Phantom Fight Bonus D" is selected as the jackpot effect pattern. In the following, it is assumed that "Musou Bonus A" is selected. In addition, "Musou Bonus (normal)" is selected as the type of start demo production, and "Phantom Fight Rush A" is selected as the type of end demo production. As described above, when the type of the end demo production is "Phantom Fighting Rush A", the execution time (effect scale) is N = 6 (seconds). And, during this big hit end demo (fierce battle rush), the fierce battle character selection production is not set. On the other hand, in the 11th to 16th rounds during the round game, the phantom fighting character selection effect is set. Therefore, the phantom fighting character selection effect is executed only during the round game (Musou Bonus A).

The main effects achieved in the ninth embodiment can be summarized as follows.

First, in the operation pattern related to the conditional specific big hit (15R long / short open big hit 2) and the operation pattern related to the conditional normal big hit (7R long / short open big hit), the big hit is made from the specific round to the predetermined round. By making the series of opening / closing operations (operation order of long opening and short opening) of the winning opening 65 substantially the same, which jackpot type was won, and in which round the specific round was executed, Since it is difficult to determine whether or not a V prize has actually been won, it is possible to maintain a sense of expectation for the acquisition of a probability change until a predetermined round is reached, and a production when a probability change promotion effect occurs in the predetermined round. The effect can be further enhanced, and as a result, the interest of the game can be improved.

Secondly, even if the same jackpot type is won, the tendency of the production is different between the limited period immediately after the end of the special game and the outside of the limited period, and it is high when staying outside the limited period. It is unlikely that a specific effect (seven-star charge introduction effect) included in the low-profit jackpot symbol variation effect will appear in the profit jackpot symbol variation effect, but when staying within the limited period, the high-profit jackpot and high-profit jackpot and Since there is a high possibility that a specific effect (seven-star charge introduction effect) will appear in any of the low-profit jackpot symbol variation effects, while adopting a common effect in some areas regardless of the jackpot type and the number of fluctuation periods. However, it is possible to create an unprecedented variety of playability by adding sharpness to the production within and outside the limited period, and as a result, it is possible to improve the enjoyment of the game.

Thirdly, when a character selection effect that selects an effect format during a symbol change is executed during the execution of a special game, the execution of the hold inner consecutive villa effect is prohibited in the execution round of the character selection effect. By avoiding the situation where the pending Uchirenso production and the character selection production compete with each other in the same round, it is possible to prevent the production effects of both productions from diluting each other, and as a result, the interest of the game is enhanced. It is possible to improve.

Fourth, if a round promotion effect is executed during the execution of a special game, a pre-readable period is set in a round after the execution round of the round promotion effect, and the hold in the same round is held. By avoiding the situation where the production and the round promotion production compete with each other, it is possible to prevent the production effects of both productions from diluting each other, and as a result, it is possible to improve the fun of the game.

Fifth, there are cases where the first special symbol wins a conditional normal jackpot (7R long / short open jackpot) in the normal state to shift to the time saving state after the end of the special game, and the second special symbol in the time saving state. By winning the conditional specific jackpot (16 long open jackpot 1) in, the execution time (directing scale) of the jackpot end demo will be different depending on the case of shifting to the probabilistic state after the end of the special game. Depending on the scene and situation at the time of transition to the game state, various changes can be given to the production content and the passage of time when transitioning from the special game to the symbol-variable game, and it is possible to prevent the taste of the game from becoming monotonous. As a result, it becomes possible to improve the fun of the game. In addition, even if a big hit occurs in the second special symbol lottery in a situation where a specific hold exists in the subsequent operation hold ball, the game state at the time of the big hit is only the easy entry state. However, only when the winning / failing lottery probability of the second special symbol is in a high probability state, that is, on the premise that the probabilistic consecutive villa is in progress, the pending inner consecutive villa production can be executed. It is possible to further improve the player's expectation for the occurrence of the pending villa production.

Sixth, based on the type of big hit and the game state at the time of the big hit, the transition destination of the production mode is different depending on whether or not there is a V prize during the special game, and regardless of whether or not there is a V prize during the special game. By configuring so that the transition destinations of the production modes are the same, it is possible to give diversity and unexpectedness to the transition method of the production modes, and as a result, improve the fun of the game. Is possible.

[10th Embodiment]
Next, the gaming machine according to the tenth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the tenth embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the parts having the same configuration are designated by the same reference numerals. The explanation is omitted, and the different parts are mainly described.

Similar to the game machine of the second embodiment, the game machine of the tenth embodiment depends on whether or not the game ball wins a specific area (so-called "V area") in the large winning opening during the execution of the special game. Therefore, it is configured as a so-called ball probability type game machine that determines whether or not the game state shifts to the probability change state after the end of the special game. The probability change state may be continued until the symbol is changed a predetermined number of times (ST number of times), or may be continued until the next big hit occurs.

Further, the game machine of the tenth embodiment, like the game machine of the seventh embodiment, is equipped with only a single large winning opening 65 (a ball-certain attacker having a specific area 658) in the PA in the game area. ing. That is, also in the tenth embodiment, the large winning opening 65 having the specific area 658 is opened in all rounds. Since the configuration of the large winning opening 65 has already been described in the second embodiment described above, duplicate description will be omitted here.

First, the jackpot type (big hit breakdown) in the tenth embodiment will be described. FIG. 99 shows the big hit breakdown of the special symbol lottery in the tenth embodiment.

The upper part of FIG. 99 is a diagram schematically showing a symbol table per first special symbol in the tenth embodiment. In this first special symbol per symbol table, the symbol group, the jackpot attribute, the number of times the probability variation / time saving function is operated, and the operation pattern of the big winning opening are associated with the symbol random value per special symbol (book). In the example, the description of the stop symbol is omitted for convenience). In the first special symbol hit symbol table, as three types of symbol groups according to the type of jackpot, symbol group A (16R long open jackpot), symbol group B (12R long and short open jackpot 1), and symbol group C (12R) Long and short open jackpot 2) is set.

The lower part of FIG. 99 is a diagram schematically showing a symbol table per second special symbol in the tenth embodiment. In this second special symbol per symbol table, the symbol group, the jackpot attribute, the number of times the probability variation / time saving function is operated, and the operation pattern of the big winning opening are associated with the symbol random value per special symbol (book). In the example, the description of the stop symbol is omitted for convenience). In the second special symbol hit symbol table, symbol group D (16R long open jackpot) and symbol group E (7R long / short open jackpot) are set as two types of symbol groups according to the type of jackpot.

Subsequently, FIG. 100 is a time chart for explaining the operation pattern of the large winning opening 65 in the tenth embodiment. In this example, a total of four types of operation patterns are prepared corresponding to the above-mentioned jackpot types. In the figure, the state change of the large winning opening 65 during the special game is shown in chronological order from left to right. Each operation pattern shown in FIG. 100 conceptually shows the execution state of each round game, and each time width and ratio of the opening time and the closing time (including the interval time) of each round game is the actual time. It does not correspond to width and ratio. In this example, regardless of which of the above five types of jackpots is applicable, in the specific round in the special game, there is a probability variation prize based on whether or not the game ball enters the specific area 658. Are sorted. The specific round is set to the fifth round regardless of which jackpot is applicable. In the figure, "L" is added to the long open round game, and "S" is added to the short open round game.

FIG. 100 (A) shows a 16R long opening pattern. In the 16R long open pattern, a long open round game is executed in all rounds (normal round, specific round). That is, the 16R long open jackpot is a jackpot equivalent to 16 rounds because the big winning opening 65 is opened for a long time in any round game. Since the long open round game is executed, the specific round (fifth round) is set as a V round in which it is easy or possible to enter the specific area 658.

FIG. 100B shows a 12R long / short open pattern 1. In the 12R long / short opening pattern 1, the long opening round game is executed in the first to fifth rounds, and the short opening round game is executed in the sixth to twelfth rounds. That is, the 12R long / short open jackpot 1 is a jackpot equivalent to 5 rounds because the big winning opening 65 is opened for a long time in the above 5 round games. Since the long open round game is executed, the specific round (fifth round) is set as a V round in which it is easy or possible to enter the specific area 658.

FIG. 100C shows a 12R long / short open pattern 2. In the 12R long / short opening pattern 2, the long opening round game is executed in the first to fourth rounds and the sixth round, and the short opening round game is executed in the fifth round and the seventh to twelfth rounds. That is, the 12R long / short open jackpot 2 is a jackpot equivalent to 5 rounds because the big winning opening 65 is opened long in the above 5 round games. The specific round (third round) is set as a non-V round in which it is difficult or impossible to enter the specific area 658 because the short open round game is executed.

FIG. 100 (D) shows a 7R long / short open pattern. In the 7R long / short open pattern, the long open round game is executed in the first to fifth rounds, and the short open round game is executed in the sixth to seventh rounds. That is, the 7R long / short open jackpot is a jackpot equivalent to 5 rounds because the big winning opening 65 is opened long in the above 5 round games. Since the long open round game is executed, the specific round (fifth round) is set as a V round in which it is easy or possible to enter the specific area 658.

Thus, in this example, the 16R long open jackpot is a "real 16 rounds" jackpot, while the other jackpots (12R long and short open jackpots 1, 2, 7R long and short open jackpots) are "real 5 rounds". It will be a big hit.

Here, as shown in FIG. 99, in this example, in the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery, either the long-open jackpot or the long-short open jackpot is won as the jackpot type. As described above, the long-open jackpot is a jackpot in which only the long-open round game exists as the round game in the special game. The long-short open jackpot is a jackpot in which a long-open round game and a short-open round game are mixed as a round game in the special game. At this time, in the first special symbol lottery, the winning probability of the long-open jackpot is 10%, and the winning probability of the long-short open jackpot is 90%. On the other hand, in the second special symbol lottery, the winning probability of the long-open jackpot is 60%, and the winning probability of the long-short open jackpot is 40%. Therefore, the winning probability of the long / short open jackpot is set higher in the case of winning the jackpot in the first special symbol lottery than in the case of winning the jackpot in the second special symbol lottery. Here, in this example, in both the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery, if the long and short open jackpot is won, the short open round game is executed in at least one or more normal rounds in the special game. To. Therefore, the jackpot type (long / short open jackpot) that involves one or more short open round games in the normal round is more likely to be a jackpot in the first special symbol lottery than in the second special symbol lottery. , The winning probability is set high. That is, basically, the rate at which the short open round game is executed at least once in the normal round is higher in the case where the first special symbol is a big hit than in the case where the second special symbol is a big hit. It has become. In this example, not only the normal round but also the specific round can be a short open round game. That is, as described above, when the 12R long / short open jackpot 2 is won, the specific round in the special game (12R long / short open pattern 2) is set as the short open round game. In this example, long and short open jackpots are set as the jackpot type for both the first special symbol and the second special symbol, but long and short open jackpots are set only for the first special symbol, and the second special symbol is set. May be configured so that the long and short open jackpots are not set (that is, only the long and short open jackpots are set).

Further, in this example, the average number of rounds of the special game executed by one big hit is set equally between the case where the big hit is obtained in the first special symbol lottery and the case where the big hit is obtained in the second special symbol lottery. There is. Specifically, the average number of rounds of the special game in the case of a big hit in the first special symbol lottery is "12.4 rounds", whereas the special in the case of a big hit in the second special symbol lottery. The average number of rounds of the game is "12.4 rounds", and each average number of rounds is configured to be the same. Therefore, the types of jackpots in the first special symbol lottery (16R long open jackpot, 12R long and short open jackpots 1 and 2) and the types of jackpots in the second special symbol lottery (16R long open jackpot, 7R long and short open jackpot) are at least Although the expected value of winning the prize ball is different, the number of times the round game is executed (the number of rights to enter the big winning opening 65) obtained by one big hit is the same on average.

In addition, as can be seen from the above explanation, when the first special symbol is a big hit, the big hit with a short open round game (12R long and short open big hits 1 and 2) in the normal round and the short in the normal round. It is divided into big hits (16R long open big hits) that do not involve open round games. In the following, for convenience of explanation, the big hit (12R long and short open big hits 1 and 2) with short open round game in the normal round is "long and short open big hit X", and the big hit without short open round game in the normal round (16R long). Open jackpot) is called "long open jackpot Y". As shown in FIG. 100, when the long / short open jackpot X (12R long / short open jackpots 1 and 2) is won among a plurality of types of jackpots, the short open round game can be executed in the normal round in the special game. However, the short open round game is set to at least a round after a specific round (that is, after the sixth round) among a plurality of normal rounds.

Here, when the long / short open jackpot X is won in the first special symbol, "big hit bonus X" is selected as the jackpot effect pattern in the special game. When the jackpot bonus X is selected, the character selection effect is executed in the jackpot end demo. The character selection effect is an effect of selecting a character that appears in the effect mode after the end of the special game, as in the character selection effect in the ninth embodiment described above. At this time, when the jackpot bonus X is executed, the execution time (end demo time) of the end demo is "Tx". On the other hand, when the long open jackpot Y is won in the first special symbol, "big hit bonus Y" is selected as the jackpot effect pattern in the special game. When the jackpot bonus Y is selected, the character selection effect is executed in the jackpot end demo. At this time, when the jackpot bonus Y is executed, the execution time (end demo time) of the end demo is "Ty". Here, the end demo time Tx of the jackpot bonus X and the end demo time Ty of the jackpot bonus Y are set as different time values. In this example, the end demo time Tx of the jackpot bonus X is shorter than the end demo time Ty of the jackpot bonus Y (Tx <Ty). At this time, in the end demo of the jackpot bonus Y, the entire production process of the character selection effect is executed, while in the end demo of the jackpot bonus X, only a part (second half) of the effect process of the character selection effect is executed. Will be done. That is, when the long / short open jackpot X is won, the first half of the character selection effect is executed during the short open round game (6th to 12th rounds) in the special game, and the latter half of the character selection effect is the same. Executed during the end demo immediately after the short open round. The first half and the second half of the character selection effect are configured as a series of effects having continuity, and there is no difference between the jackpot Bonus X and the jackpot bonus Y.

As described above, in this example, the end demo time Tx is set to be shorter than the end demo time Ty, but the effect scale of the character selection effect is secured by using the effect scale of the round game. That is, in the case of a long-open jackpot Y, only the long-open round game is involved in the special game, so the character selection effect is completed only by the jackpot end demo, while in the case of the long-short open jackpot X, the special game is completed. Because it involves a long-open round game and a short-open round game (because a short-open round game is executed in the latter half of the round), it is difficult or impossible to enter the large winning opening 65 during the short-open round. By making effective use of it, the character selection effect will be completed across the short open round game and the big hit end demo. As a result, even if the long / short open jackpot X and the long / short open jackpot Y have different end demo times during the jackpot, it is possible to execute a common character selection effect on the same time scale. By shortening the end demo time, it is possible to prevent the entire jackpot effect from being extended.

The character selection effect of the jackpot bonus X and the character selection effect of the jackpot bonus Y do not necessarily have to be completely the same, and some of them may include different effect contents. For example, the types of characters that can be selected by the player are different at least in part, and the background display and the character selection method during the production are also different.

As described above, according to the tenth embodiment, the average number of rounds when a big hit is won in the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery is set to be the same, but the first special symbol is higher than the second special symbol lottery. The lottery will increase the percentage of winning long-short open jackpots (big hits with short-open round games), and increase the percentage of short-open round games executed in both specific rounds and regular rounds in the special game. By adjusting the actual number of rounds and the actual number of rounds, it is possible to differentiate the profits that can be obtained between the first special symbol lottery and the second special symbol lottery, and create a sharp playability. As a result, it becomes possible to improve the fun of the game.

[11th Embodiment]
Next, the gaming machine according to the eleventh embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the eleventh embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the parts having the same configuration are designated by the same reference numerals. The explanation is omitted, and the different parts are mainly described.

The game machine of the eleventh embodiment, like the game machine of the second embodiment, depends on whether or not the game ball wins a specific area (so-called "V area") in the large winning opening during the execution of the special game. Therefore, it is configured as a so-called ball probability type game machine that determines whether or not the game state shifts to the probability change state after the end of the special game. The probability change state may be continued until the symbol is changed a predetermined number of times (ST number of times), or may be continued until the next big hit occurs.

Further, the gaming machine of the eleventh embodiment, like the gaming machine of the seventh embodiment, is equipped with only a single large winning opening 65 (a ball probability attacker having a specific area 658) in the PA in the game area. ing. That is, also in the eleventh embodiment, the large winning opening 65 having the specific area 658 is opened in all rounds. Since the configuration of the large winning opening 65 has already been described in the second embodiment described above, duplicate description will be omitted here.

First, the jackpot type (big hit breakdown) in the eleventh embodiment will be described. FIG. 101 shows the big hit breakdown of the special symbol lottery in the eleventh embodiment.

The upper part of FIG. 101 is a diagram schematically showing a symbol table per first special symbol according to the eleventh embodiment. In this first special symbol per symbol table, the symbol group, the jackpot attribute, the number of times the probability variation / time saving function is operated, and the operation pattern of the big winning opening are associated with the symbol random value per special symbol (book). In the example, the description of the stop symbol is omitted for convenience). In the first special symbol hit symbol table, as four kinds of symbol groups according to the type of jackpot, symbol group A (12R long / short open jackpot 1), symbol group B (12R long / short open jackpot 2), and symbol group C (12R long / short open jackpot 2) 8R long / short open jackpot 1) and symbol group D (8R long / short open jackpot 2) are set. As shown in the upper part of FIG. 101, in the first special symbol lottery, the winning probability of the conditional specific jackpot (corresponding to the probabilistic jackpot) is 60%, and the winning probability of the conditional normal jackpot (corresponding to the non-probability variable jackpot) is 40%. Is.

The lower part of FIG. 101 is a diagram schematically showing a symbol table per second special symbol in the eleventh embodiment. In this second special symbol per symbol table, the symbol group, the jackpot attribute, the number of times the probability variation / time saving function is operated, and the operation pattern of the big winning opening are associated with the symbol random value per special symbol (book). In the example, the description of the stop symbol is omitted for convenience). In the second special symbol hit symbol table, symbol group E (16R long open jackpot) and symbol group F (4R long open jackpot) are set as two types of symbol groups according to the type of jackpot. As shown in the lower part of FIG. 101, in the second special symbol lottery, the winning probability of the conditional specific jackpot (corresponding to the probability variation jackpot) is 100%.

The jackpot type of the first special symbol includes 12R long and short open jackpots 1 and 2 (collectively referred to as "12R jackpot"), which has 12 rounds for special games, and 8 rounds for special games. There are 8R long and short open jackpots 1 and 2 (collectively referred to as "8R jackpot"). That is, two types of jackpots are prepared for each specified number of rounds. Here, among the 12R jackpots, the 12R long / short open jackpot 1 belongs to the conditional specific jackpot in which the specific round is configured as a V round (long open round game), and the 12R long / short open jackpot 2 has a non-V round in the specific round. It belongs to the conditional normal jackpot configured as (short open round game). Of the 8R jackpots, the 8R long / short open jackpot 1 belongs to a conditional specific jackpot in which the specific round is configured as a V round (long open round game), and the 8R long / short open jackpot 2 has a non-V round (non-V round). It belongs to the conditional normal jackpot configured as a short open round game). At this time, in the case of a 12R jackpot, the probability of becoming a conditional specific jackpot is "45 / (45 + 35) x 100 = 56%", and in the case of an 8R jackpot, the probability of becoming a conditional specific jackpot is "15 /". (15 + 5) × 100 = 75% ”. Therefore, the specific round is a V round (long open round game) when the 8R special game is executed by winning the 8R jackpot than when the 12R special game is executed by winning the 12R jackpot. The ratio is set high. As a result, even if the jackpot type with a small number of specified rounds of the special game is won, the expectation of the probability change transition is set higher than that of the case of winning the jackpot type with a large number of specified rounds of the special game. Therefore, profits are equalized. As a variation example, when a big hit is made in the first special symbol, the average value of the actual number of rounds in the case of a conditional specific big hit is set smaller than the average value of the actual number of rounds in the case of a conditional normal big hit. You may. That is, in the case of a conditional normal jackpot, the actual number of rounds (expected value of the prize ball) may be set larger because it is difficult or impossible to win a V in a specific round.

On the other hand, the big hit type of the second special symbol includes 16R long open big hit (collectively referred to as "16R big hit") in which the specified number of rounds of the special game is 16 rounds and 4 rounds in the specified number of special games. There is a certain 4R long open jackpot (collectively referred to as "4R jackpot"). When the second special symbol is a big hit, it belongs to a conditional specific big hit in which the specific round is configured as a V round (long open) regardless of the big hit type (16R big hit, 4R big hit). Further, since the big hits (16R big hits and 4R big hits) of the second special symbol are all long open big hits, only long open round games are set in all rounds (short open round games are not set). Therefore, in this example, a short open round game is set for each round of the special game only when a big hit is made with the first special symbol. Even when the second special symbol is a big hit, a short open round game may be set for each round of the special game. In that case, the second special symbol is more than a big hit. It is desirable that the ratio of short open round games executed in each round of the special game is set higher when one special pattern is a big hit.

FIG. 102 is a schematic diagram for explaining the execution process of the special game. In this example, regardless of the jackpot type, the fourth round is set as a specific round, and the rounds other than the fourth round are set as normal rounds. First, as shown in FIGS. 102 (A) and 102 (B), even if any of the 12R jackpots (12R long / short open jackpots 1 and 2) is won, in the special game, a total of 12 round games are performed 8 times. Since it is composed of a long-open round game and four short-open round games, the actual number of rounds (the number of rounds in which a prize ball can actually be won) is "8 rounds". That is, in the case of a 12R jackpot, "12 rounds" is set as the specified number of rounds of the special game, but the actual number of rounds in which the prize ball can be actually obtained is "8 rounds". The actual number of rounds is determined by the number of long-open round games set so that it is easy or possible to enter the large winning opening 65. On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 102 (C) and 102 (D), even if any of the 8R jackpots (8R long / short open jackpots 1 and 2) is won, in the special game, a total of 8 round games are performed 4 times. Since it is composed of a long-open round game and four short-open round games, the actual number of rounds (the number of rounds in which a prize ball can actually be won) is "4 rounds". That is, in the case of an 8R jackpot, "8 rounds" is set as the specified number of rounds of the special game, but the actual number of rounds in which the prize ball can be actually obtained is "4 rounds". Therefore, when the first special symbol is a big hit, the average number of actual rounds of the special game is 7.2 rounds, so the minimum specified number of rounds "8 rounds" is smaller than the maximum specified number of rounds "12 rounds". It can be said that the number of rounds is close to.

On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 102 (E) and 102 (F), the big hits (16R big hits and 4R big hits) of the second special symbol are all set as long open big hits, so that the special game is a long open round. Only the game is executed. Therefore, the actual number of rounds of the special game in the case of a 16R jackpot is "16 rounds", and the actual number of rounds of the special game in the case of a 4R jackpot is "4 rounds". Therefore, in the case of a big hit with the second special symbol, the average value of the actual number of rounds is "11.2 rounds", so the maximum number of specified rounds "16 rounds" is larger than the minimum specified number of rounds "4 rounds". It can be said that the number of rounds is close to.

As described above, according to the eleventh embodiment, in the first special symbol lottery, the expected value of winning the prize ball is lower (the actual round) than in the case of winning the 12R jackpot with the higher expected value of winning the prize ball (the number of actual rounds is large). If you win the 8R jackpot (which is a small number), the probability that the big prize opening and the specific area will be long open in the specific round in the special game is set higher (probability change expectation), so the first special It is possible to equalize the profits obtained when a big hit is won in the design, and it is possible to eliminate the feeling of unfairness according to the big hit type, and as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game. It becomes. In addition, a plurality of types of jackpots with different numbers of acquired rounds (4R <8R <12R <16R) are provided, and there are cases where the jackpot is won in the first special symbol lottery and cases where the jackpot is won in the second special symbol lottery. By making the average number of internal rounds that can be obtained in special games the same, but by making the actual average number of rounds that can actually win prize balls different, it is possible to differentiate the profits earned between the two, and it is sharp. It is possible to create playability.

[12th Embodiment]
Next, the gaming machine according to the twelfth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the twelfth embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the parts having the same configuration are designated by the same reference numerals. The explanation is omitted, and the different parts are mainly described.

The game machine of the twelfth embodiment, like the game machine of the second embodiment, depends on whether or not the game ball wins a specific area (so-called "V area") in the large winning opening during the execution of the special game. Therefore, it is configured as a so-called ball probability type game machine that determines whether or not the game state shifts to the probability change state after the end of the special game. The probability change state may be continued until the symbol is changed a predetermined number of times (ST number of times), or may be continued until the next big hit occurs.

Further, the gaming machine of the twelfth embodiment, like the gaming machine of the seventh embodiment, is equipped with only a single large winning opening 65 (a ball-certain attacker having a specific area 658) in the PA in the game area. ing. That is, also in the twelfth embodiment, the large winning opening 65 having the specific area 658 is opened in all rounds. Since the configuration of the large winning opening 65 has already been described in the second embodiment described above, duplicate description will be omitted here.

In the conventional embodiments, the specific area 658 is opened (long open or short open) in the specific round, and the specific area 658 is always closed in the normal round. On the other hand, in this example, the specific area 658 can be opened (long open or short open) not only in the specific round but also in the normal round. In this example, even if the specific area 658 is opened, the specific area 658 is switched between valid and invalid depending on the opened round, and only the entry into the specific area 658 in the valid round (valid period) is valid. On the other hand, the ball entering the specific area 658 in the invalid round (invalid period) is treated as invalid. Here, the valid period is a period during which the specific area 658 is enabled, that is, the detection of the game ball by the specific area switch 657 is valid. The invalid period is a period during which the specific area 658 is invalidated, that is, the detection of the game ball by the specific area switch 657 is invalidated. Therefore, the round in which the specific area 658 is valid (valid period) is the "specific round", and the round in which the specific area 658 is invalid (invalid period) is the "normal round". Therefore, the specific round in this example means a round in which the distribution member (blade member 655) opens and closes and the specific area 658 is valid (valid period). On the other hand, as a normal round, a round in which the distribution member (blade member 655) opens and closes may be provided. In that case, unlike the above-mentioned specific round, even if the game ball enters the specific area 658, the specific area 658 is invalidated (invalid period), that is, the detection of the game ball by the specific area switch 657. It is preferable to invalidate. Therefore, as a general rule, the entry of the game ball into the specific area 658 triggers the probabilistic transition only in the specific round in which the specific area 658 is valid, and even if the game ball is specified during the invalid period of the specific area 658. Even if the ball can enter the area 658, the entry of the game ball is not valid and does not trigger the transition to the probability change. Further, in both the specific round and the normal round in this example, the detection of the game ball by the specific area switch 657 may be enabled. In that case, the game ball is detected by the specific area switch 657 in the specific round and described later. It is preferable to turn on the probability variation reservation flag to be used, and to detect the game ball by the specific area switch 657 in the normal round, while turning off the probability variation reservation flag described later. In the following, only the first special symbol game will be described and the second special symbol game will be omitted, but the configuration described below may be applied to the second special symbol game.

In this example, the jackpot type of the first special symbol includes 1) long and short open jackpot A and 2) long and short open jackpot B. The number of special game execution rounds (specified number of rounds) for each jackpot is N times (in this example, "N ≥ 3"). The long / short open jackpot A belongs to the "conditional specific jackpot" as the jackpot attribute, and the long / short open jackpot B belongs to the "conditional normal jackpot" as the jackpot attribute.

Subsequently, FIG. 103 is a time chart for explaining the operation pattern of the large winning opening 65 in the twelfth embodiment. In this example, a total of two types of operation patterns are prepared corresponding to the above-mentioned jackpot types. Specifically, the "long / short opening pattern A" is associated with the long / short opening jackpot A, and the "long / short opening pattern B" is associated with the long / short opening jackpot B. In the figure, the state change of the large winning opening 65 during the special game is shown in chronological order from left to right. Each operation pattern shown in FIG. 103 conceptually shows the execution state of each round game, and each time width and ratio of the opening time and closing time (including the interval time) of each round game is the actual time. It does not correspond to width and ratio.

FIG. 103 (A) shows a long-short open pattern A, and FIG. 103 (B) shows a long-short open pattern B. In each figure, in addition to the opening / closing operation mode of the large winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 in each round, the presence or absence of the game ball entering the large winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 is shown as an example. In this example, of the plurality of rounds, the specific area 658 is opened in the first to third rounds, and the specific area 658 is always closed in the fourth and subsequent rounds. Therefore, in the following, unless otherwise specified, the description of the fourth and subsequent rounds will be omitted. In this example, the second round is set as a specific round, and the other first and third rounds are set as normal rounds. Therefore, as described above, the specific area 658 is "valid" in the second round (specific round), and the specific area is "invalid" in the first and third rounds (normal round).

Therefore, in this example, the following correspondence relationships (1) to (3) are established.
(1) The entry of the game ball into the specific area 658 in the A round (first round) does not trigger the transition to the probability change.
(2) The entry of the game ball into the specific area 658 in the B round (second round) triggers a probability change transition.
(3) The entry of the game ball into the specific area 658 in the C round (third round) does not trigger the transition to the probability change.

As shown in FIG. 103 (A), the long / short open pattern A is set as a short open round game in the first round, a long open round game in the second round, and a short open round game in the third round. In this example, in the first to third rounds, the opening / closing operation of the large winning opening 65 and the opening / closing operation of the specific area 658 are controlled in synchronization with each other, and the opening period of the large winning opening 65 and the opening of the specific area 658 are controlled. It is configured so that the period overlaps in time. In this long / short opening pattern A, since the short opening round game is executed in the first and third rounds (normal rounds), it is difficult or impossible to enter the large winning opening 65 and the specific area 658. Since the long open round game is executed in the second round (specific round), it is easy or possible to enter the large winning opening 65 and the specific area 658. Therefore, as shown in the figure, the game ball can be put into the specific area 658 in the second round. At this time, since the second round is set as the valid period of the specific area 658, the detection of the game ball by the specific area switch 657 is treated as valid, and at this point, the probability change reservation flag is turned on and after the special game is completed. The game state of is a high probability state (probability change state).

As shown in FIG. 103B, the long / short opening pattern B is set as a long opening round game in the first round, a short opening round game in the second round, and a short opening round game in the third round. In this example, in the first to third rounds, the opening / closing operation of the large winning opening 65 and the opening / closing operation of the specific area 658 are controlled in synchronization with each other, and the opening period of the large winning opening 65 and the opening of the specific area 658 are controlled. It is configured so that the period overlaps in time. In this long / short opening pattern B, since the short opening round game is executed in the second round (specific round) and the third round (normal round), it is difficult or impossible to enter the large winning opening 65 and the specific area 658. Although it is possible, since the long open round game is executed in the first round (normal round), it is easy or possible to enter the large winning opening 65 and the specific area 658. Therefore, as shown in the figure, the game ball can be put into the specific area 658 in the first round. At this time, since the first round is set as an invalid period of the specific area 658, the detection of the game ball by the specific area switch 657 is treated as invalid, the probability variation reservation flag remains off, and after the special game ends. The gaming state of is a low probability state (normal state or time saving state).

Here, the opening and closing operations of the long and short opening patterns A and B in the first to third rounds are compared.
In the long / short opening pattern A, one short opening is performed in the first round, one long opening is performed in the second round, and two short openings are performed in the third round. That is, in the long / short opening pattern A, the large winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 open and close in the order of "short opening → long opening → short opening → short opening" in the sections from the first to the third round. On the other hand, in the long / short opening pattern B, one short opening and one long opening are performed in the first round, one short opening is performed in the second round, and one short opening is performed in the third round. That is, in the long / short opening pattern B, the large winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 open and close in the order of "short opening → long opening → short opening → short opening" in the sections from the first to the third round. That is, when comparing the long and short opening patterns A and B and looking at each of the first to third rounds individually, the opening and closing operations of the large winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 are different, but the first to first rounds are different. Looking at the sections up to the third round as a series of flows, the opening and closing operations of the large winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 are the same. Therefore, in the long / short opening patterns A and B, a series of opening / closing operations (operation order of long opening and short opening) of the large winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 are substantially the same throughout all rounds. By making it difficult to determine whether the jackpot type was won and in which round the specific round was executed, it is possible to maintain the expectation for the probability change acquisition until the special game ends. Become.

As described above, according to the twelfth embodiment, there are a specific round in which the specific area 658 is valid and a non-specific round (normal round) in which the specific area 658 is invalid, and in each round, the game to the specific area 658. Although it is practically possible to enter the ball, only the entry into the specific area 658 in the specific round is the trigger for the probability change transition, and further, the large winning opening 65 and the specific area 658 straddle the specific round and the normal round. By matching the opening / closing operation modes, it is possible to make it difficult to visually determine which jackpot type (opening / closing pattern) was won based on the opening / closing operation mode and the presence or absence of the ball entering the specific area, and also to specify. Regardless of whether the area has transitioned to the valid period or the invalid period, the player can proceed with the special game while expecting that the player has acquired a certain change by entering the specific area 658, and as a result, the game It is possible to improve the enjoyment.

In the above correspondence (1) to (3), the first round, the second round, and the third round are exemplified as the A round, the B round, and the C round, but "B = A + 1" and "C =" Specific numerical values of A, B, and C can be arbitrarily set as long as the relationship of "B + 1" is satisfied. That is, the above correspondences (1) to (3) are not set in the first half (first to third rounds) of the plurality of special games, but the second half (for example, the fourth to sixth rounds and the fourth round). It may be set to (14th to 16th rounds, etc.).

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the above-mentioned correspondences (1) and (2) are established, that is, since the specific area is invalid in the A round (first round), the game ball is inserted into the specific area. While the ball does not trigger the probabilistic transition, the specific area becomes effective in the B round (second round), so that the entry of the game ball into the specific region triggers the probabilistic transition. While the correspondence (1) to (3) is reversed, for example, the specific area is enabled in the A round (first round), and the entry of the game ball into the specific area is the trigger for the probability change transition. Then, in the B round (second round), the specific area may be invalidated so that the entry of the game ball into the specific area does not trigger the probabilistic transition. At that time, the jackpot attributes of the long and short open jackpots A and B are also reversed, the long and short open jackpot A belongs to the conditional normal jackpot, and the long and short open jackpot B belongs to the conditional specific jackpot. Further, in that case, the operation pattern of the conditional specific jackpot and the operation pattern of the conditional normal jackpot are reversed. That is, the operation pattern of the conditional specific jackpot is the long / short opening pattern B, and the operation pattern of the conditional normal jackpot is the long / short opening pattern A. Therefore, when the above correspondences (1) and (2) are established, the C round (third round) is set in the conditional specific jackpot operation pattern (in that case, the "long / short open pattern A" is applicable). While the opening operation (short opening operation) is executed twice or more, the above correspondence (1)
When ~ (2) is reversed, in the conditional specific jackpot operation pattern (in that case, "long / short opening pattern B" is applicable), the opening operation (1st round) is performed twice or more (1st round). Short opening operation) is executed. As a modification, it is possible to realize a configuration in which the above correspondence relationship (3) is not applied and only the correspondence relations (1) and (2) are applied.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, in the rounds after the specific round (in this example, after the third round), the V acquisition notification (notification that the probability change has been acquired by the V winning within the valid period) is performed. You may. Further, in each round, an effect suggesting whether the specific area is "valid" or "invalid" may be performed to further arouse the expectation of the player.

[Common transformation example]
Next, the gaming machine according to the common modification of the first to twelfth embodiments will be described. The gaming machine according to this common modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine according to any one of the above-described first to twelfth embodiments, and hereinafter, the same configuration is used. The same reference numerals are given to the parts having the same parts, and the description thereof will be omitted, and different parts will be mainly described.

(Common modification 1)
In this modification 1, when a big hit is made with the second special symbol in the non-probability change state (time saving state, easy entry state), the execution of the pending inner consecutive villa effect is performed as compared with the case where the second special symbol is a big hit in the probability change state. It is configured so that the probability is low, or it is configured not to execute the pending villa production. As described above, since the non-probable change state and the probable change state transition to different effect modes, the tendency of the effect during the symbol variation is different. Therefore, considering the case where the second special symbol becomes a big hit in the non-probable state and the game shifts to the probable state after the end of the special game, the non-probable change occurs through the event of the pending Uchirenso (occurrence of two big hits). Assemble as a series of continuous productions (productions with a consistent story) by seamlessly connecting the symbol fluctuation production in the state, the previous special game, the symbol fluctuation production in the probabilistic state, and the later special game. Is difficult. Therefore, even in a situation where the second special symbol is a big hit in the non-probability state and the reserved inner consecutive villa is confirmed, there is a high possibility that the effect of the reserved inner consecutive villa production cannot be fully exerted. Decrease the execution probability of, or do not execute. As an example, in the production mode (battle mode) in the probabilistic state, a specific jackpot symbol (big hit symbol "fist / fist / fist") dedicated to the production mode is set, and the stop display of this specific jackpot symbol is displayed. Considering the case where a special continuous production (battle-type special continuous production) is started when the reserved inner consecutive villa is confirmed, the reserved inner consecutive villa is in the production mode (non-battle mode) in the time saving state. Even under the circumstances where the above can occur, it is possible to maintain the connection of the front and rear jackpots and the consistency of the effects by not causing the specific jackpot symbol to appear and not generating the special continuous effect. Because.

(Common modification 2)
In the above-mentioned first embodiment, regardless of which of the plurality of types of jackpots (16R jackpot, 8R jackpot, 2R jackpot) is applicable, a certain period immediately after the end of the special game (second special). Only the limited frequency state (high probability special fluctuation state γ) shifts to the limited frequency state (limited period over the fluctuation display of the number of symbol fluctuations (4 rotations) corresponding to the maximum number of operation holding balls (4) of the symbol), and the limited frequency table (Special variation pattern table) is referred to, and the variation pattern of the special symbol is selected. On the other hand, in the present modification 2, the special game ends only when a specific jackpot (high profit jackpot: 16R jackpot) is applicable among a plurality of types of jackpots (16R jackpot, 8R jackpot, 2R jackpot). It is configured to shift to the limited frequency state only for a certain period (4 rotations) immediately after that, and to select the variation pattern of the special symbol by referring to the limited frequency table. In the limited frequency state, when the result of the hit / fail determination is a specific big hit, the fluctuation pattern of the shortened fluctuation (for example, fluctuation time = 2 seconds) is selected. At this time, as described above, the case where the second special symbol is a big hit is more specific than the case where the first special symbol is a big hit (high profit jackpot). The probability of becoming is high. Therefore, basically, the case of a big hit with the second special symbol (in the case of a consecutive villa) is better than the case of a big hit with the first special symbol (in the case of the first hit). It can be said that it is easy to shift to the limited frequency state immediately after the end. Then, in this limited frequency state, a shortened variation pattern (for example, fluctuation time = 2 seconds) is selected on the main control board 100 side, and various symbol variation effects corresponding to this shortened variation pattern are selected on the effect control board 200 side. Is now selected.

Here, the operation-holding ball of the second special symbol (particularly, the operation-holding ball of the second special symbol that is scheduled to digest four symbol fluctuations after the big hit (after the end of the special game)) occurs before the start of the big hit. In some cases, it may occur after the start of the big hit. Specifically, there are four cases where the game ball enters the second starting port and the operation holding ball of the second special symbol occurs during the change display of the symbol, and four operation holding balls of the second special symbol (maximum). In a situation where the number of holding balls is less than (the number of holdings), the game ball may enter the second starting port during the execution of the special game, and the operation holding ball of the second special symbol may occur. In addition to that, in a situation where the number of balls held for operation of the second special symbol is less than 4 (maximum number of reserved balls) at the end of the special game, the second special symbol changes even after the end of the special game. When the game ball enters the second starting port 62, the operation holding ball of the second special symbol may be generated. At this time, as described above, whether or not the hold inner consecutive villa effect (special continuous effect) can be executed is determined at the start of the big hit. Therefore, in order to generate the hold inner consecutive villa effect (special continuous effect), at least the big hit It is assumed that there is a specific hold at the start. Therefore, if a specific hold is generated before the start of the big hit based on the start of the big hit, it is possible to generate the continuous villa production B (special continuous production) in the hold, but the specific hold is generated after the start of the big hit. In this case, it is not possible to generate the pending villa production B (special continuous production). As a result, if a specific hold occurs before the start of the big hit, a special symbol variation effect will occur within the limited period (4 rotations) immediately after the end of the special game due to the execution of the special continuous effect, while the big hit. If a specific hold occurs after the start, the special symbol variation effect will not occur within the limited period (4 rotations) immediately after the end of the special game. As described above, the four rotations, which is a limited period, correspond to the maximum number (4) of the number of balls on hold for operation of the second special symbol.

Therefore, if a specific hold is generated before the start of the big hit and the hold inner villa is established, the symbol change related to the specific hold corresponds to the shortened change in the limited frequency state (for example, fluctuation time = 2 seconds). The special symbol variation effect (for example, a mode in which a series of movie images are developed and the symbol variation and the occurrence of the jackpot are not noticeable) is generated, and the previous special game, the symbol variation effect, and the later special game are consistently performed. Seamlessly connect with a story-like production. On the other hand, when a specific hold is generated after the start of the big hit and the hold inner consecutive villa is established, the special symbol change effect (special continuous effect) does not occur in the symbol change related to the specific hold, but the shortened change in the limited frequency state. By generating an immediate hit effect (a mode in which the occurrence of a big hit is emphasized) corresponding to (for example, fluctuation time = 2 seconds), the delay until the occurrence of a big hit is prevented. That is, in the present modification 2, regardless of whether the timing when the specific hold occurs is before or after the start of the big hit, if the big hit is achieved with the specific big hit symbol, the variation pattern selection state after the special game is changed. Since the transition to the limited frequency state occurs, the content of the subsequent jackpot fluctuation effect can be changed according to the timing of the occurrence of the specific hold due to the occurrence of the shortened fluctuation in the limited frequency state. In this modified example, when determining whether or not to execute the pending villa production (special continuous production), it was set at the start of the big hit, but it is not limited to this, and during the big hit (execution of the special game). It may be the predetermined timing of (middle).

(Common modification 3)
Further, in the above-described first to twelfth embodiments, as the stop symbol of the special symbol, a configuration in which only one type of outlier symbol is provided is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a plurality of types of outlier symbols are provided. You may. At this time, for example, the pending in-house consecutive villa effect (gase effect) may be generated only when a specific outlier symbol is selected as the preliminary determination result. Further, in the above-mentioned 7th to 12th embodiments, a configuration (one attacker type) having only a single large winning opening 65 having a specific area in the game area PA is adopted. It is not limited, and as in the second embodiment described above, a configuration (two attacker type) having a large winning opening 64 having no specific area and a large winning opening 65 having a specific area is adopted. You may.

The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments and modifications, and can be appropriately improved as long as it does not deviate from the gist of the present invention. In addition, each component described in the above-described embodiment and modification is appropriately combined, or a part of each component described in the above-described embodiment and modification is deleted or converted by a well-known / conventional technique or the like. The above is also included in the scope of the present invention. Further, in the above embodiment, two types of reserved inner consecutive villas A and B having different occurrence times have been described as examples, but even in the specification that the reserved inner consecutive villas are determined at the time of the occurrence of the reserved inner consecutive villas production A. Alternatively, it may be a specification that the holding inner villa production A is not enough and the holding inner villa production B is determined when a predetermined condition is satisfied. Similarly, the holding inner villa production B may occur at the time when the holding inner villa production B occurs. The specification may be such that the villa is fixed, or the reserved inner villa B may be fixed when a predetermined condition is satisfied because the occurrence of the reserved inner consecutive villa production B is not enough. Further, in the above embodiment, even if the hold-in-ream villa effect is executed only when one or more specific holds exist in the subsequent operation hold balls, the specific hold is in the subsequent operation hold balls. It may be configured to be executed even when it does not exist (as a so-called ghost effect). Further, in the present invention and the above-described embodiment, "not executed" may include a low execution probability (occurrence frequency), and "low execution probability" includes not executed. You may.

PM Pachinko game machine PA Game area 1 Outer frame 2 Front frame 5 Glass frame 20 Game board 61 1st start port 62 2nd start port 64 1st big prize opening 65 2nd big prize opening 70 Production display device 71 1st special design Display device 72 Second special symbol display device 100 Main control board 130 Hold control means 135 Preliminary determination means 140 Special symbol lottery processing means 141 Special symbol winning / failing determination means 142 Special symbol stop symbol determination means 143 Special symbol variation pattern determination means 150 Special game Control means 156 Special symbol display control means 160 Electric accessory control means 165 Game state control means 200 Production control board 220 Production control means 223 Look-ahead notice control means 225 Variable production determination means 300 Image control board 657 Specific area switch 658 Specific area

Claims (1)

A game board with a game area formed,
A first starting port provided in the game area where a game ball can enter,
A second starting port provided in the game area, in which the game ball changes into an open state in which it is easy to enter and a closed state in which it is difficult to enter.
A first random number acquisition means for acquiring a random number value triggered by the entry of a game ball into the first start port,
A second random number acquisition means for acquiring a random number value triggered by the entry of the game ball into the second start port, and
A first advisability judging means for executing a first spruce determined based on the random number value acquired by the first random number acquisition means,
A second hit / fail determination means that executes a second hit / fail judgment based on the random number value acquired by the second random number acquisition means, and
A large winning opening provided in the game area and opened according to the result of the first hit / fail judgment or the result of the second hit / fail judgment so that the game ball can enter.
When the result of the first hit / fail judgment or the result of the second hit / fail judgment is a big hit, a special game execution means for executing a special game in which a unit game accompanied by opening the big winning opening is repeated a plurality of times , and
A low probability state in which the result of the first hit / fail judgment and the result of the second hit / miss judgment are big hits with a predetermined probability, and the result of the first hit / miss judgment and the result of the second hit / miss judgment are the predetermined probabilities. A lottery state control means that has a high probability state in which a big hit is made with a higher probability than that, and controls the transition to a low probability state or a high probability state.
It has a normal ball entry state and a ball entry easy state in which the ball is easier to enter the second starting port than the normal ball entry state, and controls the transition to the normal ball entry state or the ball entry easy state. State control means and
When a random number value is acquired by the first random number acquisition means, the first hold storage means that stores the acquired random number value as hold information up to a predetermined upper limit until the first hit / fail determination permission condition is satisfied. ,
When a random number value is acquired by the second random number acquisition means, the second hold storage means that stores the acquired random number value as hold information up to a predetermined upper limit until the second hit / fail determination permission condition is satisfied. ,
A performance display device suggesting produce the results of the previous SL spruce determination is displayed,
The spruce situations as the result is jackpot determination, specific suspension information to one or more pending the information is scheduled to be digested after execution of the special game according to the random number values based on the random number according to a certain suspension information It is equipped with a look-ahead notice control means that determines whether or not to execute the hold-in villa production that suggests or notifies the possibility that
When a special game is executed because the result of the second hit / fail determination is a big hit in the specific game state, it is possible to execute the hold-in-range villa production during the execution of the special game.
As the types of special games executed when the result of the second hit / fail judgment is a big hit, the first special game in which the expected value of winning the prize ball is the first expected value and the expected value of winning the prize ball are described above. Including a second special game that has a second expected value that is smaller than the first expected value.
A third special game is included as a type of special game executed when the result of the first hit / fail determination is a big hit.
The execution period of the special game is the start demo period, which is the waiting period from the start of execution of the special game to the start of execution of the first unit game, and the execution end of the last unit game from the start of execution of the first unit game. Including the unit game execution period up to, and the end demo period, which is the waiting period from the end of execution of the final unit game to the end of execution of the special game.
If the player shifts to the low-probability state and the easy-to-enter state after the end of the third special game executed by the result of the first hit / fail determination in the low-probability state and the normal entry state, the end demonstration period The first time is set as
In the case of shifting to the high probability state and the easy entry state after the end of the first special game executed by the result of the second hit / fail determination in the low probability state and the easy entry state, the end demonstration period A second time longer than the first time is set as
If the first special game is executed due to the result of the second hit / fail determination being a big hit in the low probability state and the easy entry state, it is scheduled to be digested after the execution of the first special game is completed. Even if the specific hold information exists in one or more of the hold information, the hold inner consecutive villa effect is not executed during the execution of the first special game, while the second is in the high probability state and the easy entry state. When the first special game is executed due to the result of the hit / fail judgment of the above, the specific hold information is included in one or more hold information to be digested after the execution of the first special game is completed. If there is, it is possible to execute the pending Uchirenso effect during the execution of the first special game.
When the first special game is executed by the result of the second hit / fail determination being a big hit, it has at least the effect mode A and the effect mode B as the effect modes performed during the execution of the first special game. ,
Regardless of whether the effect mode A is performed or the effect mode B is performed during the execution of the first special game, it is possible to execute the hold inner consecutive villa effect during the execution of the first special game. A pachinko game machine that is characterized by being there.

Images